1 ED?

@<1>D  @94

85<@B565B5>357E945
FUbcY_^ !&

REBIS 1600 RIVIERA AVENUE., SUITE 300 WALNUT CREEK, CALIFORNIA 94596 USA PHONE (925) 933-2525 FAX (925) 933-1920 WEB WWW.REBIS.COM

B 565B5>35 7 E945

!?@IB978D 9>6?B=1D9?>

?G>5BC89@
Rebis documentation is copyrighted material. Reproduction of this material in any manner, in whole or in part, is strictly forbidden by Rebis. ALL rights reserved.

>?D935
Rebis reserves the right to update, revise and make changes to this product at the discretion of Rebis without any obligation on the part of Rebis. This information herein is subject to change without notice.

49C3<19=5B
Although Rebis programs have been tested and appear to produce satisfactory results, no warranty is expressed or implied, by the authors or by Rebis, as to the accuracy or functioning of the program, and no responsibility is assumed in connection therewith. All information presented is for review, interpretation, approval, and application by authorized personnel.

DB145=1B;C
AutoPLANT, PRO-SERIES, and PlantLIFE are registered trademarks of Rebis Inc. AutoCAD is a registered trademark in the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office by AutoDESK, Inc. Windows, MS-DOS, Access, Excel, FoxPro, Lotus 1-2-3 are registered trademarks of their respective owners.

QA - PD160000

,12<5?6!?>D5>DC

CHAPTER 1: INTRODUCTION
ABOUT THIS MANUAL...............................................................................................1-2 HELP AND DOCUMENTATION ..................................................................................1-3 ADDING YOUR HELP .....................................................................................1-6 How Does it Work?....................................................................................1-6 AutoPLANT P&ID Customer Help .............................................................1-8 TIPS ON USING REBIS HELP........................................................................1-9 AUTHORIZATION......................................................................................................1-10 NEW SECURITY ...........................................................................................1-10 EXISTING HARDWARE LOCKS ...................................................................1-10 DOCUMENTATION CONVENTIONS ........................................................................1-11 TECHNICAL SUPPORT AND TRAINING .................................................................1-12 TYPES OF TECHNICAL SUPPORT .............................................................1-12

CHAPTER 2: GETTING STARTED

WHAT IS AUTOPLANT P&ID .....................................................................................2-2 PROCESS AND INSTRUMENTATION WORKGROUP INTEGRATION.........2-2 Batch Print.................................................................................................2-3 Bulk Datasheets Builder ............................................................................2-3 Change Logo.............................................................................................2-3 Convert Project..........................................................................................2-3 Data Manager ...........................................................................................2-3 Datasheets ................................................................................................2-3 Document Manager...................................................................................2-4 Hookups ....................................................................................................2-4 Instrumentation & Wiring...........................................................................2-4 Layout Designer ........................................................................................2-4 Navigator...................................................................................................2-5 P&ID..........................................................................................................2-5 P&ID Converter .........................................................................................2-5 Project Editor.............................................................................................2-5 Specification Sheets..................................................................................2-6

,12<5 ?6 !?>D5>DC

Split/Merge Project ................................................................................... 2-6 Template Generator ................................................................................. 2-6 NEW FEATURES ........................................................................................................ 2-6 VERSION 16.0 NEW FEATURES................................................................... 2-6 Overall Changes for Version 16.0............................................................. 2-6 Supported Platforms for Version 16.0....................................................... 2-6 Upgrades to P&ID..................................................................................... 2-7 VERSION 15.10 NEW FEATURES................................................................. 2-7 ACAD 2000............................................................................................... 2-7 Assembly Manager................................................................................... 2-7 Group Commands Toolbar ....................................................................... 2-7 VERSION 15.0 NEW FEATURES................................................................... 2-8 CATT Dialogs ........................................................................................... 2-8 Menu Structure ......................................................................................... 2-8 DIN P&ID Mode ........................................................................................ 2-8 Valve Specification Mode ......................................................................... 2-8 Annotation Tool ........................................................................................ 2-8 Virtual Tags .............................................................................................. 2-8 Adding, Viewing, and Deleting of Document Links ................................... 2-9 Stream Data ............................................................................................. 2-9 Vent and Drains........................................................................................ 2-9 Tag Number Dialog .................................................................................. 2-9 PROJECT SELECTION ............................................................................................ 2-10 P&ID INTERFACE..................................................................................................... 2-11 MENUS (1 OF 3)........................................................................................... 2-12 MENUS (2 OF 3)........................................................................................... 2-13 MENUS (3 OF 3)........................................................................................... 2-14 TOOLBARS (1 OF 6) .................................................................................... 2-15 TOOLBARS (2 OF 6) .................................................................................... 2-16 TOOLBARS (3 OF 6) .................................................................................... 2-17 TOOLBARS (4 OF 6) .................................................................................... 2-18 TOOLBARS (5 OF 6) .................................................................................... 2-19 TOOLBARS (6 OF 6) .................................................................................... 2-20 DRAWING AREA (1 OF 1)............................................................................ 2-21 COMMAND PROMPTS (1 OF 2) .................................................................. 2-22 COMMAND PROMPTS (2 OF 2) .................................................................. 2-23 DIALOGS (1 OF 2)........................................................................................ 2-24 DIALOGS (2 OF 2)........................................................................................ 2-25 COMPONENT PLACEMENT TECHNIQUES............................................................ 2-26 COMPONENT PLACEMENT TECHNIQUES ............................................... 2-26 Component Placement Overview ........................................................... 2-26 Component Placement (1 of 3)............................................................... 2-27 Component Placement (2 of 3)............................................................... 2-28 Component Placement (3 of 3)............................................................... 2-29

ii

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

,12<5 ?6 !?>D5>DC

ATTACHING PROCESS LINES ....................................................................2-30 Attaching Process Lines Overview..........................................................2-30 Attaching Process Lines (1 of 2) .............................................................2-31 Attaching Process Lines (2 of 2) .............................................................2-32 PLACING REDUCERS..................................................................................2-33 Placing Reducers Overview ....................................................................2-33 Placing Reducers (1 of 2)........................................................................2-34 Placing Reducers (2 of 2)........................................................................2-35 PLACING ASSEMBLIES ...............................................................................2-36 Placing Assemblies Overview .................................................................2-36 Placing Assemblies (1 of 2).....................................................................2-37 Placing Assemblies (2 of 2).....................................................................2-38 COMMAND ALIASES................................................................................................2-39

CHAPTER 3: P&ID MENU

STARTUP DIALOGS ...................................................................................................3-2 LOGIN .............................................................................................................3-2 SELECT PROJECT .........................................................................................3-2 P&ID MENU COMMAND REFERENCE ......................................................................3-3 ENTER TAG NUMBER DIALOG .............................................................................3-3 Existing Tags Dialog..................................................................................3-5 Pick List For Dialog ...................................................................................3-6 AutoPLANT Database Message Dialog ....................................................3-7 Create Additional Link Dialog ....................................................................3-7 Reuse Tag Dialog......................................................................................3-7 Delete Tag Dialog......................................................................................3-7 EQUIPMENT ...................................................................................................3-8 Pumps - Compressors - Blowers Dialog ...................................................3-8 Vessels - Drums - Tanks Dialog................................................................3-9 Equipment Data Dialog ...........................................................................3-10 Exchangers and Coolers Dialog..............................................................3-11 Filters Dialog ...........................................................................................3-12 Drivers Dialog..........................................................................................3-12 Miscellaneous Equipment Dialog ............................................................3-13 Equipment Trim Dialog............................................................................3-14 User Equipment.......................................................................................3-15 Join Equipment........................................................................................3-15 AutoNozzle Placement ............................................................................3-16 LINES ............................................................................................................3-17 Pipe Settings Dialog ................................................................................3-18 Select Value Dialog .................................................................................3-18 Pipe Settings Criteria Dialog ...................................................................3-19 VALVES.........................................................................................................3-20 Control Valves.........................................................................................3-21
Reference Guide iii

,12<5 ?6 !?>D5>DC

Actuator Fail Mode ................................................................................. 3-22 Valve Spec Mode.................................................................................... 3-22 Valves Filters .......................................................................................... 3-23 Update Valve Fields................................................................................ 3-24 Valve Spec Path ..................................................................................... 3-25 Spec Path Dialog.................................................................................... 3-26 New Valve Key ....................................................................................... 3-27 INSTRUMENTS ............................................................................................ 3-27 Instrument Location Dialog..................................................................... 3-28 Light........................................................................................................ 3-29 From Instrument Index ........................................................................... 3-29 Isolation .................................................................................................. 3-30 Flow Elements ........................................................................................ 3-31 Function Indicators ................................................................................. 3-31 Function Symbols ................................................................................... 3-32 From Instrument Index ........................................................................... 3-32 Select Instrument Symbol....................................................................... 3-33 MISCELLANEOUS........................................................................................ 3-34 Annotation Symbols................................................................................ 3-34 Arrow Symbols........................................................................................ 3-35 Select Drawing........................................................................................ 3-36 Reducers and Strainers.......................................................................... 3-36 Trim Symbols.......................................................................................... 3-37 Drains - Hoods - Traps ........................................................................... 3-38 Miscellaneous Symbols .......................................................................... 3-39 PREFERENCES MENU................................................................................ 3-40 Drawing Modes....................................................................................... 3-40 Scale Factors.......................................................................................... 3-41 Miscellaneous Settings........................................................................... 3-42 Custom Directory.................................................................................... 3-42 Custom Directory Dialog......................................................................... 3-44 Link and Regen Options ......................................................................... 3-45 Assembly Project Directory..................................................................... 3-46 Assembly Project Folder Dialog.............................................................. 3-47 Document Information ............................................................................ 3-47 STANDARD P&ID MODE ............................................................................. 3-48 PRO-FLOW MODE COMMAND ................................................................... 3-48 PFD ........................................................................................................ 3-49 Pro-Flow Equipment ............................................................................... 3-49 Pro-Flow Tags ........................................................................................ 3-49 DIN P&ID MODE........................................................................................... 3-50 EXPERT MODE............................................................................................ 3-51 TOOLBARS MENU....................................................................................... 3-52 P&ID Toolbar .......................................................................................... 3-52 Equipment Toolbar ................................................................................. 3-52

iv

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

,12<5 ?6 !?>D5>DC

DIN Equipment Toolbar...........................................................................3-53 Lines Toolbar ..........................................................................................3-53 Valves Toolbar ........................................................................................3-53 Instruments Toolbar ................................................................................3-54 Miscellaneous Symbols Toolbar..............................................................3-54 Tools Toolbar ..........................................................................................3-54 Group Commands Toolbar......................................................................3-55 SYMBOL MANAGER.....................................................................................3-55 P&ID HELP....................................................................................................3-55 ABOUT AUTOPLANT P&ID ..........................................................................3-56

CHAPTER 4: P&ID-TOOLS MENU

ASSEMBLY MANAGER..............................................................................................4-3 ASSEMBLY INSERT OPTIONS DIALOG........................................................4-4 CHANGE AREA DIALOG ................................................................................4-5 PROCESS LINE MANAGER .......................................................................................4-6 ASSIGN PROCESS.........................................................................................4-7 MERGE PROCESS .........................................................................................4-8 SELECT NEW PIPE RUN DIALOG .................................................................4-9 CONSISTENCY CHECKS ...........................................................................................4-9 CONSISTENCY CHECKS DIALOG ..............................................................4-10 ANNOTATION TOOL ................................................................................................4-11 JUSTIFY ........................................................................................................4-12 PREDEFINED ANNOTATION STRING.........................................................4-12 UPDATE MENU .........................................................................................................4-13 UPDATE SELECT FIELD ..............................................................................4-13 UPDATE ATTRIBUTE VISIBILITY.................................................................4-14 PROPERTIES MENU ....................................................................................4-14 Service ....................................................................................................4-14 Area.........................................................................................................4-15 Specification............................................................................................4-15 Classification ...........................................................................................4-15 Loop Number ..........................................................................................4-16 Alarm.......................................................................................................4-16 Status ......................................................................................................4-16 Associated Equipment.............................................................................4-16 Change Location .....................................................................................4-17 BLOCK REFRESH MENU.............................................................................4-17 Interactive Menu......................................................................................4-17 All Blocks.................................................................................................4-17 Blocks With Attributes Only .....................................................................4-17 Blocks Without Attributes Only ................................................................4-17 Global Menu............................................................................................4-17

Reference Guide

,12<5 ?6 !?>D5>DC

All Blocks ................................................................................................ 4-17 Blocks With Attributes Only .................................................................... 4-18 Blocks Without Attributes Only ............................................................... 4-18 EXTERNAL DATA MENU......................................................................................... 4-18 REGENERATE DATA................................................................................... 4-18 REGENERATE ALL DATA ........................................................................... 4-18 TOGGLE NEW TAG EDIT ............................................................................ 4-18 FIND TAG MENU ...................................................................................................... 4-19 FIND TAG ..................................................................................................... 4-19 FIND THEN EDIT TAG ................................................................................. 4-19 EDIT THEN FIND TAG ................................................................................. 4-20 EDIT THEN FIND TAG ................................................................................. 4-21 FIND CRITERIA............................................................................................ 4-22 GROUP MENU.......................................................................................................... 4-23 HIGHLIGHT .................................................................................................. 4-23 ISOLATE....................................................................................................... 4-23 MOVE ........................................................................................................... 4-23 ERASE.......................................................................................................... 4-23 FIND LINK..................................................................................................... 4-24 FIND AND MOVE LINK................................................................................. 4-24 LINE UTILITIES MENU............................................................................................. 4-25 ADD RUN TERMINATOR ............................................................................. 4-25 MEND LINE .................................................................................................. 4-25 AUTOLINE BREAK ....................................................................................... 4-26 GAP LINE ..................................................................................................... 4-26 CLOUD LINE ................................................................................................ 4-27 LEADER........................................................................................................ 4-27 CHANGE PIPE TYPE MENU........................................................................ 4-27 To Major ................................................................................................. 4-27 To Minor ................................................................................................. 4-28 To Major Existing.................................................................................... 4-28 To Minor Existing.................................................................................... 4-28 To Major New ......................................................................................... 4-28 To Minor New ......................................................................................... 4-28 User Defined........................................................................................... 4-28 ATTRIBUTE UTILITIES MENU................................................................................. 4-29 TOGGLE EQUIPMENT TAG ........................................................................ 4-29 DRAG ATTRIBUTE....................................................................................... 4-29 ROTATE ATTRIBUTE................................................................................... 4-30 TOGGLE SIZE ATTRIBUTE ......................................................................... 4-30 INSTRUMENT UTILITIES MENU.............................................................................. 4-31 DRAG BUBBLE............................................................................................. 4-31 VIRTUAL TAGS ............................................................................................ 4-31

vi

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

,12<5 ?6 !?>D5>DC

New Virtual Tag.......................................................................................4-32 Place Virtual Tag Text.............................................................................4-32 VALVE UTILITIES MENU..........................................................................................4-33 ROTATE CHECK VALVE ..............................................................................4-33 REPLACE VALVE .........................................................................................4-33 REPLACE TOPWORKS ................................................................................4-34 EDIT PSV TAG..............................................................................................4-34 VALVE AUTOTAG.........................................................................................4-35 Copy Existing Spec .................................................................................4-36 Create New Spec ....................................................................................4-37 Delete Spec.............................................................................................4-37 Edit Spec.................................................................................................4-38 Current Filter ...........................................................................................4-39 Current Spec ...........................................................................................4-39 VIEW LAYER MENU .................................................................................................4-40 SET LAYER...................................................................................................4-40 VIEW BORDER .............................................................................................4-40 VIEW BORDER TEXT ...................................................................................4-40 VIEW EQUIPMENT .......................................................................................4-40 VIEW P&ID ....................................................................................................4-40 VIEW MAJOR PROCESS..............................................................................4-41 VIEW MINOR PROCESS ..............................................................................4-41 VIEW EXISTING MAJOR PROCESS............................................................4-41 VIEW INSTRUMENT .....................................................................................4-41 VIEW COOLING TOWER..............................................................................4-41 VIEW STEAM ................................................................................................4-41 VIEW UTILITY LINES....................................................................................4-41 VIEW TABLES...............................................................................................4-41 VIEW RUN TERMINATOR ............................................................................4-41 VIEW CONTROL LINE ..................................................................................4-42 DDLMODES ..................................................................................................4-42 LISTS MENU..............................................................................................................4-42 LINE LIST ......................................................................................................4-42 VALVE LIST...................................................................................................4-44 EQUIPMENT LIST.........................................................................................4-45 INSTRUMENT INDEX ...................................................................................4-47 CONVERSION MENU................................................................................................4-48 RUN CONVERSION MENU ..........................................................................4-48 On All.......................................................................................................4-48 On Selected.............................................................................................4-48 Reload Mapping File ...............................................................................4-48 ADD ENTITY TO P&ID GROUP....................................................................4-49 ADD RUN TERMINATOR..............................................................................4-49 REATTACH OBJECT ....................................................................................4-49

Reference Guide

vii

,12<5 ?6 !?>D5>DC

REATTACH VALVES.................................................................................... 4-50 SCAN FOR NON P&ID ENTITIES MENU..................................................... 4-50 Scan ....................................................................................................... 4-50 Erase On ................................................................................................ 4-50 Erase Off ................................................................................................ 4-50 Erase Marks ........................................................................................... 4-51 BUILD EQUIPMENT FROM SELECTED TEXT............................................ 4-51 Equipment Values................................................................................... 4-51 BUILD PIPE MENU....................................................................................... 4-52 From Selected Text ................................................................................ 4-52 From Imputed Values ............................................................................. 4-53 Line Number Values ............................................................................... 4-53 BUILD INSTRUMENT MENU ....................................................................... 4-54 From Selected Text ................................................................................ 4-54 From Selected Circle .............................................................................. 4-55 Instrument Values................................................................................... 4-55 CONFIGURE MAPPING ............................................................................... 4-56 Block List ................................................................................................ 4-57 Sample Mapping Settings....................................................................... 4-59 Attribute Mapping ................................................................................... 4-59 Create New Mapping.............................................................................. 4-61 Review Mapping ..................................................................................... 4-61 Create Line Block ................................................................................... 4-62 Embedded List........................................................................................ 4-62 Review Embedded.................................................................................. 4-63 IMPORT/EXPORT MENU ......................................................................................... 4-64 IMPORT BLOCK........................................................................................... 4-64 MASSBALANCE IMPORT MENU................................................................. 4-64 Hysim...................................................................................................... 4-64 EXPORT BLOCK .......................................................................................... 4-65 CREATE EXCHANGE DRAWING ................................................................ 4-65 EXPORT INSTRUMENT INDEX................................................................... 4-66 BATCH.......................................................................................................... 4-67 REPLICATE MENU................................................................................................... 4-68 CREATE ....................................................................................................... 4-68 PURGE ......................................................................................................... 4-68 MAINTENANCE MENU............................................................................................. 4-68 CLEAN UP BUBBLE ..................................................................................... 4-68 REATTACH OBJECT.................................................................................... 4-69 REVERSE RUN FLOW................................................................................. 4-69 PURGE RUN TERMINATORS ..................................................................... 4-69 PURGE TO/FROM ARROWS....................................................................... 4-69 MATCH TO/FROM ARROWS....................................................................... 4-70 REFRESH BORDER..................................................................................... 4-70

viii

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

,12<5 ?6 !?>D5>DC

UPDATE RUN TERM COLOR ......................................................................4-71 PURGE ORPHANED DATA ..........................................................................4-71 UPDATE LAYERS FROM PID-SUP ..............................................................4-71 AP CONFIG...................................................................................................4-72 DB DIAGNOSTICS MENU.........................................................................................4-73 PROJECT......................................................................................................4-73 SESSION.......................................................................................................4-73 APPLICATION...............................................................................................4-74 DIRECTORY..................................................................................................4-74 PATHS...........................................................................................................4-74 TAGS.............................................................................................................4-74 VIEWS ...........................................................................................................4-74 DICTIONARY.................................................................................................4-74 ASI DRIVERS ................................................................................................4-74 ASI DATABASES ..........................................................................................4-74 AUDIT AND REPAIR MENU......................................................................................4-75 DATABASE AUDIT........................................................................................4-75 Select Data Record .................................................................................4-78 Select Keylink..........................................................................................4-79 Select Tag Register.................................................................................4-79 DRAWING REPAIR .......................................................................................4-80 AUTO DRAWING REPAIR ............................................................................4-81 CONFIGURE AUTO REPAIR........................................................................4-81 REUSE.......................................................................................................................4-82 CATT COMMAND......................................................................................................4-82 SELECT DOCUMENT DIALOG ....................................................................4-83 STREAM MANAGER DIALOG ......................................................................4-83

CHAPTER 5: TOOLBAR COMMAND REFERENCE

TOOLBAR COMMAND REFERENCE ........................................................................5-2

CHAPTER 6: USER PROCEDURE HOW TO TOPICS

GETTING STARTED ...................................................................................................6-2 CHANGE PROJECT SETTINGS.....................................................................6-2 START A NEW DRAWING..............................................................................6-2 EDIT AN EXISTING DRAWING.......................................................................6-4 CHANGE THE DRAWING BACKUP DIRECTORY .........................................6-4 MODIFY A P&ID DRAWING NAME ................................................................6-5 SELECT INTERNAL PROJECT DATA............................................................6-5 DRAWING SETTINGS.................................................................................................6-6 CHANGE LAYERS ..........................................................................................6-6 SET DRAWING SIZE OR LIMITS ...................................................................6-6
Reference Guide ix

,12<5 ?6 !?>D5>DC

SET DRAWING PARAMETERS ..................................................................... 6-7 CHANGE TEXT HEIGHT ................................................................................ 6-7 CHANGE THE GLOBAL SCALE FACTOR..................................................... 6-7 CHANGE THE SNAP VALUE ......................................................................... 6-7 CHANGE AN ID BUBBLE RADIUS................................................................. 6-8 CHANGE INSTRUMENT MARK SPACING.................................................... 6-8 CREATE A CUSTOM DIRECTORY................................................................ 6-8 REFRESH A BORDER ................................................................................... 6-9 COMPONENTS & LINES............................................................................................ 6-9 COMPONENT & LINE PLACEMENT.............................................................. 6-9 Place a Valve............................................................................................ 6-9 Place an Instrument.................................................................................. 6-9 Place Equipment..................................................................................... 6-10 Place To/From Arrows............................................................................ 6-11 Place Reducers ...................................................................................... 6-11 Replace a Valve...................................................................................... 6-12 Place a Level Gauge .............................................................................. 6-12 Place a Drain .......................................................................................... 6-13 Place a Nozzle........................................................................................ 6-14 Place a Manhole..................................................................................... 6-15 Place a Flange........................................................................................ 6-15 Place Coupling........................................................................................ 6-16 Place Equipment Insulation .................................................................... 6-16 Place Pipe Insulation .............................................................................. 6-17 Place a Vessel Skirt................................................................................ 6-18 Remove a Reducer................................................................................. 6-18 Reuse an Object..................................................................................... 6-19 Add a Run Terminator ............................................................................ 6-20 Draw Process Lines................................................................................ 6-20 Add a New Run or Process Line to an Existing Process Line ................ 6-21 Draw a Bypass Line................................................................................ 6-21 Add a Pipe Run to a Process.................................................................. 6-22 Insert a PSV............................................................................................ 6-22 Insert a Vessel........................................................................................ 6-23 Insert a Control Valve ............................................................................. 6-24 Create User Equipment .......................................................................... 6-25 Enable AutoNozzle Placement ............................................................... 6-26 Place a Light Symbol.............................................................................. 6-26 Reattach a Valve .................................................................................... 6-27 COMPONENT & LINE MANIPULATION....................................................... 6-27 Edit Control Valve Topworks .................................................................. 6-27 Join Equipment....................................................................................... 6-28 Set a Valve End Code ............................................................................ 6-28 Change a Pipe Size................................................................................ 6-29 Rotate a Check Valve............................................................................. 6-29

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

,12<5 ?6 !?>D5>DC

Replace a Valve ......................................................................................6-30 Create Replicated Objects ......................................................................6-30 Purge Replicated Objects........................................................................6-31 Set the Actuator Failure Mode.................................................................6-31 Reattach an Object..................................................................................6-32 Change an Instrument Location ..............................................................6-32 Mend a Line ............................................................................................6-33 Reverse a Run Flow................................................................................6-33 Merge a Process .....................................................................................6-34 Reassign a Pipe Run...............................................................................6-34 Break a Process Line ..............................................................................6-35 Delete Objects.........................................................................................6-35 Reconnect Pipe To Equipment................................................................6-36 Move Grouped Entities............................................................................6-36 Erase Grouped Entities ...........................................................................6-37 Add an Entity to a P&ID Group................................................................6-37 Run a Conversion on All Components ....................................................6-37 Run a Conversion on Selected Components ..........................................6-38 Build Equipment from AutoCAD Text ......................................................6-38 Build Pipe from Selected Values .............................................................6-39 Build Pipe from AutoCAD Text ................................................................6-39 Build an Instrument from AutoCAD Text .................................................6-40 Build an Instrument from an AutoCAD Circle ..........................................6-40 Change a Pipe to a Major Process Line..................................................6-41 Change a Pipe to a Minor Process Line..................................................6-41 Change a Pipe to a Major Existing Process Line ....................................6-41 Change a Pipe to a Minor Existing Process Line ....................................6-42 Change a Pipe to a New Major Process Line..........................................6-42 Change a Pipe to a New Minor Process Line..........................................6-42 Change a Pipe to a User-Defined Process Line......................................6-43 COMPONENT & LINE ATTRIBUTES .....................................................6-43 Change Attribute Visibility .......................................................................6-43 Drag an Attribute .....................................................................................6-44 Rotate an Attribute ..................................................................................6-44 Drag a Bubble .........................................................................................6-45 Drag a Bubble with an Anchored Leader ................................................6-45 Toggle a Size Attribute............................................................................6-46 Toggle an Equipment Tag.......................................................................6-46 Cleanup a Bubble....................................................................................6-47 Update a Field.........................................................................................6-47 Update an Attribute .................................................................................6-48 Update a Service.....................................................................................6-48 Update an Area .......................................................................................6-49 Update a Spec.........................................................................................6-49 Update a Class........................................................................................6-50

Reference Guide

xi

,12<5 ?6 !?>D5>DC

Update a Loop Number .......................................................................... 6-50 Update an Alarm..................................................................................... 6-51 Update a Status...................................................................................... 6-51 Create an Exchange Drawing................................................................. 6-52 Update an Associated Equipment Field.................................................. 6-52 Edit Associated Equipment Data ............................................................ 6-53 Edit Line Attributes.................................................................................. 6-53 Edit a Pipe Run....................................................................................... 6-54 Edit a Process Line................................................................................. 6-54 Edit Control Valve Data .......................................................................... 6-55 TAG NUMBERING.................................................................................................... 6-55 TOGGLE A NEW TAG EDIT......................................................................... 6-55 EDIT A PSV TAG.......................................................................................... 6-56 SET DOUBLE EQUIPMENT TAGS .............................................................. 6-56 EDIT A TAG NUMBER.................................................................................. 6-57 FIND A TAG.................................................................................................. 6-57 EDIT THEN FIND A TAG.............................................................................. 6-58 FIND THEN EDIT A TAG.............................................................................. 6-58 SET THE FIND TAG CRITERIA ................................................................... 6-59 ENABLE VALVE AUTOTAG ......................................................................... 6-59 ANNOTATION........................................................................................................... 6-60 SET ANNOTATION LEVELS ........................................................................ 6-60 CHANGE ANNOTATION LEVELS................................................................ 6-60 MODIFY LINE NUMBER ANNOTATION ...................................................... 6-61 CREATE AN ANNOTATION LEADER.......................................................... 6-61 TOOLS ...................................................................................................................... 6-62 ENABLE EXPERT MODE............................................................................. 6-62 ENABLE ICON MODE .................................................................................. 6-62 ENABLE PRO-FLOW MODE........................................................................ 6-63 GAP A PROCESS LINE................................................................................ 6-63 DRAW A CLOUD LINE ................................................................................. 6-64 MATCH TO/FROM ARROWS....................................................................... 6-64 RUN A CONSISTENCY CHECK................................................................... 6-65 PERFORM A VALVE SIZE CHECK.............................................................. 6-65 PERFORM A RUN TERMINATOR CHECK.................................................. 6-66 PERFORM A TO/FROM ARROW CHECK................................................... 6-67 CREATE AN ASSEMBLY ............................................................................. 6-67 INSERT AN ASSEMBLY............................................................................... 6-68 DELETE AN ASSEMBLY.............................................................................. 6-69 ASSOCIATE A DOCUMENT ........................................................................ 6-69 VIEW AN ASSOCIATED DOCUMENT ......................................................... 6-70 DRAW AUTOCAD LINES ............................................................................. 6-70 PURGE TO/FROM ARROWS....................................................................... 6-71 HIGHLIGHT GROUPED ENTITIES .............................................................. 6-71

xii

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

,12<5 ?6 !?>D5>DC

ISOLATE GROUPED ENTITIES ...................................................................6-72 FIND A LINK..................................................................................................6-72 MOVE A LINK................................................................................................6-73 SET BATCH COMMANDS ............................................................................6-73 SET LINK AND REGENERATE OPTIONS ...................................................6-74 REFRESH SELECTED BLOCK COPIES ......................................................6-74 REFRESH ALL BLOCK COPIES...................................................................6-74 UNLINK A DOCUMENT ................................................................................6-75 PERFORM AN AUDIT ON A DRAWING .......................................................6-75 REPAIR A DRAWING....................................................................................6-76 SET AUTOREPAIR OPTIONS ......................................................................6-76 PURGE RUN TERMINATORS ......................................................................6-77 SCAN FOR NON-P&ID ENTITIES.................................................................6-77 IMPORT/EXPORT......................................................................................................6-78 IMPORT AN EXCHANGE DRAWING ...........................................................6-78 IMPORT A BLOCK ........................................................................................6-79 IMPORT A MASSBALANCE TABLE .............................................................6-79 EXPORT A BLOCK .......................................................................................6-80 EXPORT AN INSTRUMENT INDEX..............................................................6-80 LISTS .........................................................................................................................6-81 CREATE A LINE LIST ...................................................................................6-81 CREATE AN INSTRUMENT INDEX..............................................................6-81 CREATE AN EQUIPMENT LIST ...................................................................6-82 CREATE A VALVE LIST................................................................................6-82 DATABASE ...............................................................................................................6-83 DISPLAY PROJECT DATABASE DATA .......................................................6-83 DISPLAY SESSION DATABASE DATA ........................................................6-83 DISPLAY APPLICATION DATABASE DATA ................................................6-83 DISPLAY DIRECTORY DATABASE DATA...................................................6-84 DISPLAY PATHS DATABASE DATA ............................................................6-84 DISPLAY TAGS DATABASE DATA ..............................................................6-84 DISPLAY VIEW DATABASE DATA...............................................................6-84 DISPLAY DICTIONARY DATABASE DATA..................................................6-85 DISPLAY ASI DRIVER DATABASE DATA....................................................6-85 DISPLAY ASI DATABASE DATA ..................................................................6-85

CHAPTER 7: PROGRAM CUSTOMIZATION

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION .......................................................................................7-2 NETWORK VS. LOCAL WORKSTATION INSTALLATIONS ..........................7-2 TEMPORARY FILES .......................................................................................7-2 BOM/REPORTS ..............................................................................................7-2 DATABASE......................................................................................................7-3 Project Definition .......................................................................................7-4

Reference Guide

xiii

,12<5 ?6 !?>D5>DC

Tag Types and Dictionaries...................................................................... 7-4 Tag Register ............................................................................................. 7-4 Tables....................................................................................................... 7-5 Displayable Attribute Definitions ............................................................... 7-5 SETTINGS DATABASE .................................................................................. 7-6 Settings Default Definitions....................................................................... 7-6 Attribute Block........................................................................................... 7-7 Attribute Block Scale................................................................................. 7-8 Auxillary Scale Factor ............................................................................... 7-8 BOM Expression....................................................................................... 7-8 End Type .................................................................................................. 7-8 Function.................................................................................................... 7-9 ID Symbol ................................................................................................. 7-9 Item Description........................................................................................ 7-9 Item Type.................................................................................................. 7-9 Layer Index............................................................................................... 7-9 Schema .................................................................................................... 7-9 Default Views.......................................................................................... 7-10 Symbol Name ......................................................................................... 7-11 Symbol Rotation ..................................................................................... 7-11 Text Scale Factor ................................................................................... 7-11 Topworks ................................................................................................ 7-11 User Expression ..................................................................................... 7-11 User Function ......................................................................................... 7-12 Vessel Internals ...................................................................................... 7-12 X Scale Factor ........................................................................................ 7-12 DRAWING PREFERENCES ..................................................................................... 7-13 ATTRIBUTE WIDTHS................................................................................... 7-13 AUTOLINE BREAK PRIORITY LIST............................................................. 7-13 BUBBLE BREAK TOLERANCE .................................................................... 7-14 DEFAULT FONT DISPLAY........................................................................... 7-14 GLOBAL SCALE FACTOR ........................................................................... 7-15 LAYER SETTINGS ....................................................................................... 7-15 LINE SPECIFICATION.................................................................................. 7-15 VALVE MARKING UPDATED BY AUTOTAG FUNCTION ........................... 7-16 REDUCER TEXT .......................................................................................... 7-16 REDUCER TEXT DISPLAY .......................................................................... 7-16 ANNOTATION TEXT SIZE ........................................................................... 7-17 ANNOTATION DESCRIPTION AND VALUE SPACING............................... 7-17 ANNOTATION TEXT SPACING ................................................................... 7-17 ANNOTATION TEXT SEPERATORS........................................................... 7-17 ANNOTATION TEXT JUSTIFICATION......................................................... 7-18 RUN TERMINATOR COLORS ..................................................................... 7-18 SNAP VALUE FACTOR................................................................................ 7-19 DEFAULT TEXT ORIENTATION .................................................................. 7-19

xiv

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

,12<5 ?6 !?>D5>DC

TO/FROM ARROW TEXT .............................................................................7-19 DISPLAY OF VALVE SIZES AND FLOW ELEMENTS OUTSIDE INSTRUMENT BUBBLE ................................................................................7-20 MENUS/TOOLBARS .................................................................................................7-20 PULL-DOWN MENU......................................................................................7-20 TOOLBAR MENU..........................................................................................7-22 IMAGE MENU................................................................................................7-23 SCREEN MENU ............................................................................................7-24 TABLET MENU..............................................................................................7-25

CHAPTER 8: COMPONENT CUSTOMIZATION

TAG NUMBERS...........................................................................................................8-2 DISPLAYABLE ATTRIBUTE DEFINITIONS....................................................8-2 CUSTOM TAG TYPES ....................................................................................8-3 TABLES...........................................................................................................8-4 DEFAULT TABLES..........................................................................................8-4 TAG NUMBER FORMAT.................................................................................8-5 DEFAULT TAG TYPES ...................................................................................8-6 TAG REGISTER..............................................................................................8-7 NEW COMPONENT SYMBOLS..................................................................................8-8 STEP 1 - CREATING AND MODIFYING SYMBOLS ......................................8-8 STEP 2 - PLANNING AND PREPARATION....................................................8-9 STEP 3 - CREATING THE NEW SYMBOL .....................................................8-9 STEP 4 - ENHANCED SLIDES FOR AN ICON MENU .................................8-10 STEP 5 - UPDATING THE MENU.................................................................8-11 STEP 6 - ADDING A RECORD TO THE SETTINGS DATABASE ................8-12 STEP 7 - TESTING AND TROUBLESHOOTING ..........................................8-12 HINTS ON CREATING SYMBOLS................................................................8-13 INSTRUMENTS .........................................................................................................8-13 INSTRUMENT LOCATION............................................................................8-13 INSTRUMENT FAIL MODE...........................................................................8-14 INSTRUMENT COLOR .................................................................................8-14 PIPE ...........................................................................................................................8-14 PIPE SIZE SELECTIONS..............................................................................8-15 VALVES.....................................................................................................................8-16 VALVE ENDCODE OPTIONS .......................................................................8-17 VESSELS...................................................................................................................8-17 CREATE BUILT-UP VESSELS......................................................................8-18 MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT ..............................................................................8-19 HEAT EXCHANGER CONFIGURATION ......................................................8-19 INSULATION TRACING OPTIONS...............................................................8-19

Reference Guide

xv

,12<5 ?6 !?>D5>DC

CHAPTER 9: PROGRAM CUSTOMIZATION HOW TO

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION....................................................................................... 9-2 CHANGE THE CUSTOM DIRECTORY PATH ............................................... 9-2 CREATE A CUSTOM DIRECTORY FOR NEW P&ID DRAWINGS................ 9-2 CHANGE THE SETTINGS DATABASE.......................................................... 9-3 UPDATE SETTINGS FROM A PREVIOUS VERSION ................................... 9-4 CHANGE THE SPECIFICATION DIRECTORY PATH.................................... 9-5 CHANGE THE TEMPORARY DIRECTORY PATH ........................................ 9-6 DRAWING PREFERENCES ....................................................................................... 9-6 CHANGE DISPLAYABLE ATTRIBUTE BLOCKS ........................................... 9-6 CHANGE THE AUTOLINE BREAK PRIORITY LIST ...................................... 9-8 CHANGE THE AUTONOZZLE PLACEMENT SYMBOL................................. 9-8 CHANGE THE DEFAULT DRAWING UNITS ................................................. 9-9 CHANGE THE LOCATION OF BACKUP DRAWING FILES .......................... 9-9 CHANGE THE BORDER SELECTION LIST ................................................ 9-10 CHANGE BUBBLE BREAK TOLERANCE.................................................... 9-10 CHANGE PLANT AND AREA DESIGNATIONS........................................... 9-11 CHANGE DEFAULT FONT DISPLAY........................................................... 9-12 CHANGE DEFAULT TEXT ORIENTATION.................................................. 9-12 CREATE DRAWING BORDERS................................................................... 9-13 CHANGE THE GLOBAL SCALE FACTOR................................................... 9-14 CHANGE CONTROL OF INSTRUMENT BUBBLE CLEAN UP.................... 9-14 CHANGE LAYER SETTINGS ....................................................................... 9-15 CHANGE THE DEFAULT LINE SPECIFICATION........................................ 9-15 CHANGE THE ORDER OF REDUCER TEXT.............................................. 9-16 CHANGE RUN TERMINATOR COLORS ..................................................... 9-16 SET ATTRIBUTE WIDTHS ........................................................................... 9-17 CHANGE THE DEFAULT SNAP VALUE...................................................... 9-17 CHANGE ALIGNMENT OF TO/FROM ARROW TEXT ................................ 9-18 TOGGLE THE DISPLAY OF REDUCER TEXT ............................................ 9-18 CHANGE DISPLAY OF VALVE SIZES AND FLOW ELEMENTS OUTSIDE INSTRUMENT BUBBLE ............................................................................... 9-19 CHANGE VALVE MARKING UPDATED BY AUTOTAG FUNCTION........... 9-19 MENUS/TOOLBARS................................................................................................. 9-20 MODIFY DIRECT MENU COMMANDS........................................................ 9-20 ADD A SLIDE USING SLIDE LIBRARY MANAGER..................................... 9-20 CHANGE THE BASE MENU......................................................................... 9-21 CHANGE THE BASE MENU POSITION ...................................................... 9-22 USE ENHANCED SLIDES FOR AN ICON MENU........................................ 9-22 ADD A RECORD TO THE SETTINGS DATABASE...................................... 9-23 MODIFY MENU CONTROL FUNCTIONS .................................................... 9-24 MODIFY THE TABLET ................................................................................. 9-25 UPDATE THE MENU FOR A NEW SYMBOL............................................... 9-25

xvi

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

,12<5 ?6 !?>D5>DC

TAG NUMBERS.........................................................................................................9-26 CREATE A CUSTOM TAG TYPE..................................................................9-26 CHANGE THE TAG NUMBER FORMAT ......................................................9-27 ENABLE EQUIPMENT TAG UNDERLINING ................................................9-28 CHANGE THE TAG NUMBER INCREMENT VALUE ...................................9-29 CHANGE TAG DUPLICATION NOTIFICATION............................................9-29 VIEWS........................................................................................................................9-30 ADD A FIELD TO A DISPLAYABLE ATTRIBUTE .........................................9-30 ADD A FIELD TO A VIEW .............................................................................9-31 ADD A VIEW..................................................................................................9-31 MODIFY THE VIEW DIALOG........................................................................9-32 MODIFY THE VIEW DICTIONARY ...............................................................9-33 LINKING AN EXTERNAL DATABASE TABLE TO ENTER PIPE RUN FLOW DATA..................................................................................................9-34 ANNOTATION ...........................................................................................................9-35 MODIFY PIPE RUN ANNOTATION ..............................................................9-35 CHANGE ANNOTATION TEXT SIZE............................................................9-36 MODIFY ANNOTATION DESCRIPTION AND VALUE SPACING ................9-36 CHANGE ANNOTATION TEXT SPACING....................................................9-37 SET ANNOTATION TEXT SEPERATORS....................................................9-37 CHANGE ANNOTATION TEXT JUSTIFICATION .........................................9-38 ADD TO THE UPDATE FUNCTIONALITY....................................................9-39 BOM/REPORTS.........................................................................................................9-40 UPDATE A BILL OF MATERIALS LIST.........................................................9-40 COMPONENTS..........................................................................................................9-41 INSTRUMENTS.............................................................................................9-41 Add Instrument Linetypes........................................................................9-41 Modify Instrument Color ..........................................................................9-42 Modify Instrument Fail Mode...................................................................9-42 Modify Instrument Location .....................................................................9-43 Change Instrument Bubbles to a 3-Line Bubble......................................9-43 NEW COMPONENT SYMBOLS....................................................................9-44 Create a New Symbol .............................................................................9-44 Create a New Symbol From an Existing Symbol ....................................9-45 Modify Dynamically Scaled Symbols.......................................................9-46 PIPE ..............................................................................................................9-46 Add Multi-Line Linetypes (DIN) ...............................................................9-46 Modify Pipe Size Selections ....................................................................9-47 VALVES.........................................................................................................9-48 Modify Control Valve Configuration.........................................................9-48 Change Valve Endcode Options .............................................................9-48 Create Control Valve Dialog Slides .........................................................9-49 VESSELS ......................................................................................................9-50 Create Built-Up Vessels ..........................................................................9-50

Reference Guide

xvii

,12<5 ?6 !?>D5>DC

Modify Vessel Configuration................................................................... 9-50 Modify Equipment Internals .................................................................... 9-51 MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT ................................................................. 9-52 Change Insulation Tracing Options ........................................................ 9-52 Modify Heat Exchanger Configuration.................................................... 9-53 PROJECT DATABASE............................................................................................. 9-54 CHANGE THE DEFAULT PROJECT STATUS ............................................ 9-54 CHANGE THE PROJECT DATABASE PATH .............................................. 9-54 SPECIFICATIONS..................................................................................................... 9-55 CHANGE THE SPECIFICATION DIRECTORY PATH.................................. 9-55

xvii i

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

381@D5B

'>DB?4E3D9?>

This Reference Guide was generated in response to users requests to have the application on-line help formatted in a manner that could be referenced away from a setting in which the actual software was installed and running in front of them. It is provided in Adobe Acrobat Reader format to enable you to print as many copies of this information as desired.

ABOUT THIS MANUAL HELP AND DOCUMENTATION AUTHORIZATION DOCUMENTATION CONVENTIONS TECHNICAL SUPPORT AND TRAINING

1-2 1-3 1-10 1-11 1-12

9>DB?4E3D9?>

12?ED D89C =1>E1<

12?ED D89C =1>E1<

This Reference Guide was generated in response to users requests to have the application on-line help formatted in a manner that could be referenced away from a setting in which the actual software was installed and running in front of them. Remember, this manual was generated from the on-line help, and therefore may have references to help topic links, which are not available as links in this format. This manual is provided in Adobe Acrobat Reader format to enable you to print as many copies of this information as desired. An option to install Acrobat Reader is available on your installation CD. This section provides a brief description of the content in each chapter of this Reference Manual. The chapters are primarily organized by the layout of the main P&ID application menu, i.e., all of the commands that reside in particular P&ID submenus are covered in one chapter.
 

Chapter 1: Introduction: This contains an overview of the Reference Manual. Chapter 2: Getting Started: This section will help you get acquainted with the P&ID environment and interface. Chapter 3: P&ID Menu: This chapter covers the commands found within the P&ID menu. Chapter 4: P&ID-Tools Menu: This chapter covers the commands found within the P&ID-Tools menu. Chapter 5: Toolbar Command Reference: This chapter provides a reference to the P&ID toolbars and the commands associated with them. Chapter 6: User Procedure How To Topics: This chapter provides step-by-step procedures to perform P&ID program usage tasks. Chapter 7: Program Customization: This chapter contains P&ID program customization big picture explanations. Chapter 8: Component Customization: This chapter contains all you need to know to customize P&ID components. Chapter 9: Program Customization How To: This chapter provides step-by-step procedures to customize the P&ID application.

 

1-2

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

9>DB?4E3D9?>

85<@ 1>4 4?3E=5>D1D9?>

85<@ 1>4 4?3E=5>D1D9?>

The following table describes the help/tutorial documents provided with your software:
6

9<5 >1=5

5C3B9@D9?>1335CC

1DO@94@46

Description: This is an Adobe Acrobat Reader PDF version of the AutoPLANT P&ID Tutorial. Access: Select AutoPLANT P&IW/Tutorials/P&ID from your Windows Start menu. Note: The AutoPLANT P&ID application must be purchased and authorized seperately.

1DO@9438=

Description: This is the main P&ID application help file. It provides a detailed description of every available feature and function. Access: Select P&ID/P&ID Help from the P&ID application menu, or select AutoPLANT P&IW/Help Files/P&ID Help from your Windows Start menu. Note: The AutoPLANT P&ID application must be purchased and authorized seperately.

9>CDG9B@46

Description: This is an Adobe Acrobat Reader PDF version of this Tutorial. Access: Select AutoPLANT P&IW/Tutorials/Instrumentation from your Windows Start menu. Note: The AutoPLANT Instrumentation & Wiring application must be purchased and authorized separately.

9>CDG9B38=

Description: This is the main Instrumentation & Wiring application help file. It provides a detailed description of every available feature and function. Access: Select Help/Contents from the Instrumentation & Wiring application menu, or select AutoPLANT P&IW/Help Files/Instrumentation Help from your Windows Start menu. Note: The AutoPLANT Instrumentation & Wiring application must be purchased and authorized separately.

41D1=7B@46

Description: This is an Adobe Acrobat Reader PDF version of the AutoPLANT Data Manager Tutorial. Access: Select AutoPLANT P&IW/Tutorials/Data Manager from your Windows Start menu. Note: The AutoPLANT Data Manager application must be purchased and authorized separately.

41D1=7B38=

Description: This is the main Data Manager application help file. It provides a detailed description of every available feature and function. Access: Select Help/Contents from the Data Manager application menu, or select AutoPLANT P&IW/Help Files/Data Manager Help from your Windows Start menu. Note: The AutoPLANT Data Manager application must be purchased and authorized separately.

Reference Guide

1-3

9>DB?4E3D9?>

85<@ 1>4 4?3E=5>D1D9?>

<1I?ED4C738=

Description: This is the main help file for the Layout Designer module of the Instrumentation & Wiring application. It provides a detailed description of every available feature and function. Access: Select Help/Contents from the Layout Designer application menu, or select AutoPLANT P&IW/Help Files/Layout Designer Help from your Windows Start menu.

>1F971D?B@46

Description: This is an Adobe Acrobat Reader PDF version of the AutoPLANT Navigator Tutorial. Access: Select AutoPLANT P&IW/Tutorials/Navigator from your Windows Start menu. Note: The AutoPLANT Navigator application must be purchased and authorized separately.

>1F971D?B38=

Description: This is the main Navigator application help file. It provides a detailed description of every available feature and function. Access: Select Help/Contents from the Navigator application menu, or select AutoPLANT P&IW/Help Files/Navigator Help from your Windows Start menu. Note: The AutoPLANT Navigator application must be purchased and authorized separately.

41D1C8D38=

Description: This is the main Datasheets module help file. AutoPLANT Datasheets enables you to access and manage dynamically-passed process and instrumentation data such as tag number, process data, vendor data, etc. This help file provides a detailed description of every available feature and function. Access: Select Help/Contents from the Datasheets menu, or select AutoPLANT P&IW/Help Files/Datasheets Help from your Windows Start menu. Note: The AutoPLANT Datasheets module must be purchased and authorized separately.

2<;41D1C8D38=

Description: This is the main Bulk Datasheet Builder module help file. This help file provides a detailed description of every available feature and function. Access: Select Help/Contents from the Bulk Datasheet Builder menu, or select AutoPLANT P&IW/Help Files/Bulk Datasheet Builder Help from your Windows Start menu.

8??;E@38=

Description: This is the main Hookups module help file. AutoPLANT Hookups allows you to access and manage Instrument installation detail drawings and to generate parts lists and Bills of Materials. This help file provides a detailed description of every available feature and function. Access: Select Help/Contents from the Hookups menu, or select AutoPLANT P&IW/Help Files/Hookups Help from your Windows Start menu. Note: The AutoPLANT Hookups module must be purchased and authorized separately.

C@53C8D38=

Description: This is the main Specification Sheets module help file. AutoPLANT Specification Sheets enables you to access and manage dynamically-passed process, instrumentation, and equipment data such as tag numbers, process data, vendor data, etc. This help file provides a detailed description of every available feature and function. Access: Select Help/Contents from the Specification Sheets menu, or select AutoPLANT

1-4

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

9>DB?4E3D9?>

85<@ 1>4 4?3E=5>D1D9?>

P&IW/Help Files/Spec Sheets Help from your Windows Start menu. Note: The AutoPLANT Specification Sheets module must be purchased and authorized separately.
4?3=7B38=

Description: This is the main AutoPLANT Document Manager application help file. Document Manager enables you to organize, edit, and preview project documents created with registered Rebis applications. This help file provides a detailed description of every available feature and function. Access: Select Help/Contents from the Document Manager menu, or select AutoPLANT P&IW/Help Files/Document Manager Help from your Windows Start menu.

@B?:5438=

Description: This is the main Project Editor module help file. It provides a detailed description of every available feature and function. The Project Editor enables you to manage projects, edit database configurations and tag types, and to control system administration functions for creating users, assigning users to groups, granting user/group rights, and creating user/group functions and levels of access. This help file provides a detailed description of every available feature and function. Access: Select Help/Contents from the Project Editor menu, or select AutoPLANT P&IW/Help Files/Project Editor Help from your Windows Start menu.

21D38@B9>D38=

Description: This is the main AutoPLANT Batch Print utility help file. Batch Print enables you to print multiple documents associated with an AutoPLANT v15.0 (or greater) project. Access: Select Help/Help Contents from the Batch Print menu, or select AutoPLANT P&IW/Help Files/Batch Print Utility Help from your Windows Start menu.

3?>F5BD@B?:53D38=

Description: This is the main AutoPLANT Convert Project application help file. The Convert Project utility enables you to quickly convert SCHEMA and PROJDATA database data used by AutoPLANT 14.0 and 13.0 projects, to version 15.0. This help file provides a detailed description of every available feature and function. Access: Press the Help button on the Convert Database main screen, or select AutoPLANT P&IW/Help Files/Convert Project Utility Help from your Windows Start menu.

C@<9D=5B75@B?:38=

Description: This is the main AutoPLANT Split/Merge Project utility help file. This utility enables you to split larger AutoPLANT v15.0 (or greater) projects into smaller, more manageable sub-projects. Through the use of this utility, you can also merge the subprojects back into the parent project. This utility also enables you to create a single project from multiple projects by merging the projects together. Access: Press the Help button on the Split/Merge Project main screen, or select AutoPLANT P&IW/Help Files/Split/Merge Project Help from your Windows Start menu.

D5=@75>38=

Description: This is the main AutoPLANT Template Generator application help file. Template Generator enables you to create custom .DWG templates and tokens that meet your company standards when producing template-generated loop drawings within the AutoPLANT Instrumentation application. This help file provides a detailed description of every available feature and function. Access: Select Template Generator Help from the Template Generator menu, or select AutoPLANT P&IW/Help Files/Template Generator Help from your Windows Start menu.

Reference Guide

1-5

9>DB?4E3D9?>

85<@ 1>4 4?3E=5>D1D9?>

381>75<?7?38=

Description: This is the main AutoPLANT Change Logo application help file. The Change Logo utility enables you to quickly replace logos which appear on AutoPLANT Datasheets (*.XLS), AutoPLANT Specification Sheets (*.XLS), and AutoPLANT Hookup Drawings (*.XLS). This help file provides a detailed description of every available feature and function. Access: Press the Help button on the Change Logo Utility main screen, or select AutoPLANT P&IW/Help Files/Change Logo Utility Help from your Windows Start menu.

19C3?=38=

Description: This is the supplemental Common dialog help file. Dialogs which are featured in multiple applications are documented in this file. This help file provides a detailed description of each shared dialog.
>_dU

Separate help files are provided for each of the supplemental applications that ship with your AutoPLANT software. These helps may be launched individually via the AutoPLANT P&IW/Help Files group in your Windows Start menu, or by starting the application and selecting Help/Contents.

1449>7 I?EB 85<@

Rebis has developed a simple system to enable Dealers, Contractors, Users, etc. to provide links to their own custom HTML help system within each AutoPLANT application's help system.

8_g 4_Uc Yd G_b[/

The topic Adding Your Help/AutoPLANT P&ID Customer Help that is compiled within the P&ID help file provides a link to a stand-alone HTML file named CUSTPID.HTM. This file may be modified to form the start point for your custom HTML help system. The path and name of this file is assigned in the >+HOS'RFV@ group of your ..\CFG\AT.INI file as shown below and may be modified.
%DWFK3ULQW 1(7:25.B5227?5HELV?+HOS?&XVW%DWFK3ULQWKWP %ON'DWD6KW 1(7:25.B5227?5HELV?+HOS?&XVW%ON'DWD6KWKWP &KJ/RJR 1(7:25.B5227?5HELV?+HOS?&XVW&KJ/RJRKWP 'DWD0JU 1(7:25.B5227?5HELV?+HOS?&XVW'DWD0JUKWP 'DWD6KW 1(7:25.B5227?5HELV?+HOS?&XVW'DWDVKWKWP 'RF0JU 1(7:25.B5227?5HELV?+HOS?&XVW'RF0JUKWP +RRNXS 1(7:25.B5227?5HELV?+HOS?&XVW+RRNXSKWP ,QVW:LU 1(7:25.B5227?5HELV?+HOS?&XVW,QVW:LUKWP /D\RXW'VJ 1(7:25.B5227?5HELV?+HOS?&XVW/D\RXW'VJKWP 1DYLJDWRU 1(7:25.B5227?5HELV?+HOS?&XVW1DYLJDWRUKWP 3,' 1(7:25.B5227?5HELV?+HOS?&XVW3,'KWP &YUW3URM 1(7:25.B5227?5HELV?+HOS?&XVW&QYUW3UMKWP 3URM(G 1(7:25.B5227?5HELV?+HOS?&XVW3URM(GKWP 6SHF6KW 1(7:25.B5227?5HELV?+HOS?&XVW6SHF6KWKWP 6SOLW0HUJH3URM 1(7:25.B5227?5HELV?+HOS?&XVW6SOLW0HUJH3URMKWP 7HPS*HQ 1(7:25.B5227?5HELV?+HOS?&XVW7HPS*HQKWP

1-6

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

9>DB?4E3D9?>

85<@ 1>4 4?3E=5>D1D9?>

You can modify the CUSTPID.HTM file to include links to your own HTML help topics using any HTML editor (Microsoft Word 97 can even be used to create HTML files). This system was devised to enable you to create your own internal set of procedures in HTML format, which may then be accessed directly from within the individual AutoPLANT application help systems. This system also enables you to download or upgrade your existing AutoPLANT help files, while maintaining the integrity of your internally generated HTML procedures. The following procedure explains how to modify CUSTPID.HTM to link your own internal procedures to a Rebis application HTML help system. This examples explains how to create a new HTML file named MyProc1.HTM, then establish a link to this procedure from the CUSTPID.HTM file using Microsoft Word 97.
!

Create a directory where you will want to store your HTML help procedures. Start Word. Enter some text for your topic. For example, type My Procedure and tag it using the Heading 1 style. Enter some more text as desired to define a common procedure used by your organization. Select File/Save As, then set the Save As Type selection to HTML Document. Type the file name as MYPROC1.htm and then save the file in the directory created in Step 1. Open the ..\REBISPIW\HELP\CUSTPID.htm file in Word. You can change the text "Example" to the name of your organization, or whatever you would like. Create a new line and type My Procedure 1. Select the text My Procedure 1 with your cursor, then select Insert/Hyperlink. Press the Browse button next to the Link to file or URL field.


"

#

$

%

&

'

(

)

Select your MyProc1.htm file from the directory created in Step 1, then press OK. Press OK to assign the link. Save the file and exit. That's all there is to it. To test your link, run the AutoPLANT P&ID application help file. Display the Adding Your Help/AutoPLANT P&ID Customer Help topic, then press the Click here to display your CUSTPID.HTM button. Your link now appears in the CUSTPID.htm help topic in a separate HTML help window. Click on the My Procedure 1 link to display your custom help procedure.
>_dU

!!

!"

There is a wealth of additional information available on HTML help via the Internet.

Reference Guide

1-7

9>DB?4E3D9?>

85<@ 1>4 4?3E=5>D1D9?>

1ed_@<1>D @94 3ecd_]Ub 8U\`

The Add Your Own Help topic explains how you can link to your own HTML based help system via the button below. The main HTML page of your help system is assigned to the PID keyword in the >+HOS'RFV@ group of your local ..USER\CFG\AT.INI file. The default value of the PID keyword is set up to display the CUSTPID.htm file from your network ..\REBISPIW\HELP directory. You can modify the path and file name to specify your own HTML help start file, or modify the provided CUSTPID.htm file. We recommend that you create a new directory where you will store your custom HTML files, and copy the CUSTPID.htm file into this directory. You will then need to modify the path of the PID keyword in your AT.INI file in order for the button below to find this file. This will prevent future upgrades to your AutoPLANT software from overwriting your customized HTML help.

1-8

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

9>DB?4E3D9?>

D9@C ?> EC9>7 B529C 85<@

Rebis Help has been designed to provide access to a variety of different types of help. The suggestions below will make the help system more useful.
D

12<5 ?6 3?>D5>DC

With our new HTML help format, a Table of Contents is always displayed in the left pane of your help window. As you click on links within a topic, the topic that you jump to is automatically highlighted in the left pane to enable you to more easily view where you are within the overall help system. An extensive index of help topics has been provided to enable you to quickly locate information on a particular topic. Click on the Index tab, then begin entering the word(s) that you want to search. As you type, the index will automatically scroll using the letters entered as a filter. When you find an entry in the index that you want to view, press the Display button. A more thorough search for a specific keyword or phrase may be performed from the Search tab. Click on the Search tab, then enter the keyword or phrase that you want to find and press List Topics. All of the topics within the help system that contain the entered keyword or phrase will appear in the selection list. Select the topic that you want to display, then press the Display button to view the topic. The Command Reference folder in the help system has been organized to replicate the layout of the application menu system as closely as possible. Where deemed necessary, a set of How To procedures are provided in a separate How To folder below the actual command's folder. The new organization of Rebis help systems makes printing easier than ever. To print the current topic, simply select it in the Table of Contents, then press the Print button. Enable the Print the selected topic radio button in the dialog displayed, then press OK. If you want to print all of the topics that reside in a particular folder and all of its sub-folders, simply select the folder and press Print, then enable the Print the selected heading and all subtopics radio button, then press OK. All topics in and below the selected folder will be printed in the order in which they are defined in the folder. Rebis has devised a system to enable you to add a link to your own custom set of internal procedures, etc. from within each Rebis application help system. This information can be found under the folder Adding Your Help that appears at the bottom of the Table of Contents for each help system.

>45H

51B38

B 3

5<1D9?>C89@ 25DG55> ?G D? D?@93C

?==1>4 B565B5>35 1>4

B9>D9>7

449>7 I?EB ?G> 85<@

Reference Guide

1-9


1ED8?B9J1D9?>

9>DB?4E3D9?>

1ED8?B9J1D9?>

All software authorization for new Rebis products is handled by the new Rebis Security Manager. This application is installed when you install your AutoPLANT software. This application may be launched by selecting Rebis Security/Rebis Security Configuration Manager from your Windows Start menu. This will enable you to authorize, or request an authorization code for all of your AutoPLANT applications in one easy to use interface. When you start an application that has not been authorized, a dialog will display prompting you to authorization the application as an Evaluation copy for a limited number of days, or to start the application in Demo mode. The application can only be fully authorized using the Rebis Security Configuration Manager.

>5G C53EB9DI
No new hardware locks will be issued upon the release of the Rebis Security Manager. All new purchases will utilize moveable firmware.

5H9CD9>7 81B4G1B5 <?3;C

The old hardware locks were implemented using Alladin's Hasp Locks. Hasp locks were attached to the printer port and require hasp drivers to be detected by the application. All hardware locks are initially set to expire within a month (an authorization code is required to remove the expiration date). Upon implementation of the Rebis Security Manager, no existing hardware locks will be authorized for use with applications. This means the old hardware locks will not work with the new applications. Clients should keep their old hardware locks to allow product support for older versions. The read-only properties of the existing hardware lock can only be viewed within the Configuration View, not authorized. The Rebis Security Configuration Manager provides a help file with detailed instructions for authorizing your software. Start the application by selecting Rebis Security/Rebis Security Configuration Manager from your Windows Start menu, then select Help/Contents to view this information.

1-10

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

9>DB?4E3D9?>

4?3E=5>D1D9?> 3?>F5>D9?>C

4?3E=5>D1D9?> 3?>F5>D9?>C
A number of conventions are maintained throughout all Rebis documentation to make it easier to identify and understand the information presented.
3

?>F5>D9?>

5C3B9@D9?>

>?D5*

Precedes information of general importance. Precedes optional time-saving information. Precedes information about actions that should not be performed under normal operating conditions. Directory paths and file names are italicized. Example: C:\TUTOR directory, AUTOEXEC.BAT file. Excerpts from text or basic script files, variables, and statements appear in the font shown. Commands or information that must be manually entered is bolded in the font shown. Menu commands and dialog buttons appear in a sans serif font that stands out from normal body text. Example: After selecting the File menu, press the OK button in the dialog. Individual keyboard keys, or key combinations, are graphically represented. Examples: L, N, J+ Dialog and database table names are italicized. Example: The Preferences dialog. Indicates that the command must be executed from a menu or dialog. Throughout this Tutorial, the menu command sequence required to execute a command will be explicitly defined in the text, while the associated toolbar button is presented in the margin.

89>D*

G1B>9>7*

FILENAMES
3URJUDP &RGH

INPUT Menu & Buttons

N
Dialogs Field_Name Select

Reference Guide

1-11

9>DB?4E3D9?>

D538>931< CE@@?BD 1>4 DB19>9>7

D538>931< CE@@?BD 1>4 DB19>9>7

Rebis' trained personnel are available to provide quality support to customers on all current product lines. To inquire about technical support options, contact Rebis corporate headquarters at (925) 933-2525.
 

Explore On-line Help for an answer to your question. Contact your local dealer. Rebis believes that a close customer-dealer relationship is the best method for receiving personalized, quality technical support.

DI@5C ?6 D538>931< CE@@?BD

Maintenance, Enhancement and Support (MES): Users who have purchased an MES contract receive priority Technical Support on a toll-free 800 support line. In addition, on-line support is provided via the internet. As an MES customer, Rebis will do its best to resolve your problem immediately.
>_dU

Please contact your Rebis Inside Sales Representative for more information on MES.

Internet Support: Online Support is a reserved area for active MES subscribers. A few benefits are described below: Input and track support incidents related to your organization. You will be automatically notified via email when the status of your support incident has changed. New incidents go directly into our Technical Support database, and you can track the incidents remotely over the web. You can even change the status of your incident live! View our Solutions Database. Much more than a set of FAQs, this is a comprehensive database of solutions compiled and maintained by our Tech Support staff. View Software Bugs. Rebis is confident about our products, and we want to help you resolve any problems you may be experiencing. Because of this, we expose our Publishable Errors database to our customers. You can see the advantages of obtaining an MES contract: Search the knowledge browser for a list of solutions, see if your problem has been reported already as a bug, add a new incident and track it... all from the web and without requiring a phone call! The Rebis Support URL is www.rebis.com/support.


Fax Support: Fax traditional inquiries to (985) 893-5293; 24hrs, 7days/week.

1-12

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

381@D5B

75DD9>7CD1BD54


2-2 2-6 2-10 2-11 2-26 2-39

This section will help you get acquainted with the P&ID environment and interface.

WHAT IS AUTOPLANT P&ID NEW FEATURES PROJECT SELECTION P&ID INTERFACE COMPONENT PLACEMENT TECHNIQUES COMMAND ALIASES

75DD9>7 CD1BD54
G81D 9C 1ED?@<1>D @94

G81D 9C 1ED?@<1>D @94

AutoPLANT P&ID provides companies with an indispensable tool for creating "intelligent plant schematics." Utilizing the power of AutoCAD with an external relational database environment to create the "intelligent plant schematics," companies and engineers can now learn more about their plant design in a fraction of the time that is needed to study hundreds of layout drawings or 3D models. P&ID provides a cost efficient application for companies by reducing the design and documentation time for capturing process information for system design and plant studies (HAZOP studies, etc.), ensuring compliance to OSHA 1910 and ISO standards. Through its "scaleable design," P&ID is suitable for large, midsized and small engineering companies and plant operators providing a key tool for the lifecycle design and documentation of process plants.

@B?35CC 1>4 9>CDBE=5>D1D9?> G?B;7B?E@ 9>D57B1D9?>

The Process and Instrumentation Workgroups are designed to compliment each other, making it easier for you to share, build, and manage valuable project data. Using a central database as a Project Repository, several applications can easily share the same data. You can edit the data on a project-wide basis, drastically reducing the time it takes to bring a data-intensive project to completion. In addition to the time saving benefits, managers will also appreciate the wealth of reports that can be generated from a centralized system.

2-2

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

75DD9>7 CD1BD54
G81D 9C 1ED?@<1>D @94

2QdSX @bY^d
The AutoPLANT Batch Print utility provides you with the capability to print multiple documents associated with an AutoPLANT v15.0 (or greater) project.

2e\[ 4QdQcXUUdc 2eY\TUb

The AutoPLANT Bulk Datasheets Builder utility assists P&IW users in creating datasheets quickly for multiple tags. Users will be able to select tags by tag code or from the tag register and assign templates to multiple tags. Once templates are assigned, users will be able to name and create the datasheets for all selected tags.

3XQ^WU <_W_
The AutoPLANT Change Logo utility enables you to quickly replace logos which appear on AutoPLANT Datasheets (*.XLS), AutoPLANT Specification Sheets (*.XLS), and AutoPLANT Hookup Drawings (*.XLS), which utilize Microsoft Excel as its native format for data storage and customization.

3_^fUbd @b_ZUSd
The AutoPLANT Convert Project utility enables you to quickly convert AutoPLANT v15 project to AutoPLANT v16 projects.

4QdQ =Q^QWUb
AutoPLANT Data Manager is a powerful relational database management tool for storing, creating, and customizing project instrumentation, equipment, piping, and valve data. Developed by experienced Instrumentation Engineers, AutoPLANT Data Manager is the ideal tool for plant engineering, maintenance, and operation departments. AutoPLANT Data Manager provides a fully configurable user interface and database and uses the industry-standard Microsoft Access or DBF database formats for easy linking to other software tools. AutoPLANT Data Manager also supports Open Database-Compliant (ODBC) data sources.

4QdQcXUUdc
AutoPLANT Datasheets is an add-on module for Process and Instrumentation applications which enables you to access and manage dynamically-passed process and instrumentation data such as tag number, process data, vendor data, etc. The Datasheets module utilizes Microsoft Excel as its native format for data storage and customization.

Reference Guide

2-3

75DD9>7 CD1BD54
G81D 9C 1ED?@<1>D @94

4_Se]U^d =Q^QWUb
The AutoPLANT Document Manager enables you to organize, edit, and preview project documents created with registered Rebis applications.

8__[e`c
AutoPLANT Hookups is an add-on module to AutoPLANT Instrumentation which allows you to access and manage Instrument installation detail drawings and to generate parts lists and Bills of Materials. The Hookups module utilizes Microsoft Excel as its native format for data storage and customization.

9^cdbe]U^dQdY_^  GYbY^W
AutoPLANT Instrumentation & Wiring was re-written in response to several overriding factors. Due to the lack of support for Visual FoxPro from Microsoft and the continuing troubles with the controls provided in the Visual FoxPro programming language, the new Instrumentation & Wiring interface has been re-written in Visual Basic 6.0. Due to several user requests for an interface that provided more flexibility when modifying the instrumentation structure and reports, Instrumentation & Wiring has been modified to use the same engine as the Data Manager module. This provides users with a familiar interface because of previous experience with modifying views, tables, and reports in the Data Manager module. Also this allows users to leverage their existing Microsoft Access knowledge when modifying a projects structure. Finally, the new interface speeds up the process of opening a project as the FoxPro ODBC drivers forced the previous version to open all tables and store them in local cursors before opening.

<Qi_ed 4UcYW^Ub
AutoPLANT Layout Designer was developed in response to the call for a more intuitive, graphical interface for performing connections. Layout Designer allows users to define loop components, connect loop components and generate documents pertaining to specific loops. To allow users to define loop components Layout Designer provides the Component Bar. The Component Bar is a navigational tool that allows users to view and define existing components (Loops, Instruments, Panels, Motors or Field Bus components), create and define new components and drag these defined components onto a Layout Drawing for connection. Layout Designer introduces the concept of Layout Drawings, a graphical, flexible overview of Instrumentation Loops. A Layout Drawing may be defined for a single loop if it is particularly complicated. Layout Drawings may define an area in a plant and all of the loop components associated with that area or all of the loop components associated with a particular piece of equipment. The main idea is that the scope of a layout is not limited by the application it is limited only by user preference. While in a layout drawing users can create relationships between components then proceed to define the connection details. Any component on a Layout Drawing will have right-click context sensitive menus to reduce the amount of time it takes to perform detailed connections, tag modifications or component definition.

2-4

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

75DD9>7 CD1BD54
G81D 9C 1ED?@<1>D @94

>QfYWQd_b
AutoPLANT Navigator provides an easy-to-use environment to manage critical plant data and documentation. The tree-like user interface allows you to quickly navigate to a specific component to view operating data and associated documentation. AutoPLANT Navigator and the AutoPlant P&ID Workgroup share a common relational database model for storage of all plant data including process equipment, lines, valves and instrumentation. Changes made to a P&ID are immediately available through the AutoPLANT Navigator interface. By sharing a common relational database, errors and data maintenance costs associated with duplicate data are virtually eliminated.

@94
AutoPLANT P&ID provides companies with an indispensable tool for creating "intelligent plant schematics." Utilizing the power of AutoCAD with an external relational database environment to create the "intelligent plant schematics," companies and engineers can now learn more about their plant design in a fraction of the time that is needed to study hundreds of layout drawings or 3D models. P&ID provides a cost efficient application for companies by reducing the design and documentation time for capturing process information for system design and plant studies (HAZOP studies, etc.), ensuring compliance to OSHA 1910 and ISO standards. Through its "scaleable design," P&ID is suitable for large, midsized and small engineering companies and plant operators providing a key tool for the lifecycle design and documentation of process plants.

@94 3_^fUbdUb
Just about all companies have P&ID drawings in some form, that represent the schematic map of their process plants which needs to be maintained. For the Engineering Consulting firms, you probably received P&IDs from the client, and you are requested to redraw or use them as the basis for a plant project. Most of these P&IDs were probably developed using straight AutoCAD, without a third party developer's software package, but using internally developed symbol libraries to suit client/company standards. For those who did use a third party software application, Rebis can convert many of the drawings generated by those systems as well. The AutoPLANT P&ID Conversion Toolkit is essential to both the owner/operator and the engineering contractor as it provides the ability to very quickly convert these attribute/nonattribute, non-intelligent P&ID drawings to intelligent AutoPLANT P&ID drawings. Attribute and text information in these drawings can be extracted and stored in the AutoPLANT P&ID external project database without the expense of redrawing all of the P&IDs.

@b_ZUSd 5TYd_b
The AutoPLANT Project Editor enables you to manage projects, edit database configurations and tag types, and to control system administration functions for creating users, assigning users to groups, granting user/group rights, and creating user/group functions and levels of access.

Reference Guide

2-5

75DD9>7 CD1BD54
>5G 651DEB5C

C`USYVYSQdY_^ CXUUdc
AutoPLANT Specification Sheets is an add-on module for Process and Instrumentation applications which enables you to access and manage dynamically-passed process, instrumentation, and equipment data such as tag numbers, process data, vendor data, etc.

C`\Yd=UbWU @b_ZUSd
The AutoPLANT Split/Merge Project utility enables you to split larger AutoPLANT projects into smaller, more manageable sub-projects. Through the use of this utility, you can also merge the subprojects back into the parent project. This utility also enables you to create a single project from multiple projects by merging the projects together.

DU]`\QdU 7U^UbQd_b
The AutoPLANT Template Generator application enables you to create custom .DWG templates and tokens that meet your company standards when producing template-generated loop drawings within the AutoPLANT Instrumentation & Wiring application.

>5G 651DEB5C
This area provides version-by-version links to new features added to the application.

F5BC9?> !& >5G 651DEB5C

The following provides links and information on the New Features and Modifications in Version 16.0 of the P&ID application.

?fUbQ\\ 3XQ^WUc V_b FUbcY_^ !&

   

PROJDATA, PROJECT and SCHEMA tables are now in .MDB format Database connections now use OLEDB instead of ODBC providers Overall application function and field-level security available Tag Types can now have multiple formats

Ce``_bdUT @\QdV_b]c V_b FUbcY_^ !&

  

AutoCAD R14, 2000i and 2002 Windows 98, NT4 and 2000 Office 97, 2000 and XP

2-6

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

75DD9>7 CD1BD54
>5G 651DEB5C

E`WbQTUc d_ @94


Database reactors have been added to the P&ID

  

To check the Parent/Child relationship before deletion is completed To check for orphaned data nodes To check that all nodes have valid database links

  

Enhanced recovery of lost data links Symbol Manager with drag-and-drop functionality Right-click context sensitive menus

F5BC9?> !%! >5G 651DEB5C

The following provides links and information on the New Features and Modifications in Version 15.1 of the P&ID application. Click on an underlined option to display its help in the main help window.

1314 "
AutoPLANT P&ID is now AutoCAD 2000 compatible.

1ccU]R\i =Q^QWUb
When defining a new assembly, if a component has an associated document, the Assembly Manager utility now provides you the flexibility of maintaining or removing the associated document. Also, when inserting an assembly, the Assembly Insert Options dialog has been added, which enables you to change the component tag numbers (i.e., by a specific increment, area, number, user-defined value, etc.) before insertion. The Assembly Preview Image Tile now provides viewing controls so that you can preview the entire assembly, or zoom into a specific area of the assembly, before insertion.

7b_e` 3_]]Q^Tc D__\RQb

The Group Commands toolbar has been added to facilitate move, stretch, erase, and isolate commands on all grouped entities associated with a selected P&ID component. You can display this toolbar by selecting P&ID/Toolbars/Group. The AutoCAD STRETCH command has been redefined to include datapoints that fall under the selection window. The Group Commands toolbar icons have also been added to the main P&ID toolbar.

Reference Guide

2-7

75DD9>7 CD1BD54
>5G 651DEB5C

F5BC9?> !% >5G 651DEB5C

The following provides links and information on the New Features and Modifications in Version 15.0 of the P&ID application. Click on an underlined option to display its help in the main help window.

31DD 4YQ\_Wc
Dialogs accesed via the CATT command have been redesigned using Visual Basic 5.0, providing a more user-friendly interface and advanced method of editing project data. Additionally, the ability to customize these dialogs has been improved.

=U^e CdbeSdebU
AutoPLANT P&ID menu commands have been divided into two categories, making menu command selection more logical and user-friendly. The P&ID menu provides component placement menu commands while the P&ID-Tools menu nests utility-oriented commands.

49> @94 =_TU

This mode allows for the placement of commonly used DIN symbols (Equipment, Valves, and Process Lines).

FQ\fU C`USYVYSQdY_^ =_TU

P&ID Valves (already place in a P&ID drawing, or new Valves) can now be configured to read AutoPLANT Piping Specification data. Valve configuration files (.INI) determine how Valves are selected and which fields are to be updated from the AutoPLANT Piping Specification. Filters and updateable fields can be configured through graphical user interfaces supplied with this release. More Info.

1^^_dQdY_^ D__\
This tool allows for placement of intelligent text (text linked to a database field). This feature can be used in place of adding an attribute to an attribute block.

FYbdeQ\ DQWc
The Virtual Tags feature enables management of hidden instrument data associated with inserted instrument symbols and control valves.

2-8

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

75DD9>7 CD1BD54
>5G 651DEB5C

1TTY^W FYUgY^W Q^T 4U\UdY^W _V 4_Se]U^d <Y^[c

Multiple step procedures to add, view, and delete documents associated with P&ID symbols are now included in a single dialog accessed via the CATT command.

CdbUQ] 4QdQ
Flow calculation data can now be added to Process Lines via the Stream Manager dialog.

FU^d Q^T 4bQY^c

Run Terminators can now be defined as Vents, Drains, or user-defined symbols.

DQW >e]RUb 4YQ\_W

The Enter Tag Number dialog has been redesigned using Visual Basic 5.0, providing expanded controls for creating custom Tag Numbers. The ability to browse the Tag Register has also been included.

Reference Guide

2-9


@B?:53D C5<53D9?>

75DD9>7 CD1BD54
@B?:53D C5<53D9?>

The shipping version of the P&ID software provides two sample projects Internal Data, and EXAMPLE. Each of these projects define the drawing settings for the environment indicated. When you start a new drawing, the Select Project dialog will display to enable you to select the desired project to use for the drawing as shown below.

>_dU

When selecting a project from Document Manager, this dialog will not display.

2-10

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

75DD9>7 CD1BD54
@94 9>D5B6135

@949>D5B6135
P&ID has been designed with the professional drafter and designer in mind. The interface closely follows AutoCADs design, with additional toolbars and menus inserted.

Reference Guide

2-11

75DD9>7 CD1BD54
@94 9>D5B6135

=5>EC !?6 #
When you first load the AutoPLANT software, the Rebis menu is inserted into AutoCADs menu structure. From this menu, AutoPLANT applications and utilities can be launched. Select P&ID from the Rebis menu to load the P&ID application.

2-12

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

75DD9>7 CD1BD54
@94 9>D5B6135

=5>EC "?6 #
Note that the P&ID menus are added to the main menu. The P&ID Toolbar is also opened when the application is loaded.

Reference Guide

2-13

75DD9>7 CD1BD54
@94 9>D5B6135

=5>EC #?6 #
There are two modes for AutoPLANT P&ID: Icon Mode and Expert Mode. These modes can be toggled back and forth by selecting Icon Mode or Expert Mode from the P&ID menu. When in Expert Mode, the P&ID menu only displays cascading menus. When in Icon Mode, the P&ID menu uses a combination of Icon dialogs as well as cascading menus. Icon dialogs are used primarily for AutoPLANT symbols (some commands are included in Icon dialogs, such as Join Equipment and AutoCADs Line and Pline commands), while the cascading menus are used for P&ID commands.

2-14

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

75DD9>7 CD1BD54
@94 9>D5B6135

D??<21BC !?6 &

Several toolbars are available to select components and execute P&ID commands.

Reference Guide

2-15

75DD9>7 CD1BD54
@94 9>D5B6135

D??<21BC "?6 &

The toolbars can be docked along the perimeter of the drawing area, or left floating.

2-16

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

75DD9>7 CD1BD54
@94 9>D5B6135

D??<21BC #?6 &

Many of the toolbars cascade, presenting additional components or commands. Buttons associated with a cascading set of toolbars have an arrow in the lower right-hand corner of the button.

Reference Guide

2-17

75DD9>7 CD1BD54
@94 9>D5B6135

D??<21BC $?6 &

When a selection is made from a cascading toolbar, it becomes the default.

2-18

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

75DD9>7 CD1BD54
@94 9>D5B6135

D??<21BC %?6 &

Additional toolbars can be opened by selecting a name from the Toolbars menu.

>_dU

To close a toolbar, press the kill button in the upper right corner (if the toolbar is docked, you will need to drag it into the application area before it can be closed).

Reference Guide

2-19

75DD9>7 CD1BD54
@94 9>D5B6135

D??<21BC &?6 &

P&ID toolbars can be viewed as either 32 (large) or 16 (small) bit images. To change the size of the toolbars, place the cursor over any toolbar button, then right-click with the mouse. AutoCADs Toolbars dialog is displayed. Toggle the Large Buttons check box as appropriate, then press Close to exit the dialog.

>_dU

The large buttons are easier to see on many systems. As a new user, you may want to work with the large buttons until you become familiar with the graphical representations of P&ID commands and functions. After you become familiar with the interface, you can use the smaller buttons to regain more screen-space.

2-20

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

75DD9>7 CD1BD54
@94 9>D5B6135

4B1G9>7 1B51 !?6 !

Models can be represented from a variety of layer views using the View Layer Menu options.

Reference Guide

2-21

75DD9>7 CD1BD54
@94 9>D5B6135

3?==1>4 @B?=@DC !?6 "

Many commands are presented on the Command line, just below the drawing area.

2-22

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

75DD9>7 CD1BD54
@94 9>D5B6135

3?==1>4 @B?=@DC "?6 "

Of particular note, component placement procedures rely heavily on the use of the Command line to request input from the user.

Reference Guide

2-23

75DD9>7 CD1BD54
@94 9>D5B6135

491<?7C !?6 "

P&ID provides many dialogs in which user input is requested. The dialogs allow a great deal of information to be collected from the user. In some cases, settings can be saved or defaults established.

2-24

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

75DD9>7 CD1BD54
@94 9>D5B6135

491<?7C "?6 "

A Help button is also available on most dialogs. When pressed, context-sensitive help on that dialog function is displayed.

Reference Guide

2-25

75DD9>7 CD1BD54
3?=@?>5>D @<135=5>D D538>9AE5C

3?=@?>5>D @<135=5>D D538>9AE5C 3?=@?>5>D @<135=5>D D538>9AE5C

This section contains walk-throughs of the component placement techniques available in P&ID.

3_]`_^U^d @\QSU]U^d ?fUbfYUg

Components are categorized by symbol types within the P&ID menu. Select the appropriate component category to display the corresponding icon dialog or, if you are working in Expert Mode, select the appropriate component from the cascading menu.

2-26

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

75DD9>7 CD1BD54
3?=@?>5>D @<135=5>D D538>9AE5C

3_]`_^U^d @\QSU]U^d ! _V #
AutoPLANT P&ID provides you with a variety of pre-defined component symbols which can be quickly selected and placed in a drawing. Components can either be selected from menus, Icon dialogs, or the component toolbars.

Reference Guide

2-27

75DD9>7 CD1BD54
3?=@?>5>D @<135=5>D D538>9AE5C

3_]`_^U^d @\QSU]U^d " _V #

Before selecting the component insertion point, P&ID displays a ghosted outline of the symbol. The Command line also provides placement instructions.

2-28

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

75DD9>7 CD1BD54
3?=@?>5>D @<135=5>D D538>9AE5C

3_]`_^U^d @\QSU]U^d # _V #
Many component symbols require rotation selection to indicate the orientation of the symbol. Move the mouse left, right, up, or down to change the rotation of the symbol. If a component requires rotation selection, the Command line prompts you.

Reference Guide

2-29

75DD9>7 CD1BD54
3?=@?>5>D @<135=5>D D538>9AE5C

1DD1389>7 @B?35CC <9>5C

1ddQSXY^W @b_SUcc <Y^Uc ?fUbfYUg
Process Line types can be selected from the Icon dialog, cascading menu (if working in Expert Mode), P&ID toolbar, or the Lines toolbar.

2-30

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

75DD9>7 CD1BD54
3?=@?>5>D @<135=5>D D538>9AE5C

1ddQSXY^W @b_SUcc <Y^Uc ! _V "

Pipe can be quickly attached to Equipment symbols simply by following the prompts found in the Command line.

Reference Guide

2-31

75DD9>7 CD1BD54
3?=@?>5>D @<135=5>D D538>9AE5C

1ddQSXY^W @b_SUcc <Y^Uc " _V "

Pipe can be quickly attached to existing Process Lines to create Bypass Lines, additional Pipe Runs, new Process Lines, etc.

2-32

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

75DD9>7 CD1BD54
3?=@?>5>D @<135=5>D D538>9AE5C

@<139>7 B54E35BC
@\QSY^W BUTeSUbc ?fUbfYUg
Reducer symbols can be selected from the Reducers and Strainers Icon dialog, cascading menu (if working in Expert Mode), P&ID toolbar, or the Miscellaneous Symbols toolbar. Reducers change the size of the attached pipe to correspond with the Reducer size.

Reference Guide

2-33

75DD9>7 CD1BD54
3?=@?>5>D @<135=5>D D538>9AE5C

@\QSY^W BUTeSUbc ! _V "

When placing Reducers, select the insertion point on a Process Line, then select the portion of pipe whose size you want to change.

2-34

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

75DD9>7 CD1BD54
3?=@?>5>D @<135=5>D D538>9AE5C

@\QSY^W BUTeSUbc " _V "

After you have successfully placed a Reducer, the annotation text for the Reducer displays in the reducing direction.

Reference Guide

2-35

75DD9>7 CD1BD54
3?=@?>5>D @<135=5>D D538>9AE5C

@<139>7 1CC5=2<95C
@\QSY^W 1ccU]R\YUc ?fUbfYUg
The Assembly Manager enables you to create, insert and delete Assemblies consisting of a complete drawing of a Process Line or a section of a Process Line. The Assembly Manager can be accessed from the P&ID-Tools menu, or the P&ID toolbar.

2-36

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

75DD9>7 CD1BD54
3?=@?>5>D @<135=5>D D538>9AE5C

@\QSY^W 1ccU]R\YUc ! _V "

AutoPLANT P&ID provides you with a variety of pre-defined Assemblies which can be quickly inserted into a drawing.

Reference Guide

2-37

75DD9>7 CD1BD54
3?=@?>5>D @<135=5>D D538>9AE5C

@\QSY^W 1ccU]R\YUc " _V "

After selecting the Assembly you want to insert, simply select the insertion point.

2-38

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

75DD9>7 CD1BD54
3?==1>4 1<91C5C

3?==1>4 1<91C5C
The AutoPLANT Alias command list has been created as a shortcut method for using P&ID commands. The list consists of P&ID commands, AutoCAD commands redefined for use with P&ID, and normal AutoCAD commands.

49C@<1I 3?==1>4C 3?==1>4 @1> B54B1G J??= 1<< J??= F=1H J??= @B5F9?EC J??= G9>4?G 1<91C
>> B J1 JF JJ JG

45C3B9@D9?>
AutoCAD Pan Command AutoCAD Redraw Command AutoCAD Zoom All Command AutoCAD Zoom Vmax Command AutoCAD Previous View Command AutoCAD Zoom Window Command

4B1G 3?==1>4C 3?==1>4 9>C5BD 3?@I 39B3<5 5<<9@C5 <9>5 @<9>5 ?66C5D =9BB?B @?9>D 81D38 1<91C
1 33 3B 55 6 66 6C BB D D3

45C3B9@D9?>
Insert Block On Drawing AutoCAD Copy Command AutoCAD Circle Command AutoCAD Elipse Command AutoCAD Line Command AutoCAD Pline Command AutoCAD Parallel Copy Command AutoCAD Mirror Command AutoCAD Point Placement Command AutoCAD Hatch Command

Reference Guide

2-39

75DD9>7 CD1BD54
3?==1>4 1<91C5C

549D9>7 3?==1>4C 3?==1>4 441DD5 2B51; 2B51; 69BCD @?9>D 381>75 @B?@5BD95C 31DD 381>75 44549D 49F945 5B1C5 @549D 69<<5D B?D1D5 C31<5 CDB5D38 DB9= =?F5 5HD5>4 1<91C
14 2B 22 3 31 38 45 4F 5 54 6D BD C3 CD DB F HD

45C3B9@D9?>
Edit Attributes Break P&ID Line (First point then second) Break Line at Point Chosen AutoCAD Change Properties Command View/Edit Data Associated with a Chosen P&ID Object Change Properties of Chosen Object Edit Text Divides Object AutoCAD Erase Command Edit Polyline AutoCAD Fillet Command AutoCAD Rotate Command AutoCAD Scale Command AutoCAD Stretch Command AutoCAD Trim Command AutoCAD Move Command AutoCAD Extend Command

75>5B1< 3?==1>4C 3?==1>4 49CD1>35 <9CD C1F5 1<91C

44 CC C1

45C3B9@D9?>
AutoCAD Measure Distance Command AutoCAD List Command Saves AutoPLANT Drawing and Database

2-40

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

75DD9>7 CD1BD54
3?==1>4 1<91C5C

1ED?@<1>D @94 3?==1>4C 3?==1>4 1ED? <9>5 2B51; 1<91C

12

45C3B9@D9?>
Automatic P&ID Line Gap

Reference Guide

2-41

75DD9>7 CD1BD54
3?==1>4 1<91C5C

2-42

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

381@D5B

@94=5>E


3-2 3-3

This chapter covers the P&ID menu commands.

STARTUP DIALOGS P&ID MENU COMMAND REFERENCE

@94 =5>E
CD1BDE@ 491<?7C

CD1BDE@ 491<?7C <?79>

The Login dialog enables you to log into the current project as yourself or as a different user. Type the appropriate name in the User Name field, then type your password in the Password field. Enable the Save Password check-box to save your password in the AT.INI control file, then press OK to open the application or press Close to exit the dialog.

>_dU

The Password field "masks" your entry with asterisks for user protection.

C5<53D @B?:53D
The Select Project dialog displays a list of available projects to which the current drawing will be assigned. AutoPLANT P&ID ships with sample projects as seen below. When one of these projects is selected, the associated data for that drawing will be saved in the database established for that project.

>_dU

Refer to your Document Manager documentation for information on creating new Projects.

3-2

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@94 =5>E
@94 =5>E 3?==1>4 B565B5>35

@94=5>E 3?==1>4 B565B5>35

5^dUb DQW >e]RUb 4YQ\_W
The Enter Tag Number dialog aids in the creation of Tag Numbers assigned to components and stored by the database. The default tagging format for an item requires a two-part Tag made up of an alphabetic item indicator (e.g., E for generic equipment, etc.), a dash separator (-), and a numeric sequence number (e.g., 001, 100, etc.). The combined Tag should be unique.

>_dU

If a Tag Number is entered which has already been assigned, the AutoPLANT Database Message dialog displays warning that the Tag already exists. By allowing a duplicate Tag Number to be assigned, a second item is created using the same Tag Number. Changes made to either item sharing the same Tag affect both items. This dialog will vary slightly depending on the symbol being placed. For example, a pump will only request a type (alphabetic item type indicator) and number (numeric item type indicator) while an instrument will prompt for area, type, and number. All Tag Number information can be customized to fit your company standards.

>_dU

D17 >E=25B 2B?GC5

This field serves as a place holder for the final Tag Number to assign to the current item. This button displays the Existing Tags dialog which provides a list of all Tags (of that type) used in the current drawing or project. Tags appended using AutoPLANT Instrumentation or AutoPLANT Data Manager can be placed using this tool. Utilities are available to search for a specific Tag Number, portion of a Tag Number, Typ field value, Num field value, or user-specified value. This button populates the data fields with the original data when the Enter Tag Number dialog was displayed. If you change the Enter Tag Number field manually and want to restore the initial value, press Reset and the Enter Tag Number field will be restored to the original value.

B5C5D

Reference Guide

3-3


1B51 DI@ >E= @93; <9CD

@94 =5>E
@94 =5>E 3?==1>4 B565B5>35

This field accepts a numeric area indicator (e.g., 001, 100, 101) to assign to the current item. This field also accepts alphabetic values. This field accepts an alphabetic item type indicator (e.g., E for generic equipment, V for vessel, D for drum, etc.) to assign to the current item. This field also accepts numeric values. This field accepts a numeric item type indicator (e.g., 001, 100, etc.) to assign to the current item. This field also accepts alphabetic values (e.g., 100A). This button displays the Pick List For: dialog which provides a list of available values and inserts the value in the TYP or NUM field. Additional selections can be entered by typing the value in the Value field, and pressing OK. A description can be provided for added values by typing the appropriate information in the Description field withn the Pick List For: dialog. The cursor must be in the TYP or NUM field for the Pick List For: dialog to display. This group box displays the symbol type for which you are building the Tag, and general information concerning the Tag Number to be assigned. The Tag Format Info&ldots; button displays the Tag Format Info dialog which provides detailed information on the Tag Number being created (i.e., Table, Source, Tag Codes, etc.). The drop-down pick-list found within this group-box enables you to change the tag code format for the current tag number.

CD1DEC

>5HD

This button assists in building the Tag by assigning the next available numeric value for the item, constrained to the data fields already populated, and inserts the value in the NUM field. This button will search the database for all records that match the fields that have been completed and find the maximum existing number. The program will then enter the next sequential value into the NUM field. This button assists in building the Tag by assigning the maximum available numeric value for the item, independent of the data fields already populated, and inserts the value in the NUM field. Using the Max button without populating any of the fields is the same as using the Next button. The cursor must be in the NUM field for the Next and Max buttons to function. This button inserts a blank value in the chosen field. This feature is useful for placing symbols that will later be given a specific Tag Number. The cursor must be in the TYP or NUM field for the Blank button to function.

=1H

2<1>;

3-4

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@94 =5>E
@94 =5>E 3?==1>4 B565B5>35

5hYcdY^W DQWc 4YQ\_W

The Existing Tags dialog provides a list of all Tags used in the current session. To search for a specific Tag Number or portion of a Tag Number, press Input to display the Tag Number Filter dialog, then type the value you want to search for in the provided field, then press OK to display all Tag Numbers meeting the search criteria in the pick-list entries. To display all Tags used in the current session, press All Tags. To search for a specific value, select the appropriate field name from the Field drop-down pick-list, then type the appropriate value in the Value field, then press Search. Press OK to use the current value in the Enter Tag Number field within the Enter Tag Number dialog, or press Cancel to exit the dialog.

695<4 F1<E5

This drop-down pick-list enables you to search a specific field for the value contained in the Value field. This field enables you to search the current field (indicated by the Field drop-down pick-list) for a specific value.

Reference Guide

3-5

@94 =5>E
@94 =5>E 3?==1>4 B565B5>35

@YS[ <Ycd 6_b 4YQ\_W

The Pick List For: dialog enables selecting, creating, and deleting values to be inserted in the Typ or Num fields when building a Tag Number within the Enter Tag Number dialog. To change a value description, select the appropriate pick-list entry, then type the new information in the Description field, then press Apply. To add a new value to the pick-list entries, type the new value in the Value field, then assign the new value a description within the Description field, then press Add. To delete a pick-list entry, simply select the appropriate pick-list entry, then press Remove. Press OK to use the current value in the Typ or Num fields within the Enter Tag Number dialog, or press Cancel to exit the dialog.

>_dU

This dialog will vary slightly depending on the value being searched (TYP or NUM).

F1<E5 45C3B9@D9?>

This field displays the current database value name. This field displays a unique description of the current database value.

3-6

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@94 =5>E
@94 =5>E 3?==1>4 B565B5>35

1ed_@<1>D 4QdQRQcU =UccQWU 4YQ\_W

The AutoPLANT Database Message dialog displays when a duplicate Tag Number is entered within the Enter Tag Number dialog. Press Yes to create a second item using the same Tag Number. Press No to return to the Enter Tag Number dialog and assign the current item a unique Tag Number.

>_dU

By allowing a duplicate Tag Number to be assigned, a second item is created using the same Tag Number. Changes made to either item sharing the same Tag affect both items.

3bUQdU 1TTYdY_^Q\ <Y^[ 4YQ\_W

The AutoPLANT Database Message dialog displays when a duplicate Tag Number (already in the database) is created. This dialog informs you that the Tag Number already exists and gives you the opportunity to enter a unique Tag Number or link the new object to the existing Tag Number. If two objects created in the same project are linked to the same Tag Number, they will both point at the same data. Therefore, editing one symbol will affect the data associated with the other. By pressing Yes, a second item is placed using the same Tag. Pressing No returns you to the Enter Tag Number dialog to assign the object a unique Tag Number.

BUecU DQW 4YQ\_W

The AutoPLANT Database Message dialog displays when a deleted Tag Number is reused. To reuse the Tag Number for the new symbol, press Yes. Pressing No returns you to the Enter Tag Number dialog to assign the item a unique Tag Number.

4U\UdU DQW 4YQ\_W

When the last link to a tagged object is deleted from the current drawing, the AutoPLANT Database Message dialog displays. If No is pressed, the Tag Number information will remain in the database, enabling you to link a symbol to the Tag Number at a later time. If Yes is pressed, the Tag Number database information will be completely deleted.

Reference Guide

3-7

@94 =5>E
@94 =5>E 3?==1>4 B565B5>35

5AE9@=5>D
The Equipment dialog displays a list of pre-defined equipment symbol categories. Select an equipment type name or the associated icon to navigate to a more detailed dialog displaying the related equipment symbols.

@e]`c  3_]`bUcc_bc  2\_gUbc 4YQ\_W

The Pumps-Compressors-Blowers dialog displays a list of pre-defined Pump, Compressor, and Blower symbols which can be placed in the current drawing. Select the symbol by clicking the item name or the associated icon. After the equipment symbol is selected, and prior to placing it in the drawing, AutoPLANT P&ID displays the Enter Tag Number dialog prompting you to build a Tag Number for the Pump, Compressor, or Blower.

3-8

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@94 =5>E
@94 =5>E 3?==1>4 B565B5>35

@E=@C

Pump symbols are placed using a fixed-scale size and require symbol orientation to be selected. If Ortho Lock is ON, the symbol rotates in 90-degree increments. If Ortho Lock is OFF, the symbol rotates in 360-degree increments. Blower symbols are placed using a fixed-scale size. Compressor symbols require symmetric one-point scaling prior to placement.

2<?G5BC 3?=@B5CC?BC

FUccU\c  4be]c  DQ^[c 4YQ\_W

The Vessels-Drums-Tanks dialog displays a list of pre-defined Vessel symbols which can be placed in the current drawing. Vessels are grouped into two classifications Drums and Tanks. These classifications determine the end of a Vessel on which heads are placed. Select the symbol by clicking the item name or the associated icon. After the Vessel is selected, AutoPLANT P&ID displays the Enter Tag Number dialog prompting you to build a Tag Number for the selected item. After the Tag Number is entered, and prior to placing it in the drawing, AutoPLANT P&ID displays the Equipment Data dialog prompting you to select head placement and internals for the Vessel.

Reference Guide

3-9

@94 =5>E
@94 =5>E 3?==1>4 B565B5>35

4BE=C D1>;C

Drum symbols require non-symmetric scaling prior to placement. Tank symbols require non-symmetric scaling prior to placement.

5aeY`]U^d 4QdQ 4YQ\_W

The Equipment Data dialog enables you to select head placement and internals for a Vessel. Select the top/bottom heads and internals from the drop-down pick-lists provided, then press OK to place the Vessel in the current drawing, or press Cancel to exit the dialog.

>_dU

Customized head types can be built and stored in the LOCAL_ROOT\P&ID\SYM directory.

D?@<56D 8514

The Top/Left Head drop-down pick-list enables you to select the top or left Head types of the Vessel. The selected Head type is previewed in the Image Tile on the right. Default Head types are Elliptical, None, Flat, Flange, ASME, Hemispherical, Floating Roof, Cone Roof, Dome Roof, Cone Bottom, Sloped Bottom, and Water Seal Bottom. The Bottom/Right Head drop-down pick-list enables you to select the bottom or right

2?DD?=B978D 8514

3-10

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@94 =5>E
@94 =5>E 3?==1>4 B565B5>35

Head types of the Vessel. The selected Head type is previewed in the Image Tile on the right. Default Head types are Elliptical, None, Flat, Flange, ASME, Hemispherical, Floating Roof, Cone Roof, Dome Roof, Cone Bottom, Sloped Bottom, and Water Seal Bottom.
9>D5B>1<C

The Internals drop-down pick-list enables you to select the internal components of a Vessel. The selected Internals type is previewed in the Image Tile on the right. Default Internals are None, Packed, Trayed, Selective Trayed, Plate, Demister, Disk and Donut, and Fluid Bed. The Vessel Preview Image Tile displays a preview of the Vessel with the selected Head types and internal components.

F5CC5< @B5F95G

5hSXQ^WUbc Q^T 3__\Ubc 4YQ\_W

The Exchangers and Coolers dialog displays a list of pre-defined Exchanger, Cooler, and TEMA symbols which can be placed in the current drawing. Select the symbol by clicking the item name or the associated icon. After an Exchanger, Cooler, or TEMA symbol is selected, and prior to placing it in the drawing, AutoPLANT P&ID displays the Enter Tag Number dialog prompting you to build a Tag Number for the item.

>_dU

Prior to placing a TEMA symbol in the drawing, AutoPLANT P&ID displays the Equipment Data dialog, prompting you to select head placement for the TEMA.

5H381>75BC 851D5BC 3??<5BC D5=1

Exchanger symbols require symmetric one-point scaling prior to placement. Cooler symbols require symmetric one-point scaling prior to placement. TEMA symbols require symmetric one-point scaling prior to placement.

Reference Guide

3-11

@94 =5>E
@94 =5>E 3?==1>4 B565B5>35

6Y\dUbc 4YQ\_W
The Filters dialog displays a list of pre-defined Filter, Thickener, and Baghouse symbols which can be placed in the current drawing. Select the symbol by clicking the item name or the associated icon. After a Filter, Thickener, or Baghouse is selected, and prior to placing it in the drawing, AutoPLANT P&ID displays the Enter Tag Number dialog prompting you to build a Tag Number for the item.

69<D5BC D893;5>5BC 1>4 2178?EC5C

These symbols require symmetric one-point scaling prior to placement.

4bYfUbc 4YQ\_W
The Drivers dialog displays a list of pre-defined Driver symbols which can be placed in the current drawing. Select the symbol by clicking the item name or the associated icon. After a Driver is selected, and prior to placing it in the drawing, AutoPLANT P&ID displays the Enter Tag Number dialog prompting you to build a Tag Number for the item.

3-12

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@94 =5>E
@94 =5>E 3?==1>4 B565B5>35

4B9F5BC

Driver symbols require symmetric one-point scaling and symbol orientation selection prior to placement. If Ortho Lock is ON, the symbol rotates in 90 degree increments. If Ortho Lock is OFF, the symbol rotates in 360 degree increments.

=YcSU\\Q^U_ec 5aeY`]U^d 4YQ\_W

The Miscellaneous Equipment dialog displays a list of pre-defined miscellaneous Equipment symbols which can be placed in the current drawing. This dialog includes Equipment symbols that do not conveniently fall into any specific category under the main Equipment dialog. Select the symbol by clicking the item name or the associated icon. After a miscellaneous Equipment symbol is selected, and prior to placing it in the drawing, AutoPLANT P&ID displays the Enter Tag Number dialog prompting you to build a Tag Number for the item.

=9C35<<1>5?EC 5AE9@=5>D

These symbols require symmetric one-point scaling prior to placement.

Reference Guide

3-13

@94 =5>E
@94 =5>E 3?==1>4 B565B5>35

5aeY`]U^d DbY] 4YQ\_W

The Equipment Trim dialog displays a list of pre-defined Equipment trim symbols which can be added to Drum or Tank symbols in the current drawing. Select the symbol by clicking the item name or the associated icon. Once an Equipment trim symbol is placed, it becomes part of the primary piece of equipment. Trim items may be placed inside, outside, or within Vessel walls. If AutoPLANT P&ID detects a Process Line when placing nozzles or flanges, it automatically breaks the line.

>?JJ<5C =1>8?<5C 6<1>75C 1>4 3?E@<9>7 F5CC5< 9>CE<1D9?>

These symbols require Vessel selection (to indicate the item on which the trim is to be placed) and rotation selection prior to placement. These symbols require Vessel wall selection (to indicate the wall on which the Insulation is to be placed), Insulation Text, and rotation selection prior to placement. These symbols require symmetric one-point scaling prior to placement. These symbols require Vessel side selection (to indicate the side on which the Skirt is to be placed), and scaling selection prior to placement. These symbols require Vessel selection (to indicate the item on which the Dashed Line is to be placed) and to/from point selection prior to placement. These symbols require symmetric one-point scaling and Equipment symbol selection prior to placement. These symbols require symmetric one-point scaling and Equipment symbol selection prior to placement.

F?BD5H 2B51;5BC F5CC5< C;9BD 5AE9@=5>D 41C854 <9>5C

CD1D93 =9H5BC 179D1D?BC

3-14

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@94 =5>E
@94 =5>E 3?==1>4 B565B5>35

EcUb 5aeY`]U^d
The User Equipment command enables you to construct unique or odd-shaped pieces of equipment. After selecting this command, AutoPLANT P&ID displays the Select Type dialog shown below. This dialog enables you to assign the new equipment a unique Tag Number based on the selected equipment type. Select the appropriate equipment type from the Available Equipment Types pick-list, then press OK to display the Enter Tag Number dialog. AutoCAD drawing commands (e.g., LINE, CIRCLE, ARC, etc.) can then be used to draw the new equipment symbol.

:_Y^ 5aeY`]U^d
The Join Equipment command enables the joining of two or more pieces of equipment (i.e., adding a flared skirt to a vessel or cyclone) and merges them into one piece of equipment. The combined piece of equipment assumes the attributes of the first piece of equipment selected. The Join Equipment command is also used to add AutoCAD entities to an existing piece of equipment.

Reference Guide

3-15

@94 =5>E
@94 =5>E 3?==1>4 B565B5>35

1ed_>_jj\U @\QSU]U^d
The AutoNozzle Placement command enables you to automatically place nozzles when attaching a process line to equipment. After the AutoNozzle Placement dialog displays, select the Equipment Type for which you want to automatically attach nozzles, then enable the Enable AutoNozzle check-box. To disable AutoNozzle Placement, select the appropriate Equipment Type, then disable the associated Enable AutoNozzle check-box.

>_dU

If AutoNozzle Placement is enabled, all future connections will automatically attach nozzles to the selected equipment until the function is disabled from the AutoNozzle Placement dialog.

3-16

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@94 =5>E
@94 =5>E 3?==1>4 B565B5>35

<9>5C
The Lines dialog displays a list of pre-defined Line symbols which can be placed in the current drawing. Select the Line symbol by clicking the item name or the associated icon. After a Line symbol is selected, and prior to placing it in the drawing, AutoPLANT P&ID displays the Pipe Settings dialog prompting you to select the pipe size, specification, service, and schedule. P&ID major and minor process Lines are unique in that they are intelligent when a major process Line is placed, P&ID automatically associates information (e.g., run number, size, to/from information, etc.) with that Line. Data associated with a Line can be viewed or edited by using the CATT command. Each P&ID Line type is drawn on a different layer for easy management.

=1:?B @B?35CC <9>5C 1>4 =9>?B @B?35CC <9>5C

Major process Lines are drawn using AutoCAD Plines by default. Minor process Lines are drawn using normal AutoCAD lines. Existing process Lines display as phantoms to distinguish between the Line types. Process line information is stored in the database and is accessed when the Line is connected to a P&ID symbol. Enables a Line to be added to an existing process Line. Lines can continue either from the end-point of a Line or any point along that Line. A new Line placed at the end-point of a Line can assume the attributes of the existing Line or be distinguished as a new Pipe Run. A Line can be continued from another Line in two ways as a new Pipe Run or as an addition to a selected run. Used to represent flow such as a Vent or Drain Line. Utility Lines are not intelligent and are purely graphical in representation. Represent connections between Instruments and other P&ID symbols (Equipment, Lines, etc.). These lines are not intelligent; however, when an Instrument Line connects an Instrument symbol to another P&ID symbol, the Line creates an intelligent link between the symbols.

3?>D9>E5 <9>5C

ED9<9DI <9>5C 9>CDBE=5>D <9>5C

Reference Guide

3-17

@94 =5>E
@94 =5>E 3?==1>4 B565B5>35

1ED?314 <9>5C 1>4 @<9>5C

Accesses the respective AutoCAD commands. These lines are not intelligent and are purely graphical in representation.

@Y`U CUddY^Wc 4YQ\_W

The Pipe Settings dialog enables you to set the Pipe Size, Specification, Service, and Schedule for a Pipe Run or Process Line. Select the pipe size by clicking on the appropriate value in the Sizes pick-list. To change the value for any of the fields, select the appropriate field from the pick-list, then type the necessary information in the field provided, then press Add. To select from a set of saved values, press the Browse button to display the Select Value dialog. Once the appropriate pipe size and settings have been specified, press OK.

>_dU

You can customize the fields displayed within the Pipe Settings dialog by typing PIPEDIALOGCRITERIA at the Command prompt to display the Pipe Settings Criteria dialog.

CU\USd FQ\eU 4YQ\_W

The Select Value dialog enables you to assign and define pre-set values to the field properties found within the Pipe Settings dialog. To save a field value, type the appropriate text in the field provided, then press Add. To delete a pre-set value, select the appropriate value from the pick-list, then press Remove. Select a value from the pick-list, then press OK to assign that value to the respective field within the Pipe Settings dialog.

3-18

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@94 =5>E
@94 =5>E 3?==1>4 B565B5>35

@Y`U CUddY^Wc 3bYdUbYQ 4YQ\_W

The Pipe Settings Criteria dialog enables you to select individual fields to be included/excluded from the Pipe Settings dialog. To include a field in the Pipe Settings dialog, simply select the appropriate Fields Not to Use pick-list entry(ies), then press Add. To exclude a field in the Pipe Settings dialog, select the appropriate Fields to use pick-list entry(ies), then press Remove. After the appropriate fields have been included/excluded, press OK, or press Cancel to use the AutoPLANT P&ID default fields in the Pipe Settings dialog.

Reference Guide

3-19

@94 =5>E
@94 =5>E 3?==1>4 B565B5>35

F1<F5C
The Valves dialog displays a list of pre-defined Valve symbols which can be placed on a process Line or Pipe Run. Select the Valve symbol by clicking the item name or the associated icon, then select the process Line or Pipe Run to indicate the Valve placement.

>_dU

If a Control Valve is selected or created, and prior to placing it in the drawing, AutoPLANT P&ID displays the Enter Tag Number dialog prompting you to build a Tag Number for the Control Valve.

C5D 5>4 3?45

Enables you to change the end codes for Valves. The AutoPLANT P&ID default end code is set to 0 (no end code). Available end codes are: 0=None, 1=Threaded, 2=Socket Weld, 3=Weld, and 4=Flange. Control Valves are Valves with Actuator symbols attached to the Valve body. A Control Valve is built on-the-fly by selecting a specific Valve Body and Actuator from the Select control valve dialog. Control Valves require Tag Number selection prior to placement. Check Valve symbols require flow direction selection prior to placement. Hand Valve symbols are automatically assigned unique internal numbers by AutoPLANT P&ID. Enables you to create a unique Valve symbol using the AutoCAD WBLOCK command which are stored in the LOCAL_ROOT\P&ID\SYM directory. Displays a list of pre-defined Closed Valve symbols (Gate, Ball, and Plug Valves).

3?>DB?< F1<F5C

3853; F1<F5C 81>4 F1<F5C EC5B F1<F5C 3<?C54 F1<F5C

3-20

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@94 =5>E
@94 =5>E 3?==1>4 B565B5>35

3_^db_\ FQ\fUc
The Select control valve dialog enables you to create a variety of Control Valves and Pressure Safety Valves (PSVs) on-the-fly.

F1<F5 2?4I

The Valve Body pick-list enables you to define the Body of the Control Valve. Any Valve Body symbol can be matched with any of the Actuator symbols. The selected Valve Body is previewed in the Image Tile on the right. The Actuator pick-list enables you to define the Topworks for a Control Valve. Any Actuator symbol can be matched with any of the Valve Body symbols. The selected Actuator is previewed in the Image Tile on the right. The Control Valve Preview Image Tile displays a preview of the Control Valve with the selected Valve Body and Actuator. The Create PSV check-box enables you to define the Control Valve as a Process Safety Valve (PSV).

13DE1D?B

3?>DB?< F1<F5 @B5F95G 3B51D5 @CF

Reference Guide

3-21

@94 =5>E
@94 =5>E 3?==1>4 B565B5>35

1SdeQd_b 6QY\ =_TU

When placing a Control Valve in Annotation Level 3, AutoPLANT P&ID prompts you to specify the Actuator Fail mode with the Actuator Fail Mode dialog. Enable the appropriate radio button (Fail Closed, Fail Open, Fail Intermediate, or Fail Locked), then press OK.

FQ\fU C`US =_TU

The Valve Spec Utilities dialog enables P&ID Valves already placed in a drawing, or new Valves to be configured to read AutoPLANT Piping Specification data.

>_dU

Valve configuration files (.INI) determine how Valves are selected and which fields are to be updated from the AutoPLANT Piping Specification.

F1<F5 C@53 =?45 ?>

The Valve Spec Mode On check-box enables you to toggle the use of the current AutoPLANT Piping Specification to be used in the placement of all future valves. The Tag Visibility Mode On check-box enables you to toggle the display of Tag Numbers for Valves using AutoPLANT Piping Specification data.

D17 F9C929<9DI =?45 ?>

3-22

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@94 =5>E
@94 =5>E 3?==1>4 B565B5>35

F1<F5 D17 C5<53D9?>

The Valve Tag Selection group box enables you to control when P&ID prompts for valve tag selection using AutoPLANT Piping Specification data. Enable the Before radio button to have P&ID prompt for tag selection before the valve symbol is placed in the drawing. Enable the After radio button to prompt for tag selection after the valve symbol is placed. Displays the Valve Spec Configure dialog which enables you to customize Valve mapping and configuration data using AutoPLANT Piping Specification data. Displays the Valve Update Mapping dialog which enables you to edit AutoPLANT Piping Specification fields to be read by AutoPLANT P&ID when placing Valve symbols. Displays the Valve Spec Path dialog which enables you to indicate the path of an AutoPLANT Piping Specification (.INI) file from which Valve configuration data will be read in placing new Valves on the current drawing. Displays the Select Spec INI Config File dialog which enables you to select an AutoPLANT Piping Specification configuration file (.INI) from which Valves already placed in a drawing or new Valve data will be read. The Update Valves button enables you to update Valves already placed in the current drawing with the selected AutoPLANT Piping Specification. To update a Valve with the current AutoPLANT Piping Specification, press Update Valves, then select the approriate Valve on the current drawing whose data you want to update.

F1<F5C 69<D5BC

E@41D5 695<4C

C@53 @1D8

3?>697 69<5

E@41D5 F1<F5C

FQ\fUc 6Y\dUbc
The Valve Spec Configure dialog enables you to customize Valve mapping and configuration data using AutoPLANT Piping Specification data. To change Valve mapping data, select the appropriate Valve Types pick-list entry, then select the appropriate Mappings pick-list entry, then type the new Field or Value in the fields provided or select the appropriate drop-down pick-list entry, then press Modify. To change the table from which Valve data is read, type the appropriate table name in the Table field, then press Modify. To remove a Valve Type from the pick-list, simply select the appropriate pick-list entry, then press Delete. To remove a field mapping, select the appropriate Mappings pick-list entry, then remove the Value text, then press Modify. Press New to display the New Valve Key dialog which enables you to create new type to be added to the Valve Type pick-list.

Reference Guide

3-23

@94 =5>E
@94 =5>E 3?==1>4 B565B5>35

E`TQdU FQ\fU 6YU\Tc

The Valve Update Mapping dialog enables you to edit AutoPLANT Piping Specification fields to be read by AutoPLANT P&ID when placing Valve symbols. To edit an AutoPLANT Piping Specification field, select the appropriate pick-list entry, then type the new values in the fields provided, or select the appropriate pick-list entry, then press Modify. To remove a valve filter, select the appropriate pick-list entry, then remove the P&ID Field Value text, then press Modify. Press OK to accept any changes in this dialog, or press Cancel to return to the Valve Spec Utilities dialog.

>_dU

Valve configuration files (.INI) determine how Valves are selected and which fields are to be updated from the AutoPLANT Piping Specification.

3-24

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@94 =5>E
@94 =5>E 3?==1>4 B565B5>35

FQ\fU C`US @QdX

The Valve Spec Path dialog enables you to indicate the path of an AutoPLANT Piping Specification (.INI) file from which Valve configuration data will be read in placing new Valves on the current drawing. To change the path of an AutoPLANT Piping Specification file, simply type the new path in the Spec Path field, then press OK, or press Cancel to return to the Valve Spec Utilities dialog.

>_dU >_dU

You can also use the Browse button to select an existing directory from the Spec Path dialog. Valve configuration files (.INI) determine how Valves are selected and which fields are to be updated from the AutoPLANT Piping Specification.

Reference Guide

3-25

@94 =5>E
@94 =5>E 3?==1>4 B565B5>35

If the dialog shown below displays after pressing the Browse button, press Enable Macros to ensure Visual Basic macro functions are enabled.

C`US @QdX 4YQ\_W

The Spec Path dialog enables you to select an existing directory which contains an AutoPLANT Piping Specification (.INI) file from which Valve configuration data will be read in placing new Valves on the current drawing. Select the appropriate directory, then press OK to return to the Valve Spec Path dialog.

>_dU

Valve configuration files (.INI) determine how Valves are selected and which fields are to be updated from the AutoPLANT Piping Specification.

3-26

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@94 =5>E
@94 =5>E 3?==1>4 B565B5>35

>Ug FQ\fU ;Ui

The New Valve Key dialog enables you to create new Valve types for which valve mapping and configuration data using AutoPLANT Piping Specification data can be customized. To create a new Valve type, simply type the new Valve name in the Enter Valve Key field, then press OK, or press Cancel to return to the Valve Spec Configure dialog.

>_dU

Valve configuration files (.INI) determine how Valves are selected and which fields are to be updated from the AutoPLANT Piping Specification.

9>CDBE=5>DC
The Select Instrument dialog displays a list of pre-defined Instrument symbols which can be placed on the current drawing. Select the symbol by clicking the item name or the associated icon. After selecting the Instrument symbol, AutoPLANT P&ID displays the Enter Tag Number dialog prompting you to build a Tag Number for the Instrument. After the Tag Number is entered, and prior to placing the Instrument in the drawing, AutoPLANT P&ID displays the Instrument Location dialog prompting you to indicate the location of the Instrument symbol.

9>CDBE=5>DC

Instrument symbols require end point selection prior to placement in the drawing.

Reference Guide

3-27

@94 =5>E
@94 =5>E 3?==1>4 B565B5>35

9^cdbe]U^d <_SQdY_^ 4YQ\_W

The Instrument Location dialog enables you to indicate the location of an Instrument symbol on the current drawing. Enable the appropriate radio button, then press OK to accept the Instrument symbol location or press Cancel to exit the dialog.

695<4 3?>DB?< B??= @1>5< <?31< @1>5< 213; ?6 3?>DB?< B??= @1>5< 213; ?6 <?31< @1>5< 9>CDBE=5>D <?31D9?> @B5F95G

Enable the Field radio button to indicate the Instrument is placed in the field. Enable the Control room panel radio button to indicate the Instrument is placed on a control room panel. Enable the Local panel radio button to indicate the Instrument is placed on a local panel. Enable the Back of control room panel radio button to indicate the Instrument is placed on the back of a control room panel. Enable the Back of local panel radio button to indicate the Instrument is placed on the back of a local panel. The Instrument Location Preview Image Tile displays a preview of the selected Instrument location indicator.

3-28

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@94 =5>E
@94 =5>E 3?==1>4 B565B5>35

<YWXd
After selecting the insertion point or connection point for a light symbol, the Instrument Color dialog displays. Enable the appropriate radio button to assign the light symbol color, then press OK. After selecting the text insertion point (indicating the instrument color), the Enter Tag Number dialog displays. After assigning the light symbol a Tag Number, select the leader endpoint. The Instrument Location dialog then displays enabling you to indicate the location of the light symbol.

6b_] 9^cdbe]U^d 9^TUh

The Tags dialog displays a list of Instrument Tag Numbers created but not currently used in the current project (i.e., Instruments created in AutoPLANT Instrumentation, but not currently assigned to a symbol). To filter the list of tags to display a specific tag type only, select the appropriate tag type from the Tag Type drop-down pick-list. To filter the tag list further, select the appropriate value from the Filter drop-down pick-list, then press Find. To assign the Instrument a Tag Number from this dialog, simply select the appropriate Tag Number from the pick-list, then press OK. The Select Instrument Symbol dialog then displays, prompting you to select an Instrument symbol.

>_dU

To display more detailed information for a specific tag, select the appropriate tag from the pick-list, then press Show Details to display connection data relative to that tag within this dialog.

Reference Guide

3-29

@94 =5>E
@94 =5>E 3?==1>4 B565B5>35

9c_\QdY_^
The Isolation command displays the Select Process isolation dialog which provides a list of predefined Isolation symbols that can be placed on the current drawing. Select the symbol by clicking the item name or the associated icon, then press OK. Isolation symbols can be placed in the leader line of an instrument symbol. The leader line is automatically broken when an isolation symbol is placed. Process isolation refers to any items placed in a connection line between the Process Line or equipment and the instrument. The Isolate field associated with the instrument is updated to reflect the insertion of the isolation symbol.

3-30

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@94 =5>E
@94 =5>E 3?==1>4 B565B5>35

6\_g 5\U]U^dc
The Flow Elements command displays the Select flow element dialog which provides a list of predefined Flow Element symbols that can be placed in the current drawing. Select the symbol by clicking the item name or the associated icon, then press OK. Flow elements can be placed in the process pipe line of an instrument symbol. The process pipe line is automatically broken when a flow symbol is placed.

6e^SdY_^ 9^TYSQd_bc
The Func Indicators command displays the Function Indicators dialog which provides a list of pre-defined Function Indicator symbols that can be placed in the current drawing. Select the symbol by clicking the item name or the associated icon, then press OK. Function indicators are placed on Instrument lines to indicate the function of the Instrument symbol.

Reference Guide

3-31

@94 =5>E
@94 =5>E 3?==1>4 B565B5>35

6e^SdY_^ Ci]R_\c
The Function Symbols command displays the Instrument Functions dialog which provides a list of pre-defined Function symbols that can be placed in the current drawing. Select the symbol by clicking the item name or the associated icon, then press OK. Function symbols are used in conjunction with instrument bubbles to indicate the Instrument function.

6b_] 9^cdbe]U^d 9^TUh

The Tags dialog displays a list of Instrument Tag Numbers created but not currently used in the current project (i.e., Instruments created in AutoPLANT Instrumentation, but not currently assigned to a symbol). To filter the list of tags to display a specific tag type only, select the appropriate tag type from the Tag Type drop-down pick-list. To filter the tag list further, select the appropriate value from the Filter drop-down pick-list, then press Find. To assign the Instrument a Tag Number from this dialog, simply select the appropriate Tag Number from the pick-list, then press OK. The Select Instrument Symbol dialog then displays, prompting you to select an Instrument symbol.

>_dU

To display more detailed information for a specific tag, select the appropriate tag from the pick-list, then press Show Details to display connection data relative to that tag within this dialog.

3-32

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@94 =5>E
@94 =5>E 3?==1>4 B565B5>35

CU\USd 9^cdbe]U^d Ci]R_\

The Select Instrument Symbol dialog displays a list of pre-defined Instrument symbols which can be assigned to an Instrument. To select an Instrument symbol, click on the appropriate Instrument icon, then press OK. After selecting the Instrument insertion point and leader endpoint, the Instrument Location dialog displays.

Reference Guide

3-33

@94 =5>E
@94 =5>E 3?==1>4 B565B5>35

=9C35<<1>5?EC
1^^_dQdY_^ Ci]R_\c
The Annotation Symbols dialog displays a list of Annotation symbols which can be used to display symbol attributes on the current drawing. Select the symbol by clicking the item name or the associated icon, then press OK.

<9>5 94 <9>5 C@53 <9>5 C9J5 <9>5 94  2E2 C@5391<DI 9D5=

Inserts Line size, Tag Number, and Line Specification attributes for a selected Line. Requires pipe selection and text insertion point selection prior to placement. Inserts Line Specification attributes for a selected Line. Requires pipe selection text insertion point selection prior to placement. Inserts Line size attributes for a selected Line. Requires pipe selection and text insertion point selection prior to placement. Inserts Line size, Tag Number, and Line Specification attributes within a bubble for a selected Line. Requires pipe selection prior to placement. Inserts a Specialty Item symbol for a selected object. Requires object selection or insertion point selection, symbol insertion point, leader endpoint, and specialty item number designation prior to placement. Inserts a Tie-In symbol to identify where a Process Line ties into an existing process. Requires connection point, symbol insertion point, and tie-in point number selection prior to placement. Inserts note numbers using the AutoCAD leader format. Requires Note Number selection, text insertion point selection, and arrow placement prior to placement. Inserts a squiggle (similar to a tilde (~)) and text at the end of a selected Line. Requires end of line and text selection prior to placement. Inserts a Specification Break symbol for a selected Line. Requires pipe selection, pipe spec

D959> @?9>DC >?D5 C D?D5HD C@53 2B51;

3-34

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@94 =5>E
@94 =5>E 3?==1>4 B565B5>35

designation, and object selection prior to placement.

851D 1>4 =1CC 21<1>35 D12<5 851D 1>4 =1CC 21<1>35 <9>;

Inserts a flexible heat and mass balance table on the drawing. Requires table sizing, variable (column) selection, stream number selection, and number of characters in stream selection prior to placement. AutoPLANT P&ID prompts you to verify placing horizontal lines on the table. Creates a link with a selected Process Line and a heat and mass balance table. Requires pipe, text, and Heat and Mass Balance table attribute selection prior to placement. AutoPLANT P&ID places a circle on the linked Process Line to indicate the link.

1bb_g Ci]R_\c
The Arrow Symbols dialog displays a list of pre-defined Arrow symbols which can be placed on the current drawing. Select the symbol by clicking the item name or the associated icon, then press OK. Arrow symbols are graphic representations only and placement has no effect on the database. To/From Arrows are used to identify streams going from one flow sheet to another or to identify sources of utilities such as air or nitrogen.

Reference Guide

3-35

@94 =5>E
@94 =5>E 3?==1>4 B565B5>35

CU\USd 4bQgY^W
The Select Drawing dialog displays a list of drawings in the current project which can be connected to a To/From Arrow. To connect a project drawing to a To/From Arrow, click on the appropriate drawing name displayed in the Document Register pick-list, or type the name of the drawing in the Drawing Name field, then press OK. P&ID then displays the To/From Arrows dialog.

BUTeSUbc Q^T CdbQY^Ubc

The Reducers and Strainers dialog displays a list of pre-defined Reducer, Basket, and Strainer symbols which can be placed on the current drawing. Select the symbol by clicking the item name or the associated icon, then press OK. Inserting a Reducer changes the size of the attached pipe to correspond with the Reducer size. Baskets and Strainers are placed without corresponding Tag numbers or entry in the database. Baskets and Strainers graphically gap a Line but otherwise have no effect on the Line.

3-36

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@94 =5>E
@94 =5>E 3?==1>4 B565B5>35

B54E35BC

Reducer symbols require pipe selection and pipe size selection prior to placement. Undoing or canceling this command will cause selected objects to lose connectivity. If this occurs, use the REATTACH to restore connectivity. Basket and Strainer symbols require pipe selection prior to placement.

21C;5DC 1>4 CDB19>5BC

DbY] Ci]R_\c
The Trim Symbols dialog displays a list of pre-defined Equipment Trim symbols which can be placed on the current drawing. Select the symbol by clicking the item name or the associated icon, then press OK. All Trim symbols except Pipe Insulation are graphical in representation and have no effect on the database when placed on a Line. After placing Pipe Insulation, the CATT command can be used to check the process information for the Line where the insulation is placed.

@9@5 6<1>75

Places a flange symbol on a Process Line to represent a pipe flange. Pipe Flange symbols

Reference Guide

3-37


2<554 B9>7

@94 =5>E
@94 =5>E 3?==1>4 B565B5>35
require insertion point selection prior to placement. Places a ring symbol on a Process Line to represent a bleed ring. Bleed Ring symbols require insertion point selection prior to placement. Places a connection symbol at the end of a Process Line to represent a line with a future connection. Hose connection symbols require insertion point and symbol rotation selection prior to placement. Places a cap symbol at the end of a Process Line to represent a capped Line. Pipe Cap symbols require insertion point and symbol rotation selection prior to placement. Places an insulation symbol on the drawing and updates the database for the selected Process Line. Pipe Insulation symbols require pipe, insulation text, and tracing type selection prior to placement. Available tracing types are: N=None, S=Steam, and E=Electric. Inserts Blind symbols on the drawing. Blind symbols require pipe selection prior to placement. Inserts flex hose and flex joint symbols on the drawing. The flexible joint can be unrestrained at both ends (Flex Joint), restrained at one end (Flex Joint F), and rotated to pick the fixed end and restrained on both ends (Flex Joint FF). Flex Hose and Flex Joint symbols require pipe selection prior to placement.

8?C5 3?>>53D9?>

@9@5 31@ @9@5 9>CE<1D9?>

2<9>4 (2<9>4 ?@5> 1>4 3<?C54 6<5H 8?C5 1>4 6<5H :?9>D

4bQY^c  8__Tc  DbQ`c

The Drains/Hoods/Traps dialog displays a list of pre-defined Drain, Hood, and Trap symbols which can be placed on the current drawing. Select the symbol by clicking the item name or the associated icon, then press OK.

4B19>C

Inserts a Drain symbol on the current drawing. Drain symbols are graphical representations only and affect neither the database nor the graphical Line symbol (e.g., Drains do not break Process Lines). Drain symbols require insertion point selection prior to placement.

3-38

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@94 =5>E
@94 =5>E 3?==1>4 B565B5>35

8??4C

Inserts a Hood symbol on the current drawing. Hood symbols are graphical representations only and affect neither the database nor the graphical Line symbol (e.g., Hoods do not break Process Lines). Hood symbols require insertion point selection prior to placement. Inserts a Steam Trap symbol on the current drawing and stores the information in the database. Steam Trap symbols require pipe selection prior to placement.

CD51= DB1@C

=YcSU\\Q^U_ec Ci]R_\c
The Miscellaneous Symbols dialog displays a list of pre-defined Miscellaneous symbols which do not conveniently fall into any of the broader AutoPLANT P&ID symbol categories. Select the symbol by clicking the item name or the associated icon, then press OK.

2E22<5C CAE1B5C 491=?>4C B53D1>7<5C 1>4 85H17?>C 3?=@ED5BC D5=@5B1DEB5 1>4 @B5CCEB5 <9AE94 6<?G C?<94 6<?G 1>4 71C 6<?G

Inserts the selected symbol on the current drawing. These symbols require line and text selection prior to placement. Inserts the selected symbol on the current drawing. These symbols require insertion point and text selection prior to placement. Inserts the selected symbol on the current drawing. These symbols require insertion point and text selection prior to placement.

Reference Guide

3-39

@94 =5>E
@94 =5>E 3?==1>4 B565B5>35

@B565B5>35C =5>E
4bQgY^W =_TUc
The P&ID Settings dialog enables you to assign the current drawing a unique P&ID name, establish Annotation levels for Equipment, Valves, and Process Lines/Pipe Runs, and define Tagging conventions for the current drawing.

E>9DC

The Units field displays the units of measure applied to the current drawing. This field is determined when establishing the initial settings for the current drawing and therefore is non-editable. The P&ID Name field enables you to assign a more descriptive name for the current drawing (e.g., company standard drawing name). You are not restricted to traditional file naming conventions; however, you may not exceed 22 characters. The Drawing Size or Limits field displays the paper-size applied to the current drawing. The available drawing sizes are standard drawing border sizes (e.g., Imperial Sizes; A=9x12, B=12x18, C=18x24, D=24x36). This field is determined when establishing the initial settings for the current drawing and therefore is non-editable. The Component Type drop-down pick-list enables you to establish the annotation levels for Equipment, Valves, and Process Lines/Pipe Runs. The Levels radio buttons enable you to control the Annotation levels to be applied to the selected component type. Annotation levels control the level of detail prompted for when placing a P&ID symbol and affects the amount of information displayed on the drawing once the symbol is placed. The chart below gives a description of the key parameters when drawing equipment, Process Lines, valves, and instruments in a

@94 >1=5

4B1G9>7 C9J5 ?B <9=9DC

3?=@?>5>D DI@5 <5F5<C

3-40

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@94 =5>E
@94 =5>E 3?==1>4 B565B5>35

specific annotation level.

4?E2<5 5AE9@=5>D D17C CD1>41B4 D1779>7

The Double Equipment Tags check-box enables you to control the placement of Primary and Secondary Tags when placing a component in the current drawing. The Standard Tagging check-box enables you to control the placement of Standard Tags within Control Valve bubbles when placing a Control Valve in the current drawing.

Annotation Levels
1>>?D1D9?> <5F5< 5AE9@=5>D <9>5C F1<F5C 9>CDBE=5>DC

1 2

P&ID assigns number P&ID prompts for Tag ID and Number (e.g., EQ-100) P&ID prompts for Tag ID and Number (e.g., EQ-100)

P&ID assigns all parameters P&ID prompts for nominal size P&ID prompts for line number, nominal size and pipe spec.

P&ID assigns Tag numbers P&ID assigns Tag numbers P&ID prompts for Tag ID Number and Actuator failure mode

P&ID assigns Tag numbers P&ID prompts for ID Tag number (e.g., L100) P&ID prompts for ID Tag number (e.g., L100)

CSQ\U 6QSd_bc
The Drawing Parameters dialog enables you to control the drawing parameters applied to the current drawing. All information in this dialog can be changed by selecting the text area with the mouse and typing the new numeric value. When finished, press OK or press Cancel if no changes are required.

D5HD 85978D 94 2E22<5 B149EC 9>CDBE=5>D =1B; C@139>7

The Text Height field enables you to control the height of the text placed on the current drawing. This field does not apply to Equipment Tags. The ID Bubble Radius field enables you to control the radius of Instrument bubbles. The Instrument Mark Spacing field enables you to control the spacing of

Reference Guide

3-41

@94 =5>E
@94 =5>E 3?==1>4 B565B5>35

between marks on Instrument lines.

7<?21< C31<5 613D?B C>1@ F1<E5

The Global Scale Factor field enables you to control the scale factor for all symbols placed in the current drawing. The Snap Value field enables you to control the AutoCAD SNAP value.

=YcSU\\Q^U_ec CUddY^Wc
The Miscellaneous Settings dialog enables you to establish a backup subdirectory for the current drawing, assign the drawing authors name, and assign a drawing reviewers name. This dialog also displays the name of the current drawing, and the total amount of time the drawing has been opened since the drawing was created. Information in the dialog can be changed by selecting the text in the respective field with the mouse and typing the new value. When finished, press OK or press Cancel if no changes are required.

=9>ED5C 9> 4B1G9>7

The Minutes in Drawing field displays the total amount of time the drawing has been opened since the drawing was created. This field is a running total as calculated by AutoCAD. This field is non-editable and is updated each time the Miscellaneous Settings dialog displays. The Drawn By field enables you to assign the drawing authors name. The Checked By field enables you to assign the drawing reviewers name. The Filename field displays the current drawing name. This field is determined when establishing the initial settings for the current drawing and therefore is non-editable.

4B1G> 2I 3853;54 2I 69<5>1=5

3ecd_] 4YbUSd_bi
P&ID enables you to set up custom configurations (via the P&ID-Tools/Maintenance/AP Config command), which contain customized versions of P&ID menu, symbol, SETTINGS.DBF, and PIDSUP.LSP files. The Custom Directory command enables you to create a custom directory name, then creates the required custom directory structure and copies SETTINGS.DBF and the three symbol library drawings into this structure. You can modify the files in the custom directory to meet the requirements for a specific project. When you start a new P&ID drawing, you will be prompted to specify a custom directory, if any

3-42

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@94 =5>E
@94 =5>E 3?==1>4 B565B5>35

exist. If you specify a custom directory at this time, P&ID will search the custom directory path for the files mentioned above before using the original files shipped with the software. This architecture enables you to set up multiple configurations, which may each have their own SETTINGS.DBF, menus, symbol libraries, etc. This command displays the following dialog to enable you to change or create the custom directory used for the current drawing. To change the custom directory, simply type the new location in the Directory Name field (e.g., C:\A-PLANT\P&ID\MYCUST), then press OK.

>_dU

You can also use the Browse button to display the Custom Folder dialog which enables you to select an existing directory.

To view the current custom directory location, select this command again. The custom directory location displays in the Directory Name field. The current custom directory can also be displayed in the AutoPLANT Configuration dialog.

If the dialog shown below displays after pressing the Browse button, press Enable Macros to ensure Visual Basic macro functions are enabled.

Reference Guide

3-43

@94 =5>E
@94 =5>E 3?==1>4 B565B5>35

3ecd_] 4YbUSd_bi 4YQ\_W

P&ID enables you to set up custom configurations (via the P&ID-Tools/Maintenance/AP Config command), which contain customized versions of P&ID menu, symbol, SETTINGS.DBF, and PIDSUP.LSP files. This dialog enables you to change the custom directory used for the current drawing. The Custom Folder dialog enables you to select an existing directory into which the SETTINGS.DBF and the three symbol library drawings will be created.

>_dU

You can modify the files in the custom directory to meet the requirements for a specific project. When you start a new P&ID drawing, you will be prompted to specify a custom directory, if any exist. If you specify a custom directory at this time, P&ID will search the custom directory path for the files mentioned above before using the original files shipped with the software. This architecture enables you to set up multiple configurations, which may each have their own SETTINGS.DBF, menus, symbol libraries, etc.

To view the current custom directory location, select P&ID/Preferences/Custom Directory to display the Modify the Custom Directory dialog. The custom directory location displays in the Directory Name field. The current custom directory can also be displayed in the AutoPLANT Configuration dialog.

3-44

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@94 =5>E
@94 =5>E 3?==1>4 B565B5>35

<Y^[ Q^T BUWU^ ?`dY_^c

The Link and Regen options command enables you to establish the settings for updating links to the current drawings database and regenerating the current drawing.

<9>; E@41D5 =?45 7B?E@ 2?H

The Manual radio button enables you to control the updating of links to the current drawing database when updating (SAVE, etc.) or leaving (QUIT, etc.) the current drawing file. If the Manual radio button is enabled, links to the current drawings database can only be updated by accessing this dialog and pressing Update Now. The Automatic radio button enables you to control the updating of links to the current drawing database when updating (SAVE, etc.) or leaving (QUIT, etc.) the current drawing file. If the Automatic radio button is enabled, links to the current drawing database are automatically updated when performing a SAVE, or QUITting the current drawing file. The Update Now button enables you to immediately update the links to the current drawing database.

41D1 B575> =?45 7B?E@ 2?H

The Off radio button enables you to control the regeneration of an updated version of the current drawing on start-up. Enable the Off radio button to disable automatically regenerating an updated version of the current drawing on start-up. The Standard radio button enables you to control the regeneration of an updated version of the current drawing on start-up. Enable the Standard radio button to regenerate only the changed portions of the current drawing according to the drawings database on start-up (equivalent to the ASI_REGEN command). The All radio button enables you to control the regeneration of an updated version of the current drawing on start-up. Enable the All radio button to regenerate the entire drawing on start-up (equivalent to the P&IDTools/External Data/Regen ALL Data command).

Reference Guide

3-45

@94 =5>E
@94 =5>E 3?==1>4 B565B5>35

1ccU]R\i @b_ZUSd 4YbUSd_bi

The Assembly Project Directory command enables you to specify a directory which contains predefined assemblies to be used within the current project. This dialog also enables you to specify a directory where all future project assemblies will be stored. Type the appropriate path in the Directory Name field, or press Browse to display the Assembly Project Folder dialog and select an existing directory.

If the dialog shown below displays after pressing the Browse button, press Enable Macros to ensure Visual Basic macro functions are enabled.

3-46

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@94 =5>E
@94 =5>E 3?==1>4 B565B5>35

1ccU]R\i @b_ZUSd 6_\TUb 4YQ\_W

The Assembly Project Folder dialog enables you to specify an existing directory which contains pre-defined assemblies to be used within the current project. This dialog also enables you to specify an existing directory where all future project assemblies will be stored. Select the appropriate directory, then press OK to return to the Modify the Assembly Project Directory dialog.

4_Se]U^d 9^V_b]QdY_^
The Document Data dialog enables you to enter or obtain information related to the current drawing. The Name field can be changed by selecting the text with the mouse and typing the new value. When finished, press OK or press Cancel if no changes are required.

>1=5

This field enables you to enter a unique description of the current drawing. This field can

Reference Guide

3-47

@94 =5>E
@94 =5>E 3?==1>4 B565B5>35
contain up to 30 characters, enough space to add a cryptic description of the current drawing, or your company's standard drawing number format.
45C3B9@D9?> 69<5>1=5 94 >E=25B

This field displays the non-editable document description assigned when the current drawing was intialized. This field displays the non-editable unique 8-character DOS filename assigned when the current drawing was intialized. This field displays the non-editable internal document number as recorded in the document register. This number may be useful for locating information in the database if you need to manipulate the file manually.

CD1>41B4 @94=?45
The Standard P&ID Mode command disables the Pro-Flow or DIN P&ID modes of operation and restores the current session to the standard P&ID mode of operation.

@B?6<?G =?45 3?==1>4

The Pro-Flow command enables Equipment and Tag symbols supported by the Pro-Flow application to be used in the current drawing. When operating in Pro-Flow Mode, the P&IDFLOW menu replaces the P&ID menu. To restore the P&ID menu, select Standard P&ID Mode from the P&ID-FLOW menu.

>_dU

Expert Mode (pull-down menus display as cascading menus only) and Icon Mode (combination of Icon dialogs as well as cascading menus) remain available when operating in Pro-Flow Mode.

3-48

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@94 =5>E
@94 =5>E 3?==1>4 B565B5>35

@64 @b_6\_g 5aeY`]U^d

The Equipment dialog displays equipment symbols used by the Pro-Flow application which can be inserted in the current drawing. Select the symbol by clicking the item name or the associated icon. After the equipment symbol is selected, and prior to placing it in the drawing, AutoPLANT P&ID displays the Enter Tag Number dialog prompting you to build a Tag Number for the selected component.

@b_6\_g DQWc
The Tags dialog displays Tag symbols used by the Pro-Flow application which can be inserted in the current drawing. Select the symbol by clicking the item name or the associated icon.

Reference Guide

3-49

@94 =5>E
@94 =5>E 3?==1>4 B565B5>35

49>@94=?45
The DIN P&ID Mode command disables the Pro-Flow or Standard P&ID modes of operation and changes the current session to the DIN P&ID mode of operation. This mode allows for the placement of commonly used DIN symbols (Equipment, Valves, and Process Lines). When operating in DIN P&ID Mode, the P&ID-DIN menu replaces the P&ID menu. To restore the P&ID menu, select Standard P&ID Mode from the P&ID-DIN menu.

>_dU

Expert Mode (pull-down menus display as cascading menus only) and Icon Mode (combination of Icon dialogs as well as cascading menus) remain available when operating in DIN P&ID Mode.

3-50

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@94 =5>E
@94 =5>E 3?==1>4 B565B5>35

5H@5BD =?45
There are two modes for AutoPLANT P&ID Icon Mode and Expert Mode. These modes can be toggled back and forth by enabling or disabling Expert Mode from the P&ID menu. When in Expert Mode, the P&ID menu only displays cascading menus. When in Icon Mode, the P&ID menu uses a combination of Icon dialogs as well as cascading menus. Icon dialogs are used primarily for AutoPLANT symbols (some commands are included in Icon dialogs, such as Join Equipment and AutoCADs Line and Pline commands), while the cascading menus are used for AutoPLANT commands. When operating in Icon Mode, the P&ID menu displays as shown. When operating in Expert Mode, the P&ID menu displays as shown.

Reference Guide

3-51

@94 =5>E
@94 =5>E 3?==1>4 B565B5>35

D??<21BC =5>E
@94 D__\RQb
The PID Main command displays the floating (non-docked) AutoPLANT P&ID Main Toolbar. The AutoPLANT P&ID Main toolbar displays all of the icons associated with the individual P&ID toolbars via fly-outs including Equipment (Pumps, Vessels, Exchangers, Filters, Drivers, Miscellaneous Equipment, and Equipment Trim), Lines (Major Process, Minor Process, Pneumatic Instrument, Hydraulic Instrument, Capillary Instrument, Electrical Instrument, and Continue Line), Valves (Control Valve, Gate Valve, Globe Valve, Ball Valve, Plug Valve, Check Valve, Butterfly Valve, Hand Valve, and Angle Valve), Instruments (Round Instrument, Hex Instrument, Distributed Digital, Distributed Analog, Patch Instrument, and Light), and Miscellaneous Symbols (Reducer, Flow Arrow, To/From Arrow, and Annotation), Tools (Assembly Manager, Process Line Manager, Consistency Checker, and AutoLine Break), and Group (Move, Stretch, Erase, and Isolate). The AutoPLANT P&ID Main toolbar also displays the Reuse Object and CATT icons. To dock the AutoPLANT P&ID toolbar, drag the toolbar to the perimeter of the active screen then release the mouse button. Reverse this procedure to display the toolbar as a floating icon. Selecting any of these icons navigates you directly to the associated dialog or loads the appropriate symbol for placement in the current drawing. These same functions are nested in the P&ID and P&IDTools menu hierarchy.

5aeY`]U^d D__\RQb
The Equipment command displays the floating (non-docked) AutoPLANT P&ID Equipment Toolbar. To dock the AutoPLANT Equipment toolbar, drag the toolbar to the perimeter of the active screen then release the mouse button. Reverse this procedure to display the toolbar as a floating icon. The AutoPLANT Equipment toolbar includes the following icons: Pumps, Vessels, Exchangers, Filters, Drivers, Miscellaneous Equipment, and Equipment Trim. Selecting any of these icons navigates you directly to the associated dialog or loads the appropriate symbol for placement in the current drawing. These same functions are nested in the P&ID menu hierarchy.

3-52

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@94 =5>E
@94 =5>E 3?==1>4 B565B5>35

49> 5aeY`]U^d D__\RQb

The DIN Equipment command displays the floating (non-docked) AutoPLANT P&ID DIN Equipment Toolbar. To dock the AutoPLANT DIN Equipment toolbar, drag the toolbar to the perimeter of the active screen then release the mouse button. Reverse this procedure to display the toolbar as a floating icon. The AutoPLANT DIN Equipment toolbar includes the following icons: Pumps, Vessels, Drivers, Exchangers, Filters, Conveyors, Mixers, and Miscellaneous. Selecting any of these icons navigates you directly to the associated icon dialog to load the appropriate symbol for placement in the current drawing. These same functions are nested in the P&ID-DIN menu hierarchy.

<Y^Uc D__\RQb
The Lines command displays the floating (non-docked) AutoPLANT P&ID Lines Toolbar. To dock the AutoPLANT Lines toolbar, drag the toolbar to the perimeter of the active screen then release the mouse button. Reverse this procedure to display the toolbar as a floating icon. The AutoPLANT Lines toolbar includes the following icons: Major Process, Minor Process, Pneumatic Instrument, Hydraulic Instrument, Capillary Instrument, Electrical Instrument, and Continue Line. Selecting any of these icons navigates you directly to the associated dialog or loads the appropriate symbol for placement in the current drawing. These same functions are nested in the P&ID menu hierarchy.

FQ\fUc D__\RQb
The Valves command displays the floating (non-docked) AutoPLANT P&ID Valves Toolbar. To dock the AutoPLANT Valves toolbar, drag the toolbar to the perimeter of the active screen then release the mouse button. Reverse this procedure to display the toolbar as a floating icon. The AutoPLANT Valves toolbar includes the following icons: Control Valve, Gate Valve, Globe Valve, Ball Valve, Plug Valve, Check Valve, Butterfly Valve, Hand Valve, and Angle Valve. Selecting any of these icons navigates you directly to the associated dialog or loads the appropriate symbol for placement in the current drawing. These same functions are nested in the P&ID menu hierarchy.

Reference Guide

3-53

@94 =5>E
@94 =5>E 3?==1>4 B565B5>35

9^cdbe]U^dc D__\RQb
The Instruments command displays the floating (non-docked) AutoPLANT P&ID Instruments Toolbar. To dock the AutoPLANT Instruments toolbar, drag the toolbar to the perimeter of the active screen then release the mouse button. Reverse this procedure to display the toolbar as a floating icon. The AutoPLANT Instruments toolbar includes the following icons: Round Instrument, Hex Instrument, Distributed Digital, Distributed Analog, Patch Instrument, and Light. Selecting any of these icons navigates you directly to the associated dialog or loads the appropriate symbol for placement in the current drawing. These same functions are nested in the P&ID menu hierarchy.

=YcSU\\Q^U_ec Ci]R_\c D__\RQb

The Misc Symbols command displays the floating (non-docked) AutoPLANT P&ID Misc Symbols Toolbar. To dock the AutoPLANT Misc Symbols toolbar, drag the toolbar to the perimeter of the active screen then release the mouse button. Reverse this procedure to display the toolbar as a floating icon. The AutoPLANT Misc Symbols toolbar includes the following icons: Reducer, Flow Arrow, To/From Arrow, and Annotation. Selecting any of these icons navigates you directly to the associated dialog or loads the appropriate symbol for placement in the current drawing. These same functions are nested in the P&ID menu hierarchy.

D__\c D__\RQb
The Tools command displays the floating (non-docked) AutoPLANT P&ID Tools Toolbar. To dock the AutoPLANT Tools toolbar, drag the toolbar to the perimeter of the active screen then release the mouse button. Reverse this procedure to display the toolbar as a floating icon. The AutoPLANT Tools toolbar includes the following icons: Assembly Manager, Process Line Manager, Concistency Checker, and Auto Line Break. Selecting any of these icons navigates you directly to the associated dialog. These same functions are nested in the P&ID-Tools menu hierarchy.

3-54

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@94 =5>E
@94 =5>E 3?==1>4 B565B5>35

7b_e` 3_]]Q^Tc D__\RQb

The Group command displays the floating (non-docked) AutoPLANT P&ID Group Commands Toolbar. To dock the AutoPLANT Group Commands toolbar, drag the toolbar to the perimeter of the active screen then release the mouse button. Reverse this procedure to display the toolbar as a floating icon. The AutoPLANT Group Commands toolbar includes the following icons: Move, Stretch, Erase, and Isolate. These same functions are nested in the P&ID-Tools/Group menu hierarchy. The Stretch command is nested within the AutoCAD menu hierarchy.

CI=2?< =1>175B
The P&ID/Symbol Manager command enables you to toggle the display of the Symbol Manager within the left-hand working area of the current drawing.

>_dU

The Symbol Manager can only be used with AutoCAD 2000x or above.

@9485<@
The P&ID Help command displays a Table of Contents view of this help system. You can navigate to a specific topic by choosing from progressively more specific topic descriptions, or use the Index and Find features to locate a specific item.

Reference Guide

3-55

@94 =5>E
@94 =5>E 3?==1>4 B565B5>35

12?ED 1ED?@<1>D @94

The About AutoPLANT P&ID command displays the AutoPLANT Version Information dialog which contains the version of AutoPLANT P&ID in use and details about any patches applied to the application. Press OK to close this dialog and return to the current drawing.

3-56

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

381@D5B

@94D??<C=5>E


4-3 4-6 4-9 4-11 4-13 4-18 4-19 4-23 4-25 4-29 4-31 4-33 4-40 4-42 4-48 4-64

This chapter covers the P&ID-Tools menu commands.

ASSEMBLY MANAGER PROCESS LINE MANAGER CONSISTENCY CHECKS ANNOTATION TOOL UPDATE MENU EXTERNAL DATA MENU FIND TAG MENU GROUP MENU LINE UTILITIES MENU ATTRIBUTE UTILITIES MENU INSTRUMENT UTILITIES MENU VALVE UTILITIES MENU VIEW LAYER MENU LISTS MENU CONVERSION MENU IMPORT/EXPORT MENU

@94D??<C =5>E
1CC5=2<I =1>175B

REPLICATE MENU MAINTENANCE MENU DB DIAGNOSTICS MENU AUDIT AND REPAIR MENU REUSE CATT COMMAND

4-68 4-68 4-73 4-75 4-82 4-82

4-2

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@94D??<C =5>E
1CC5=2<I =1>175B

1CC5=2<I =1>175B
The Assembly Manager command enables you to create, insert, and delete Assemblies. Assemblies can consist of a complete drawing of a Process Line or a section of a Process Line. Assemblies are stored as AutoCAD block files in the LOCAL_ROOT\P&ID\SYM\ASSY directory.

>_dU

Breakout lines are regular AutoCAD lines drawn through symbols and Process Lines to define the area that will be broken when inserting an Assembly into an existing Process Line. The length of breakout lines in the Assembly determines the length of the break created for symbol insertion.

CICD5= @B?:53D 45C3B9@D9?> 2<?3; 9>C5BD 3B51D5 45<5D5

Select the System tab to place the assembly in the LOCAL_ROOT\P&ID\SYM\ASSY directory and to make the Assembly available to be used in any project or project drawing. Select the Project tab to make the assembly available for a drawing in the current project only. The location of the assembly is defined when setting up the project specifications during installation. Displays the unique AutoPLANT P&ID Assembly description. Displays the unique AutoCAD Block code for the Assembly. After selecting the Assembly you want to insert, the Insert button returns you to the current drawing and prompts you for the insertion point. The Create button enables you to create a new Assembly. After pressing this button, you are returned to the current drawing, and prompted to assign the Assembly a unique description and block code, then to select the items to be included in the new Assembly. After selecting the Assembly you want to delete, the Delete button enables you to remove the Assembly from the Assembly Manager dialog.

Reference Guide

4-3


3<?C5

@94D??<C =5>E
1CC5=2<I =1>175B

Once an Assembly is selected or defined, the Close button exits the Assembly Manager dialog and returns you to the current drawing. The Preview tab displays a preview of the selected Assembly. The Preview tab also provides viewing controls so that you can preview the entire assembly, or zoom into a specific area of the assembly, before insertion. To activate these controls, place your cursor within the preview area, then press the right mouse button. If an assembly component has an associated document, the Associated Docs tab enables you to view the properties of the document (i.e., file name, date and time created, file size, etc.).

@B5F95G

1CC?391D54 4?3C

1CC5=2<I 9>C5BD ?@D9?>C 491<?7

The Assembly Insert Options dialog enables you to specify the tag number values (i.e., by a specific increment, area, number, user-defined value, etc.) to be associated with components that comprise an assembly before insertion.

>_dU

If you chose to adjust the tag number area by selecting Change Area within the Adjustment field, the Value field provides you with a Browse button which displays the Change Area dialog to assist in changing the area value.

9>C5BD G9D8 4569>54 D17 >E=25BC E@41D5 D17 >E=25BC 1C C@5396954

Enable this button to insert the assembly using the current tag numbers allocated to the assembly components. Enable this button to change the tag numbers allocated to the assembly components, by the values indicated in the Adjustment and Value fields.

4-4

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@94D??<C =5>E
1CC5=2<I =1>175B

D17 DI@5

Displays the tag type format used by the individual assembly components. If an assembly has multiple tags, you can expand and collapse the tags tree by using the and buttons, respectively. Displays a description of the assembly component tag type. When changing assembly component tag numbers before the assembly is inserted, this drop-down pick-list enables you to specify how the tag number is to be altered. Options are available to adjust the tag number by increment, area, number, and next available value. The adjustment to the tag number will be made by the value entered in the adjacent Value field. This field enables you to indicate the adjustment value to be applied to an assembly component tag number, as indicated in the Adjustment field. If an assembly component has an associated document, the Prefix field enables you to add characters to preceed the associated document file name. If an assembly component has an associated document, the Suffix field enables you to add characters to follow the associated document file name.

DI@5 45C3B9@D9?> 14:ECD=5>D

F1<E5 @B569H CE669H

381>75 1B51 491<?7

The Change Area dialog enables you to specify the Area value to use when modifying tag numbers associated with an inserted assembly. To add a new area to the pick-list, type the existing area you want to modify in the Existing Area field, then type the modified area within the New Area field, then press Add. To delete an area, simply select the appropriate area from the pick-list, then press Remove. Select the appropriate value from the pick-list to use as the new area, then press OK to return to the Assembly Insert Options dialog.

Reference Guide

4-5

@94D??<C =5>E
@B?35CC <9>5 =1>175B

@B?35CC <9>5 =1>175B

The Process Line Manager command enables you to modify the organization of Pipe Runs and Process Lines. Pipe runs and Process Lines can be added to, split, and merged using this command. A Process Line is made up of one or more Pipe Runs which can be of different sizes or segments.

>_dU

A Pipe Run has a beginning and an end, one specification, and one size. A Process Line consists of one or more Pipe Runs sharing the same Line number.

C5<53D @9@5 BE> 144 C57=5>DC C@<9D BE> =5B75 BE> 381>75 BE> 1CC97> @B?35CC C5<53D @B?35CC <9>5

The Select < button enables you to select the pipe run to modify. After selecting the pipe run, AutoPLANT P&ID places a graphical line around the selected Pipe Run. The Add Segments button enables you to combine a single segment to a selected Pipe Run. The Split Run button enables you to split two segments of a Line into separate Pipe Runs. The Merge Run button enables you to combine a Pipe Run with a selected Pipe Run. The Change Run button enables you to change a selected run in the current drawing to an existing run in a separate drawing. The run can be selected by picking a To/From Arrow, or by selecting another run within the same process. The Assign Process button displays the Assign New Process dialog which enables you to assign or reassign a selected Pipe Run to any Process Line within the current project. The Select < button enables you to select the Process Line to modify. After selecting the Process Line, AutoPLANT P&ID places a graphical line around the selected Process Line.

4-6

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@94D??<C =5>E
@B?35CC <9>5 =1>175B

3B51D5 144 BE> =5B75 @B?35CC

The Create button enables you to create a new Process Line by first prompting you with the Enter Tag Number dialog. AutoPLANT P&ID intelligently populates the Tag Number field with the next available Tag Number for the Process Line. The Add Run button enables you to add a Pipe Run to a Process Line. The Merge Process button displays the Select New Process dialog which enables you to merge a selected Process Line with any Process Line in the current project.

1CC97> @B?35CC
The Process Line dialog enables you to assign or reassign a selected Pipe Run to any Process Line within the current project. To filter the list of tags to display a specific tag type only, select the appropriate tag type from the Tag Type drop-down pick-list. To filter the tag list further, select the appropriate value from the Filter drop-down pick-list, then press Find. Simply select the appropriate Process Line from the pick-list, then press OK.

>_dU

To display more detailed information for a specific tag, select the appropriate tag from the pick-list, then press Show Details to display connection data relative to that tag within this dialog.

If the dialog shown below displays, press Enable Macros to ensure Visual Basic macro functions are enabled.

Reference Guide

4-7

@94D??<C =5>E
@B?35CC <9>5 =1>175B

=5B75 @B?35CC
The Merge Process button displays the Select New Process dialog which enables you to merge a selected Process Line with any Process Line in the current project. Simply select the appropriate Process Line from the Process Lines pick-list, then press OK.

4-8

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@94D??<C =5>E
3?>C9CD5>3I 3853;C

C5<53D >5G @9@5 BE> 491<?7

The Select New Pipe Run dialog displays a list of Pipe Runs attached to the selected Process Line. To change the current pipe run, select the appropriate Pipe Run number from the Pipe Runs picklist, then press OK.

3?>C9CD5>3I 3853;C
The Consistency Checks command enables you to verify that P&ID symbols used in the current drawing are appropriately matched with the information in the database, as well as to verify the information displayed graphically is correct. This command does not fix errors, it merely displays the errors. Consistency checks can be performed on Valves, Pipe Runs, or To/From Arrows by selecting the appropriate Function from the dialog shown below. After selecting the item on which to perform the consistency check, AutoPLANT P&ID displays the appropriate Consistency Check dialog to define the scope of the consistency check.

>_dU

Before running the Consistency Check command, be sure that the information in the database has been updated. The P&ID-Tools/External Data/Regen All Data or the File/Save command ensures that the database is current.

Reference Guide

4-9

@94D??<C =5>E

3?>C9CD5>3I 3853;C 491<?7

The Consistency Check dialog enables you to define the scope of a consistency check. Enable the appropriate Scope of Check radio button and Log Options check box(es), type the name and location of the log file in the Filename field, then press OK to perform the check or press Cancel to exit the dialog.

3EBB5>D 4B1G9>7 @B?:53D 41D121C5 F95G 5BB?BC 3B51D5 <?7 69<5 69<5>1=5

The Current Drawing radio button enables you to perform a consistency check against the database for items on the current drawing only. The Project Database radio button enables you to perform a consistency check against the database for items on all drawings in the current project. Enable the View Errors check-box to view individual inconsistencies on the current drawing. Enable the Create Log File check box to create and save a consistency check error log file to the name and location specified in the Filename field. The Filename field enables you to indicate the name and location of the consistency check error log file.

4-10

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@94D??<C =5>E
1>>?D1D9?> D??<

1>>?D1D9?> D??<
The Annotation Tool command enables you to place intelligent text (text linked to a database field) for a selected AutoPLANT P&ID component. To place annotation for a the current component, simply select the appropriate value from the Available values pick-list, then enable/disable the approprate check-box(es), then press Place >. AutoPLANT P&ID places the annotation string for the selected component on the drawing.

>_dU

This menu command can be used in place of adding an attribute to an attribute block.

1F19<12<5 F1<E5C EC5 41C85C @9@5 >? 45C3B9@D9?>

The Available values pick-list displays a list of values that assist in defining the annotation string to be placed for the current P&ID component. To define an annotation, simply select the appropriate entries from this pick-list. The selected values display in the Annotation String field. The Use Dashes check-box enables you to control the display of dashes between annotation values when placing annotation for a selected AutoPLANT P&ID Pipe symbol. The No Description check-box enables you to control the display of the values defined in the Annotation String field. Enable this check-box to place only the annotation value selected from the Available values pick-list. Disabling this check-box enables you to define and place a custom annotation string as defined in the Annotation String field. The Annotation String field enables you to define and place a custom annotation string using selected database values. To define an annotation string, simply select the appropriate Available values pick-list entries, then press Build String. The annotation definition then becomes a predefined annotation string that can be used in future annotating of P&ID components. The Variable String read-only field displays the database values to be extracted and used for the current annotation entry in the Available values pick-list. The Place > button places annotation for the current P&ID component as defined by the

1>>?D1D9?> CDB9>7

F1B912<5 CDB9>7 @<135

Reference Guide

4-11

@94D??<C =5>E
1>>?D1D9?> D??<

Annotation String field, and enabled/disabled check-boxes.

2E9<4 CDB9>7

The Build String button enables you to save the current annotation string as defined in the Annotation String field. After defining an annotation string and pressing this button, the annotation becomes a predefined annotation string that can be used in future annotating of P&ID components. The Predefined button displays the Annotation Strings dialog which displays a list of predefined annotation strings that can be used when placing annotation for a selected P&ID component. The Justify button displays the Select Justification dialog which enables you to control the display of annotation text justification.

@B54569>54 :ECD96I

:ECD96I
The Select Justification dialog enables you to control the display of annotation text justification. Select the appropriate Justifications pick-list entry, then press OK, or press Cancel to use the default AutoPLANT P&ID annotation text justification.

@B54569>54 1>>?D1D9?> CDB9>7

The Annotation Strings dialog displays a list of predefined annotation strings that can be used when placing annotation for a selected P&ID component. To use a predefined annotation string, simply select the appropriate Available Annotation Strings pick-list entry, then press Place >. To use all predefined annotation strings for a selected component, press Place All >. To delete a predefined annotation string, select the appropriate Available Annotation Strings pick-list entry, then press Remove. The Justify button enables you to control the annotation text justification for the selected pick-list entry.

4-12

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@94D??<C =5>E
E@41D5 =5>E

E@41D5 =5>E E@41D5 C5<53D 695<4

The Select Field command enables attributes in a single object or multiple like objects to be modified. To update a selected field, select the object(s) to be updated, then select the field to update from the Fields pick-list. Type the new value in the New Value field, then press OK.

>_dU

More than one P&ID symbol can be selected (e.g., Valves, Process Lines, etc.). A combined list of all attributes for the selected symbols displays in the Field Update dialog. Changes are made only to symbols associated with the changed attributes.

Reference Guide

4-13

@94D??<C =5>E
E@41D5 =5>E

E@41D5 1DDB92ED5 F9C929<9DI

The Attribute Visibility command enables you to toggle the attribute visibility on and off for a specific symbol or all the symbols of a given type on the current drawing. To update a symbols displayed attribute visibility, select the block to update, enable the appropriate check boxes from the Attribute Manager dialog, then press OK.

>_dU

Changes made to a symbols attribute visibility only affect those symbols placed before the Attribute Visibility command was used. All future symbols of that type are placed with default attributes.

>_dU

This dialog will display differently, depending on the selected component.

@B?@5BD95C =5>E
CUbfYSU

The Service command enables you to change the service data field on AutoPLANT P&ID symbols. When operating in Annotation Level 1 or 2, the service attribute is assigned by AutoPLANT P&ID. The service of one or more objects may be edited by selecting an individual symbol or by using the WINDOW or CROSSING commands. To update the service field for an object, select the object(s), then type the new Instrument Service (e.g., Propylene from Reflux Cooler, etc.) at the Command prompt.

>_dU

When using the WINDOW or CROSSING commands, AutoPLANT P&ID prompts for each different service in the windowed area. Take note of the old symbols service to differentiate between the symbols.

4-14

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@94D??<C =5>E
E@41D5 =5>E

1bUQ

The Area command enables you to change the area data field on AutoPLANT P&ID symbols. When operating in Annotation Level 1 or 2, area attributes are prompted for when placing Instruments. The area of one or more objects can be edited by selecting an individual symbol or by using the WINDOW or CROSSING commands. To update the area for an object, select the object(s), then type the new Area (e.g., 23, 3, etc.) at the Command prompt.

>_dU

When using the WINDOW or CROSSING commands, AutoPLANT P&ID prompts for each different area in the windowed area. Take note of the old symbols area to differentiate between the symbols.

C`USYVYSQdY_^

The Pipe Spec command enables you to change the specification attributes on AutoPLANT P&ID pipe symbols. When operating in Annotation Level 1 or 2, specification attributes are assigned by AutoPLANT P&ID when placing a Process Line. The specification of one or more objects can be edited by selecting an individual symbol or by using the WINDOW or CROSSING commands. To update the specification for an object, select the object(s), type the new Specification (e.g., A1A, etc.) at the Command prompt, then type the new Nominal Pipe Specification at the Command prompt.

>_dU

When using the WINDOW or CROSSING commands, AutoPLANT P&ID prompts for each different specification in the windowed area. Take note of the old symbols specification to differentiate between the symbols.

3\QccYVYSQdY_^

The Pipe Class command enables you to change the classification attributes on AutoPLANT P&ID pipe symbols. When operating in Annotation Level 1 or 2, classification attributes are assigned by AutoPLANT P&ID when placing a Process Line. The classification of one or more objects can be edited by selecting an individual symbol or by using the WINDOW or CROSSING commands. To update the classification for an object, select the object(s), then type the new classification (e.g., SCH 40 (Schedule 40), etc.) at the Command prompt.

>_dU

When using the WINDOW or CROSSING commands, AutoPLANT P&ID prompts for each different classification in the windowed area. Take note of the old symbols classification to differentiate between the symbols.

Reference Guide

4-15

@94D??<C =5>E
E@41D5 =5>E

<__` >e]RUb

The Instr. Loop No. command enables you to change the loop number attributes on individual or multiple instrument symbols. The loop number can be edited by selecting an individual symbol or by using the WINDOW or CROSSING commands. To update a Loop Number, select the object(s) to be changed, then type the new loop number (e.g., 100, 200, etc.) at the Command prompt.

>_dU

When using the WINDOW or CROSSING commands, AutoPLANT P&ID prompts for each different loop number in the windowed area. Take note of the old loop number to differentiate between the symbols.

1\Qb]

The Instr. Alarm command enables you to change the alarm attributes on individual or multiple instrument symbols. The alarm can be edited by selecting an individual symbol or by using the WINDOW or CROSSING commands. To update an Alarm, select the object(s) to be changed, then type the new alarm status (e.g., HH (High High), H (High), LL (Low Low), L (Low), etc.) at the Command prompt.

>_dU

When using the WINDOW or CROSSING commands, AutoPLANT P&ID prompts for each different alarm in the windowed area. Take note of the old alarm to differentiate between the symbols.

CdQdec

The Instr. Status command enables you to change the status attributes on individual or multiple instrument symbols. The status can be edited by selecting an individual symbol or by using the WINDOW or CROSSING commands. To update a Status, select the object(s) to be changed, then type the new project status (e.g., New, Rev, Del, etc.) at the Command prompt.

>_dU

When using the WINDOW or CROSSING commands, AutoPLANT P&ID prompts for each different status in the windowed area. Take note of the old status to differentiate between the symbols.

1cc_SYQdUT 5aeY`]U^d

The Instr. Assoc Equipment command enables you to change the associated equipment attributes on individual or multiple instrument symbols. The associated equipment attributes can be edited by selecting an individual symbol or by using the WINDOW or CROSSING commands. To update associated equipment, select the object(s) to be changed, then type the new associated equipment (e.g., Pump, Drum, etc.) at the Command prompt.

4-16

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@94D??<C =5>E
E@41D5 =5>E

>_dU

When using the WINDOW or CROSSING commands, AutoPLANT P&ID prompts for each different associated equipment in the windowed area. Take note of the old associated equipment to differentiate between the symbols.

3XQ^WU <_SQdY_^

The Change Instr. Location command enables you to modify an individual instrument symbol location. To change the location of an instrument location, select the instrument to change, then indicate the new location by enabling the appropriate radio button in the Instrument Location dialog, then press OK to accept the Instrument symbol location or Cancel to exit the dialog.

2<?3; B56B5C8 =5>E

9^dUbQSdYfU =U^e 1\\ 2\_S[c

The All Blocks command enables you to update the copy of a selected block stored within the drawing based on the block attributes and block defined in the symbols directory and replaces all occurrences of that block within the drawing. This command refreshes blocks with and without attributes.
2\_S[c GYdX 1ddbYRedUc ?^\i

The Blocks with Attributes Only command enables you to update the copy of a selected block stored within the drawing based on the block attributes and replaces all occurrences of that block within the drawing. This command ignores all blocks without attributes.
2\_S[c GYdX_ed 1ddbYRedUc ?^\i

The Blocks without Attributes Only command enables you to update the copy of a selected block stored within the drawing based on the block defined in the symbols directory.
7\_RQ\ =U^e 1\\ 2\_S[c

The All Blocks command enables you to update the copy of all blocks stored within the drawing based on the block attributes and block defined in the symbols directory and replaces all occurrences of that block within the drawing. This command refreshes blocks with and without attributes.

Reference Guide

4-17

@94D??<C =5>E
5HD5B>1< 41D1 =5>E

2\_S[c GYdX 1ddbYRedUc ?^\i

The Blocks with Attributes Only command enables you to update the copy of all blocks stored within the drawing based on the block attributes and replaces all occurrences of that block within the drawing. This command ignores all blocks without attributes.
2\_S[c GYdX_ed 1ddbYRedUc ?^\i

The Blocks without Attributes Only command enables you to update the copy of all blocks stored within the drawing based on the block defined in the symbols directory.

5HD5B>1< 41D1 =5>E B575>5B1D5 41D1

The Regen Data command enables all visible attribute data for P&ID symbols to be updated quickly. This command verifies and updates only the Tags that have been changed since the last update.

B575>5B1D5 1<< 41D1

The Regen ALL Data command enables all visible attribute data for P&ID symbols to be updated. This command verifies and updates all Tag numbers, but is slower than the Regen Data command because it searches and updates all database entries.

D?77<5 >5G D17 549D

The Toggle New Tag Edit command enables you to toggle the corresponding Data dialog ON or OFF. The AutoPLANT P&ID default is toggled OFF so that when placing a symbol, no dialog displays and information is entered directly into the database. When this feature is toggled ON, the appropriate Data dialog displays when placing a symbol to enable more detailed information to be entered manually.

4-18

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@94D??<C =5>E
69>4 D17 =5>E

69>4 D17 =5>E 69>4 D17

The Tags dialog enables you to locate and zoom in on a selected component Tag Number used in the current drawing. To filter the list of tags to display a specific tag type only, select the appropriate tag type from the Tag Type drop-down pick-list. To filter the tag list further, select the appropriate value from the Filter drop-down pick-list, then press Find. Select the Tag you want to zoom in on from the pick-list, then press OK. To display more detailed information for a specific tag, select the appropriate tag from the picklist, then press Show Details to display connection data relative to that tag within this dialog.

>_dU

If the Tag Number has been created, but is not currently assigned to a component, a dialog displays notifying you that the Tag could not be found on the drawing.

69>4 D85> 549D D17

The Tags dialog enables you to edit, then locate and zoom in on a selected component Tag Number used in the current drawing. To filter the list of tags to display a specific tag type only, select the appropriate tag type from the Tag Type drop-down pick-list. To filter the tag list further, select the appropriate value from the Filter drop-down pick-list, then press Find. Select the Tag you want to edit and zoom in on from the pick-list, then press OK. The corresponding Data dialog displays, enabling you to edit the data associated with the selected component. When you have

Reference Guide

4-19

@94D??<C =5>E
69>4 D17 =5>E

edited the Tag Number, press Done. P&ID then displays the AutoPLANT Message dialog asking you if you want to zoom in on the Tag. Press Yes or No. To display more detailed information for a specific tag, select the appropriate tag from the picklist, then press Show Details to display connection data relative to that tag within this dialog

>_dU

If the Tag Number has been created, but is not currently assigned to a component, a dialog displays notifying you that the Tag could not be found on the drawing.

>_dU

Tag Numbers can also be edited using the CATT command.

549D D85> 69>4 D17

The Tags dialog enables you to edit, then locate and zoom in on a selected component Tag Number used in the current drawing. To filter the list of tags to display a specific tag type only, select the appropriate tag type from the Tag Type drop-down pick-list. To filter the tag list further, select the appropriate value from the Filter drop-down pick-list, then press Find. Select the Tag you want to edit and zoom in on from the pick-list, then press OK. The corresponding Data dialog displays, enabling you to edit the data associated with the selected component. When you have edited the Tag Number, press Done. P&ID then displays the AutoPLANT Message dialog asking you if you want to zoom in on the Tag. Press Yes or No. To display more detailed information for a specific tag, select the appropriate tag from the picklist, then press Show Details to display connection data relative to that tag within this dialog

4-20

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@94D??<C =5>E
69>4 D17 =5>E

>_dU

If the Tag Number has been created, but is not currently assigned to a component, a dialog displays notifying you that the Tag could not be found on the drawing.

>_dU

Tag Numbers can also be edited using the CATT command.

549D D85> 69>4 D17

The Tags dialog enables you to edit, then locate and zoom in on a selected component Tag Number used in the current drawing. To filter the list of tags to display a specific tag type only, select the appropriate tag type from the Tag Type drop-down pick-list. To filter the tag list further, select the appropriate value from the Filter drop-down pick-list, then press Find. Select the Tag you want to edit and zoom in on from the pick-list, then press OK. The corresponding Data dialog displays, enabling you to edit the data associated with the selected component. When you have edited the Tag Number, press Done. P&ID then displays the AutoPLANT Message dialog asking you if you want to zoom in on the Tag. Press Yes or No. To display more detailed information for a specific tag, select the appropriate tag from the picklist, then press Show Details to display connection data relative to that tag within this dialog

>_dU

If the Tag Number has been created, but is not currently assigned to a component, a dialog displays notifying you that the Tag could not be found on the drawing.

Reference Guide

4-21

@94D??<C =5>E
69>4 D17 =5>E

>_dU

Tag Numbers can also be edited using the CATT command.

69>4 3B9D5B91
The Search Criteria dialog enables you to define the search criteria associated with the Find Tag Menu commands. The items displayed in the Schemas To Search group-box are the schema tag types that will be searched. The items displayed in the Schemas Not To Search group-box are the schema tag types that will not be searched. To add schemas to the search criteria, select the appropriate item from the Schemas Not To Search group-box, then press < Add. The selected schema then appears in the Schemas To Search groupbox. To remove schemas from the search criteria, select the appropriate item from the Schemas To Search, then press Remove >. The selected schema then appears in the Schemas Not To Search group box.

>_dU

The settings for the Find Tag Menu commands remain active until changed from this dialog.

4-22

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@94D??<C =5>E
7B?E@ =5>E

7B?E@ =5>E 8978<978D

The Highlight command enables you to highlight all grouped entities associated with a selected P&ID component. This command is useful for determining which entities belong to a particular group. After selecting the Highlight command, select the component you want to highlight. The component then displays with a ghosted outline. P&ID then prompts you to restore the drawing to its previous rendering.

9C?<1D5
The Isolate command enables you to display only the grouped entities associated with a selected P&ID component. All graphics on the drawing are blanked out and only the selected P&ID group entities display. After selecting the Isolate command, select the component you want to isolate. The component then displays with all other graphics blanked out. P&ID then prompts you to restore the drawing to its previous rendering.

=?F5
The Move command enables you to relocate all grouped entities associated with a selected P&ID component. This command is useful when moving equipment (Vessels, Pumps, etc.). After selecting the Move command, P&ID prompts you for the new basepoint for the selected component(s).

5B1C5
The Erase command enables you to erase all grouped entities associated with a selected P&ID component. This command is useful when erasing equipment (Vessels, Pumps, etc.). After selecting the Erase command, P&ID prompts you to confirm erasing the selected group.

Reference Guide

4-23

@94D??<C =5>E
7B?E@ =5>E

69>4 <9>;
The Find Link command enables you to locate the Master Entity Points or Attribute Blocks where all grouped entities associated with a selected P&ID component link with the database. This command is useful when examining a corrupted drawing. After selecting the Find Link command, select the component whose Master Links you want to display. The Master Links of the selected P&ID component group display. To change the display of the Master Link point, type DDPTYPE at the Command prompt, then select the appropriate symbol from the Point Style dialog.

>_dU

The MC-ATT layer must be displayed for Master Link points to be visible.

69>4 1>4 =?F5 <9>;

The Find and Move Link command enables you to locate and move the Master Entity Points or Attribute Blocks where all grouped entities associated with a selected P&ID component link with the database. This command is useful when examining a corrupted drawing. After selecting this command, select the component whose Master Links you want to display. After the Master Links of the selected P&ID component group display, select the new Master Link location point. To change the display of the Master Link point, type DDPTYPE at the Command prompt, then select the appropriate symbol from the Point Style dialog.

>_dU

The MC-ATT layer must be displayed for the Master Link points to be visible.

4-24

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@94D??<C =5>E
<9>5 ED9<9D95C =5>E

<9>5 ED9<9D95C =5>E 144 BE> D5B=9>1D?B

The Add Run Terminator command enables you to attach a Run Terminator on the connection point between a line and a piece of equipment. When a Process Line is attached to a piece of equipment, a Run Terminator should be attached at the connection point, enabling AutoPLANT P&ID to read the data between the two elements. You are prompted to select the Line to add the Run Terminator to, select the equipment or Process Line, then indicate the process flow direction.

>_dU

Run Terminator symbols can be turned off for printing of the drawing. This is done by selecting the Run Terminator command in the P&ID-Tools/View Layer menu. To turn the symbol layer back on, repeat the step above.

=5>4 <9>5
The Mend Line command enables you to remove items from a Process Line while maintaining line connectivity. After selecting this command, select a window around the items to be removed. This command can only be used on a Process Line where two sides being joined are the same run number.

>_dU

Be sure that all objects to be deleted are inside the window and all lines that need to be mended are crossed by the window. If a Process Line to be deleted is only crossed by the window, and not inside it, AutoPLANT P&ID prompts you with an error.

Reference Guide

4-25

@94D??<C =5>E
<9>5 ED9<9D95C =5>E

1ED?<9>5 2B51;
The AutoLine Break command enables you to place a graphical gap in a Process Line without actually breaking connectivity of the gapped line. AutoPLANT P&ID checks the intersecting lines and breaks them according to their priority level.

>_dU

AutoPLANT P&ID contains a priority list for breaking lines (stored in the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID\PID-SUP.LSP lisp file) which enables priorities to be assigned based on line type and orientation. The default for breaking lines gives major process lines precedence.

71@ <9>5
The Gap Line command enables you to place a graphical gap in a Process Line without actually breaking connectivity of the Line. The difference between the Gap Line command and the AutoLine Break command is that there are no set priorities for gapping two lines with this command. This gives direct control over which line can be gapped, regardless of its priority.

4-26

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@94D??<C =5>E
<9>5 ED9<9D95C =5>E

3<?E4 <9>5
The Cloud Line command enables you to place a multi-part revision cloud around any portion of the current drawing. AutoPLANT P&ID includes an automatic close capability and enables you to indicate line thickness. The width value is an actual width of a polyline segment. Pressing Enter without entering a value sets the width to zero. The radius is controlled by the distance between the points selected. Select the points (around the area to be clouded) in a counter-clockwise direction. When selecting the last segment, press Enter and the cloud will automatically close.

<5145B
The Leader command enables you to quickly draw leader lines on the current drawing. After selecting this command, select the From Point, then select the To Point. Type the To Point format of the leader (F=Format, A=Annotation) at the Command prompt, then select the format of the leader line (S=Spline, ST=Straight, A=Arrow, N=None).

381>75 @9@5 DI@5 =5>E

D_ =QZ_b

The To Major command enables you to change a selected Pipe to a Major Process Line. After selecting this command, select the Pipe you want to change.

Reference Guide

4-27

@94D??<C =5>E
<9>5 ED9<9D95C =5>E

D_ =Y^_b

The To Minor command enables you to change a selected Pipe to a Minor Process Line. After selecting this command, select the Pipe you want to change.
D_ =QZ_b 5hYcdY^W

The To Major Existing command enables you to change a selected Pipe to a Major Existing Process Line. After selecting this command, select the Pipe you want to change.
D_ =Y^_b 5hYcdY^W

The To Minor Existing command enables you to change a selected Pipe to a Minor Existing Process Line. After selecting this command, select the Pipe you want to change.
D_ =QZ_b >Ug

The To Major New command enables you to change a selected Pipe to a New Major Process Line. After selecting this command, select the Pipe you want to change.
D_ =Y^_b >Ug

The To Minor New command enables you to change a selected Pipe to a New Minor Process Line. After selecting this command, select the Pipe you want to change.
EcUb 4UVY^UT

The User Defined command enables you to change a selected Pipe to a user-defined Process Line. After selecting this command, type the name of the new Process Line type at the Command prompt, then press Enter, then select the Pipe you want to change.

4-28

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@94D??<C =5>E
1DDB92ED5 ED9<9D95C =5>E

1DDB92ED5 ED9<9D95C =5>E D?77<5 5AE9@=5>D D17

The Toggle Equip Tag command enables you to toggle secondary Equipment Tags ON or OFF. When toggling a secondary Equipment Tag ON, you are prompted to select the new secondary Tag position.

4B17 1DDB92ED5
The Drag Attribute command enables you to move text attributes from one position to another. To use this command, select the text individually or draw a window around a group of attributes. Once the text is selected, a hidden line box displays indicating the extents area of the items selected. To relocate the attributes, simply move the mouse to the appropriate location and select the new insertion point.

Reference Guide

4-29

@94D??<C =5>E
1DDB92ED5 ED9<9D95C =5>E

B?D1D5 1DDB92ED5
The Rotate Attribute command enables you to change the orientation of text attributes. The example below shows horizontal text that has been rotated vertically. To use this command, select the attribute to be rotated, then move the mouse to rotate the attribute.

D?77<5 C9J5 1DDB92ED5

The Toggle Size Attrib command enables you to toggle size attributes ON and OFF.

4-30

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@94D??<C =5>E
9>CDBE=5>D ED9<9D95C =5>E

9>CDBE=5>D ED9<9D95C =5>E 4B17 2E22<5

The Drag Bubble command enables you to move an Instrument bubble from one position to another. This command drags all text directly associated with a bubble to a new position. After selecting the Instrument bubble to move, drag the phantom bubble and associated text to the desired position. Once the bubble is repositioned, the Command line prompts for the leader endpoint. Typing DB at the Command prompt performs the same function as the Drag Bubble command.

>_dU

If an instrument bubble was placed or moved to a position where it is touching another bubble, the Drag Bubble command may cause the bubble being moved to grab the other as well. If this happens, use the AutoCAD MOVE command and move one of the bubbles away from the other, then use the Drag Bubble command to reposition the symbols and replace the leader.

F9BDE1< D17C
The Virtual Tags dialog enables management of hidden instrument data associated with inserted instrument symbols and control valves. To assign a virtual tag to the selected component, simply select the appropriate pick-list entry, then press Close. To create a new virtual tag press New to display the New Virtual Tag dialog. To edit the tag of the selected component, press Edit. To remove a virtual tag from the pick-list, select the appropriate pick-list entry, then press Delete.

Reference Guide

4-31

@94D??<C =5>E
9>CDBE=5>D ED9<9D95C =5>E

>Ug FYbdeQ\ DQW

The New Vitrual Tag dialog enables you to create a new virtual tag which assists in the management of hidden instrument data associated with inserted instrument symbols and control valves. To create a new virtual tag, type the new tag value in the Enter New Tag Type field, then press OK, or press Cancel to return to the Virtual Tags dialog.

@\QSU FYbdeQ\ DQW DUhd

The Place Virtual Tag Text command enables you to place the text associated with a virtual tag onto an inserted Instrument symbol or Control Valve. After selecting the Instrument bubble to which the virtual tag text will be associated, drag the virtual tag to the desired position.

4-32

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@94D??<C =5>E
F1<F5 ED9<9D95C =5>E

F1<F5 ED9<9D95C =5>E B?D1D5 3853; F1<F5

The Rotate Check command enables you to rotate a Check Valve to show the opposite flow direction. Once the Check Valve has been selected, moving the cursor to the left or right toggles the flow direction.

>_dU

This command does not affect the flow direction of the Process Line in the database. Change the flow direction by using the Reverse Run Flow command in the P&IDTools/Maintenance menu.

B5@<135 F1<F5
The Replace Valve command displays the Select valve dialog which enables you to replace an existing Valve on the current drawing with one from the dialog shown below. After selecting the Valve to replace on the current drawing, select a replacement Valve from the Select valve dialog or build a Control Valve by selecting Control Valve, then press OK to replace the selected Valve, or Cancel to exit the dialog.

Reference Guide

4-33

@94D??<C =5>E
F1<F5 ED9<9D95C =5>E

B5@<135 D?@G?B;C
The Replace Topworks command displays the Select new topworks dialog which enables you to replace the existing topworks on a Valve with one from the dialog shown below. Once the Valve (with topworks) to be changed is selected, select the symbol to replace it with from the Actuator pick-list, then press OK to replace the selected Valve topworks, or Cancel to exit the dialog.

>_dU

When selecting the Valve whose topworks you want to replace, be sure to select only the topworks symbol and not the Valve body.

549D @CFD17
The Edit PSV tag command enables you to change the justification of PSV attributes. This command does not modify the PSV Instrument bubble or the data in the database. After selecting the PSV to edit, the Command prompt displays the following options:
!

D (Drag) - moves the PSV text. T (Toggle) - Toggles the PSV text on or off. L (Left) - Left justifies the PSV text. C (Center) - Center justifies the PSV text. R (Right) - Right justifies the PSV text.

"

#

$

%

>_dU

If you want to edit the actual PSV text, use the CATT command on the item and type the information in the corresponding Data dialog.

4-34

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@94D??<C =5>E
F1<F5 ED9<9D95C =5>E

F1<F5 1ED?D17
The Valve AutoTag command enables you to automatically assign Valves a Tag Number (without displaying the Enter Tag Number dialog), based on the filters set in the P&ID AutoTag dialog and defined in the selected Specification.

3?@I 5H9CD9>7 C@53 3B51D5 >5G C@53 45<5D5 C@53 549D C@53

Displays the Select Spec File to Copy dialog which enables you to create a copy of an existing Specification (*.DBF). Displays the New Spec Name dialog which enables you to create a new Specification (*.DBF). Displays the Select Spec File to Delete dialog which enables you to delete an existing Specification (*.DBF). Displays the DBase Editor dialog which enables you to edit fields within the current Specification.

Reference Guide

4-35

@94D??<C =5>E
F1<F5 ED9<9D95C =5>E

BE> 1ED? D17 C5<53D9?> 7B?E@ 2?H 3EBB5>D 69<D5B 3EBB5>D C@53

Updates the Valve Tags on the current drawing based on the filters set in the P&ID AutoTag dialog and defined in the selected Specification. Enable the Manual Selection check box to manually select each Valve on the current drawing to update after pressing Run Auto Tag. Enable the Valve Tag Visible check box to automatically display all Valve Tags on the current drawing after pressing Run Auto Tag. Displays the Filter Definition dialog which displays a list of available filters which can be used to create Valve AutoTag Numbers. Displays the Select Spec File dialog which enables you to select a new current Specification (*.DBF) from a list of existing Specifications.

>_dU

Ensure the A4ADEV.DBF, REBIS.DBF, and SPECDEF.DBF, file attributes are not designated Read-Only. These files can be found within the *\PROD\NETWORK\P&ID\VSPECS directory. The A4ADEV.DBF and REBIS.DBF sample specification files contain only 4 Valves. To add to the available sizes in a given specification, ensure the appropriate specification is indicated in the Current Spec field, then press Edit Spec.

>_dU

3_`i 5hYcdY^W C`US

The Select Spec File to Copy dialog enables you to create a copy of an existing Specification (*.DBF). Type the name of the new Specification file in the File Name field, then select the destination of the file within the Directories group-box, then press OK. The copied file becomes the current Specification as displayed in the Current Spec field of the P&ID AutoTag dialog.

4-36

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@94D??<C =5>E
F1<F5 ED9<9D95C =5>E

3bUQdU >Ug C`US

The New Spec Name dialog enables you to create a new Specification (*.DBF). Simply type the name of the new Specification file in the Spec Name field, then press OK. The new file becomes the current Specification as displayed in the Current Spec field of the P&ID AutoTag dialog.

4U\UdU C`US

The Select Spec File to Delete dialog enables you to delete an existing Specification (*.DBF). Type the name of the Specification file to be deleted in the File Name field, then select the location of the file within the Directories group-box, then press OK.

Reference Guide

4-37

@94D??<C =5>E
F1<F5 ED9<9D95C =5>E

5TYd C`US

The DBase Editor dialog enables you to edit fields within the current Specification.

>_dU

The A4ADEV.DBF, REBIS.DBF sample specification files contain only 4 Valves.To add to the available sizes in a given specification, ensure the appropriate specification is indicated in the Current Spec field, then press Edit Spec.

4-38

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@94D??<C =5>E
F1<F5 ED9<9D95C =5>E

3ebbU^d 6Y\dUb

The Filter Definition dialog displays a list of available filters which can be used to create Valve AutoTag Numbers. Select the first Available Filter variable name from the pick-list, then pick the second, etc. Once the filter has been built, press OK. The new Filter criteria displays in the Current Filter field of the P&ID AutoTag dialog.

3ebbU^d C`US

The Select Spec File dialog enables you to select a new current Specification (*.DBF) from a list of existing Specifications. Type the name of the new Specification file in the File Name field, then select the location of the file within the Directories group-box, then press OK. The selected Specification file becomes the current Specification as displayed in the Current Spec field of the P&ID AutoTag dialog.

Reference Guide

4-39


F95G <1I5B =5>E

@94D??<C =5>E
F95G <1I5B =5>E

C5D <1I5B
The Set Layer command enables you to change the currently displayed layer to another view. Select a layer from the pick-list below, then press OK. To define a new layer, toggle the various drawing attributes ON and OFF using the View Menu commands, then select P&ID-Tools/View Layer/Set Layer. Type the name of the new layer in the Enter New Layer field, then press OK. The new layer will become an available selection from the Select Existing Layer pick-list.

F95G 2?B45B
The Border command enables you to toggle the Border visibility ON and OFF.

F95G 2?B45B D5HD

The Bordtxt command enables you to toggle the Border Text visibility ON and OFF.

F95G 5AE9@=5>D
The Equipment command enables you to toggle the display of Equipment symbols ON and OFF.

F95G @94
The Pid command enables you to toggle the display of P&ID symbols ON and OFF.

4-40

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@94D??<C =5>E
F95G <1I5B =5>E

F95G =1:?B @B?35CC

The Major command enables you to toggle the display of Major Process Lines ON and OFF.

F95G =9>?B @B?35CC

The Minor command enables you to toggle the display of Minor Process Lines ON and OFF.

F95G 5H9CD9>7 =1:?B @B?35CC

The Existing Major command enables you to toggle the display of Existing Major Process Lines ON and OFF.

F95G 9>CDBE=5>D
The Instrument command enables you to toggle the display of Instrument symbols ON and OFF.

F95G 3??<9>7 D?G5B

The Cool TW command enables you to toggle the display of Cooling Tower symbols ON and OFF.

F95G CD51=
The Steam command enables you to toggle the display of Steam Lines ON and OFF.

F95G ED9<9DI <9>5C

The Utility Lines command enables you to toggle the display of Utility Lines ON and OFF.

F95G D12<5C
The Tables command enables you to toggle the display of Tables placed on the current drawing ON and OFF.

F95G BE> D5B=9>1D?B

The Run Terminator command enables you to toggle the display of Run Terminator symbols ON and OFF.

Reference Guide

4-41

@94D??<C =5>E
<9CDC =5>E

F95G 3?>DB?< <9>5

The Control Line command enables you to toggle the display of DIN Lines ON and OFF.

44<=?45C
The DDLMODES command starts the AutoCAD DDLMODES command which displays the AutoCAD Layer Control dialog to enable manipulation of other layers not included in the AutoPLANT P&ID list.

>_dU

Refer to your AutoCAD documentation for a more detailed explanation of the DDLMODES command.

<9CDC =5>E
P&ID drawing attributes can be extracted and formatted into tables using the Lists menu options. Information used for the lists is generated from the current drawing database files. If there is no information in the database for a particular field, that field is left blank.

<9>5 <9CD
The Line List command enables you to create a list showing the data for each of the Lines on the current drawing, including: Item Number, Line Number, Service, Size, Operating Pressure, Operating Temperature, Insulation, and Pipe Drawing. Below is a sample of a typical Line List.

9D5= >?

<9>5 >?
PIDV125-P4 PIDV125-P3 PIDV125-P2 PIDV125-P1

C5BF935
P4SV P9SV P8SV P7SV

C9J5
3 6 3 3

?@ @B5C
200 400 200 200

?@ D5=@
230 230 230 230

D5CD @

9>C

@9@5 4G7

When the Line List command is selected, the List dialog displays. Enable the appropriate check boxes and type the text height and file name. When finished, press OK to generate the Line List or press Cancel to exit the dialog. AutoPLANT P&ID prompts for table placement in the current drawing. The Line List table is AutoCAD text and can be easily scaled and moved. Edit the text in the table by using basic AutoCAD text editing commands.

>_dU

A list will not change when a drawing is edited. To change the data in the list, the old list must be removed and replaced with a new list. Therefore, all changes to the current drawing should be made before placing a list.

4-42

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@94D??<C =5>E
<9CDC =5>E

@<135 @94 <9CD ?> 4B1G9>7 4B1G D12<5 D5HD 85978D 3B51D5 1C399 69<5 @BD 3B51D5 <?DEC421C5 69<5 @B>

The Place P&ID List on drawing check-box enables you to place the table on the current drawing. If left unchecked, one or both of the External File checkboxes should be enabled. The Draw Table check-box enables you to toggle the placement of table lines on the current drawing. If left unchecked, the list is displayed without lines. The Text Height field enables you to specify the table text height. The default value for this field can be altered using the P&ID/Preferences/Scale Factors command. The Create Ascii File (.prt) check-box enables an ASCII file (*.PRT) to be generated. This file can be edited and printed in any standard text editor, and can be imported into many common programs such as Lotus or dBase. The Create Lotus/Dbase File (.prn) check-box enables a Lotus or Dbase file (*.PRN) to be generated. This file can be edited and printed in any standard text editor, and can be imported into many common programs such as Lotus or dBase. The File Name field enables you to specify the List Data file name and location.

69<5 >1=5

Reference Guide

4-43

@94D??<C =5>E
<9CDC =5>E

F1<F5 <9CD
The Valve List command enables you to create a list showing data for the Valves on the current drawing, including: Item, Quantity, Valve Tag, Valve Type, Size, Line Number, Material, Pipe Specification, Operating Pressure, and Operating Temperature. Pipe Spec information is taken from the Pipe Run database. Below is a sample of a typical Valve List.

9D5=
1 2 3 4

ADI
1 1 1 2

F1<F5 D17
PIDV125-H-4 PIDV125-H-3 PIDV125-H-4 PIDV125-H-1

F1<F5 DI@5
CHECK VALVE CHECK VALVE CHECK VALVE CHECK VALVE

C9J5
3 3 3 3

<9>5 >?
PIDV125-P4 PIDV125-P3 PIDV125-P2 PIDV125-P1

=1D5B91<

@9@5 C@53
P4S P3S P2S P1S

?@ @B

?@ D5

When the Valve List command is selected, the dialog below displays. Enable the appropriate check boxes and type the text height and file name. When finished, press OK to generate the Valve List or press Cancel to exit the dialog. AutoPLANT P&ID prompts for table placement in the current drawing. The Valve List table is AutoCAD text and can be easily scaled and moved. Edit the text in the table by using basic AutoCAD text editing commands.

>_dU

A list will not change when a drawing is edited. To change the data in the list, the old list must be removed and replaced with a new list. Therefore, all changes to the current drawing should be made before placing a list.

@<135 @94 <9CD ?> 4B1G9>7

The Place P&ID List on drawing check-box enables you to place the table on the current drawing. If left unchecked, one or both of the External File check-

4-44

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@94D??<C =5>E
<9CDC =5>E

boxes should be enabled.

4B1G D12<5 D5HD 85978D 3B51D5 1C399 69<5 @BD 3B51D5 <?DEC421C5 69<5 @B>

The Draw Table check-box enables you to toggle the placement of table lines on the current drawing. If left unchecked, the list is displayed without lines. The Text Height field enables you to specify the table text height. The default value for this field can be altered using the P&ID/Preferences/Scale Factors command. The Create Ascii File (.prt) check-box enables an ASCII file (*.PRT) to be generated. This file can be edited and printed in any standard text editor, and can be imported into many common programs such as Lotus or dBase. The Create Lotus/Dbase File (.prn) check-box enables a Lotus or Dbase file (*.PRN) to be generated. This file can be edited and printed in any standard text editor, and can be imported into many common programs such as Lotus or dBase. The File Name field enables you to specify the List Data file name and location.

69<5 >1=5

5AE9@=5>D <9CD
The Equipment List command enables you to create a list showing the data for the Equipment on the current drawing, including: Item Number, Tag Number, Service, Material, Tangent-to-Tangent Dimension, Diameter, Flow, Operating Pressure and Operating Temperature. Below is a sample of a typical Equipment List.

9D5= >?

D17 >?
P-200B P-200A P-100B P-100A

C5BF935
Spare Feed Spare Product

=1D5B91<

DD 49=5>

491=

6<?G

?@ @B5CC
150

?@ D5=@
130 130 130

150

130

When the Equipment List command is selected, the dialog below displays. Enable the appropriate check boxes and type the text height and file name. When finished, press OK to generate the Equipment List or press Cancel to exit the dialog. AutoPLANT P&ID prompts for table placement in the current drawing. The Valve List table is AutoCAD text and can be easily scaled and moved. Edit the text in the table by using basic AutoCAD text editing commands.

>_dU

A list will not change when a drawing is edited. To change the data in the list, the old list must be removed and replaced with a new list. Therefore, all changes to the current drawing should be made before placing a list.

Reference Guide

4-45

@94D??<C =5>E
<9CDC =5>E

@<135 @94 <9CD ?> 4B1G9>7 4B1G D12<5 D5HD 85978D 3B51D5 1C399 69<5 @BD 3B51D5 <?DEC421C5 69<5 @B>

The Place P&ID List on drawing check-box enables you to place the table on the current drawing. If left unchecked, one or both of the External File checkboxes should be enabled. The Draw Table check-box enables you to toggle the placement of table lines on the current drawing. If left unchecked, the list is displayed without lines. The Text Height field enables you to specify the table text height. The default value for this field can be altered using the P&ID/Preferences/Scale Factors command. The Create Ascii File (.prt) check-box enables an ASCII file (*.PRT) to be generated. This file can be edited and printed in any standard text editor, and can be imported into many common programs such as Lotus or dBase. The Create Lotus/Dbase File (.prn) check-box enables a Lotus or Dbase file (*.PRN) to be generated. This file can be edited and printed in any standard text editor, and can be imported into many common programs such as Lotus or dBase. The File Name field enables you to specify the List Data file name and location.

69<5 >1=5

4-46

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@94D??<C =5>E
<9CDC =5>E

9>CDBE=5>D 9>45H
The Instrument Index command enables you to create a list showing the data for the Instruments on the current drawing, including: Item, Tag Number, Attached To, Manufacturer, Service, Loop Drawing and Pipe Drawing. Below is a sample of a typical Instrument List.

9D5=
1 2 3 4

D17 >?
1-CV-101B 1-CV-101A 1-CV-100B 1-CV-100A

1DD13854 D?
PIDV125-P4 PIDV125-P3 PIDV125-P2 PIDV125-P1

=1>6

C5BF935
HC HC HC HC

<??@ 4G7

@9@5 4G7

When the Instrument Index command is selected, the dialog below displays. Enable the appropriate check boxes and type the text height and file name. When finished, press OK to generate the Instrument Index or press Cancel to exit the dialog. AutoPLANT P&ID prompts for table placement in the current drawing. The Valve List table is AutoCAD text and can be easily scaled and moved. Edit the text in the table by using basic AutoCAD text editing commands.

>_dU

A list will not change when a drawing is edited. To change the data in the list, the old list must be removed and replaced with a new list. Therefore, all changes to the current drawing should be made before placing a list.

@<135 @94 <9CD ?> 4B1G9>7 4B1G D12<5 D5HD 85978D

The Place P&ID List on drawing check-box enables you to place the table on the current drawing. If left unchecked, one or both of the External File checkboxes should be enabled. The Draw Table check-box enables you to toggle the placement of table lines on the current drawing. If left unchecked, the list is displayed without lines. The Text Height field enables you to specify the table text height. The default value for this field can be altered using the P&ID/Preferences/Scale Factors Reference Guide 4-47

@94D??<C =5>E
3?>F5BC9?> =5>E

command.

3B51D5 1C399 69<5 @BD 3B51D5 <?DEC421C5 69<5 @B>

The Create Ascii File (.prt) check-box enables an ASCII file (*.PRT) to be generated. This file can be edited and printed in any standard text editor, and can be imported into many common programs such as Lotus or dBase. The Create Lotus/Dbase File (.prn) check-box enables a Lotus or Dbase file (*.PRN) to be generated. This file can be edited and printed in any standard text editor, and can be imported into many common programs such as Lotus or dBase. The File Name field enables you to specify the List Data file name and location.

69<5 >1=5

3?>F5BC9?> =5>E
The Conversion Menu commands enable you to convert AutoCAD text to intelligent P&ID Equipment, convert AutoCAD Lines and plines to intelligent P&ID Process Lines, and to build intelligent P&ID Instruments from AutoCAD circles and text.

>_dU

The Conversion Menu is an optional add-on module to AutoPLANT P&ID which must be purchased and authorized separately. If you have not purchased and authorized the Conversion Menu module, the menu commands will appear grayed-out in the P&ID-Tools Menu. To authorize this module, contact Rebis at [email protected] or call (800) REBIS-55.

BE> 3?>F5BC9?> =5>E

The Run Conversion Menu commands enable you to convert AutoCAD entities and previous version P&ID symbols to AutoPLANT P&ID entities.
?^ 1\\

The On All command enables you to apply the conversion of all AutoCAD entities on the current drawing.
?^ CU\USdUT

The On Selected command enables you to apply the P&ID conversion of selected AutoCAD entities.
BU\_QT =Q``Y^W 6Y\U

The Reload Mapping File command reloads the Conversion mapping Function.

4-48

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@94D??<C =5>E
3?>F5BC9?> =5>E

144 5>D9DI D? @947B?E@

The Add Entity to P&ID Group command enables you to add AutoCAD entities to existing P&ID entity groups. After selecting this command, select a P&ID entity you want the AutoCAD entity to be included in (P&ID places a circle around the selected entity), then select the AutoCAD entity. The AutoCAD entity then assumes the properties of the selected P&ID component.

144 BE> D5B=9>1D?B

The Add Run Terminator command enables you to attach a Run Terminator symbol on the connection point between a line and a piece of equipment. When a Process Line is attached to a piece of equipment, a Run Terminator should be attached at the connection point, enabling AutoPLANT P&ID to read the data between the two elements. You are prompted to select the Pipe Run to add the Run Terminator to, select the equipment or Process Line, then indicate the process flow direction.

>_dU

Run Terminator symbols can be turned OFF for printing of the drawing. This is done by selecting the Run Terminator command in the P&ID-Tools/View Layer menu. To turn the symbol layer back on, repeat the step above.

B51DD138 ?2:53D
The Reattach Object command enables you to reattach an object (e.g., Reducers, Valves, Control Valves, etc.) to a Pipe Run or Process Line if it loses its connectivity. Connectivity can be lost if the placement command is canceled before it is completed. A message displays when placing Reducers and Spec change symbols which warns against canceling the command. You are prompted to select the object to reattach, then to select the pipe to which the object is to be reattached.

Reference Guide

4-49

@94D??<C =5>E
3?>F5BC9?> =5>E

B51DD138 F1<F5C
The Reattach Valves command enables you to reattach a valve to a Pipe Run or Process Line if it loses its connectivity. Connectivity to these symbols can be lost if the placement command is canceled before it is completed. A message displays when placing Valve symbols which warns against canceling the command. You are prompted to select the Valve to reattach, then to select the Pipe to which the Valve is to be reattached.

C31> 6?B >?> @945>D9D95C =5>E

CSQ^

The Scan command enables you to locate and highlight AutoCAD entities and previous version P&ID symbols on the current drawing. Scan for Blocks, Blocks with Attributes, Lines and Circles, and/or Text by enabling the associated check-box(es) within the Scan group box. Press Erase (within the Marks group box) to erase scan markings from a previous scan, On to display markings from a previous scan, and Off to hide markings from a previous scan. Enable the Clear Screen check box to render only non-P&ID symbols after the scan is complete. When you have established the scan criteria, press Scan.

5bQcU ?^

The Erase On command enables you to turn markings of non-P&ID entities from a previous scan ON.
5bQcU ?VV

The Erase Off command enables you to turn markings of non-P&ID entities from a previous scan OFF.

4-50

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@94D??<C =5>E
3?>F5BC9?> =5>E

5bQcU =Qb[c

The Erase Marks command enables you to remove markings of non-P&ID entities from a previous scan.

2E9<4 5AE9@=5>D 6B?= C5<53D54 D5HD

The Build Equipment From Selected Text command enables you to build intelligent P&ID Equipment from AutoCAD text. The Select Type dialog displays a list of available Equipment types which can be applied to the text. Select the appropriate Equipment type from the Available Equipment Types pick-list, then press OK. After selecting the AutoCAD text you want to convert to intelligent P&ID Equipment, the Equipment Values dialog displays.

5aeY`]U^d FQ\eUc

The Equipment Values dialog assists in converting AutoCAD text to intelligent P&ID Equipment by displaying a list of available Equipment values which can be applied to the selected text. Select the appropriate Equipment value name from the Descriptions pick-list, then press OK. The Pick < button enables you to select other AutoCAD text items and apply selected Equipment values. After you have selected an Equipment value for the AutoCAD text, the Enter Tag Number dialog displays.

Reference Guide

4-51

@94D??<C =5>E
3?>F5BC9?> =5>E

2E9<4 @9@5 =5>E

The Build Pipe Menu commands enable you to convert AutoCAD lines and plines to intelligent P&ID Process Lines.
6b_] CU\USdUT DUhd

The From Selected Text command enables you to build intelligent P&ID Process Lines from AutoCAD text. The Select Type dialog displays a list of available Process Lines which can be applied to the text. Select the appropriate Process Line type from the Available Process Types pick-list, then press OK. After selecting the text you want to convert, the Line Number Values dialog displays.

4-52

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@94D??<C =5>E
3?>F5BC9?> =5>E

6b_] 9]`edUT FQ\eUc

The From Imputed Values command enables you to build intelligent P&ID Process Lines on the fly. The Select Type dialog displays a list of available Process Lines which can be applied to the AutoCAD text. Select the appropriate Process Line type from the Available Process Types picklist, then press OK to display the Pipe Settings dialog.

<Y^U >e]RUb FQ\eUc

The Line Number Values dialog assists in converting AutoCAD text to intelligent P&ID Process Lines by displaying a list of available Process Line values which can be applied to the selected text. Select the appropriate value from the Line Number Values pick-list, then select the appropriate value name from the Descriptions pick-list, then press < Add to apply the selected value to the description. Press Use Previous Settings to cancel any selected values you assigned to the AutoCAD text. Press Add Edit to change the text of the Line Number Value. After you have completed assigning the AutoCAD text the Process Line values, press OK to display the Enter Tag Number dialog.

Reference Guide

4-53

@94D??<C =5>E
3?>F5BC9?> =5>E

2E9<4 9>CDBE=5>D =5>E

The Build Instrument Menu commands enable you to convert AutoCAD text and circles to intelligent P&ID Instruments.
6b_] CU\USdUT DUhd

The From Selected Text command enables you to build intelligent P&ID Instruments from AutoCAD text. The Select Type dialog displays a list of available Instrument types which can be applied to the AutoCAD text. Select the appropriate Instrument type from the Available Instrument Types pick-list, then press OK to display the Instrument Values dialog.

4-54

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@94D??<C =5>E
3?>F5BC9?> =5>E

6b_] CU\USdUT 3YbS\U

The From Selected Circle command enables you to build intelligent P&ID Instruments from AutoCAD circles. After selecting this command, select the AutoCAD circle you want to convert. The Enter Tag Number dialog then displays.

>_dU

This command can also be executed by typing UPDATEBALLOON at the Command prompt.

9^cdbe]U^d FQ\eUc

The Instrument Values dialog assists in converting AutoCAD text to intelligent P&ID Instruments by displaying a list of available Instrument values which can be applied to the selected AutoCAD text. Select the appropriate Instrument value name from the Descriptions pick-list, then press Pick <. Select the AutoCAD text to which you want to apply the selected value. After you have assigned the appropriate values, press OK.

Reference Guide

4-55

@94D??<C =5>E
3?>F5BC9?> =5>E

3?>697EB5 =1@@9>7
The P&ID Update Options dialog enables you to configure which blocks to convert, and how to convert them. This enables you to create mapping information which maps block attributes to data fields in P&ID data tables.

EC5 4B1G9>7 >1=5 7B?E@ 2?H

Enable the In Line Numbers check box to include the drawing name in the new Tag Number for Process Lines created by the Conversion Menu commands. Enable the In Valve Tags check box to include the drawing name in the new Tag Number for Valves created by the Conversion Menu commands. Type the default area to be used when creating new Instrument Tag Numbers in the Default field. Enable the Prompt For Area check box to be prompted with an Edit dialog for the area to use in an Instrument Tag during creation, but to default to the value in the Default field. Type the default separator to use when constructing Tag Numbers in the Default field. If no value is entered in this field, the hyphen (-) is the default. Provides a drop-down pick-list of all defined configurations. This pick-list defaults to the sample Rebis configuration fileset. As you define configurations, they become available in this pick-list. New configurations are defined using the Create New Mapping button. When this is done, a directory using a specified name is created under the UPDATE directory which contains the configuration files (CONFIG.INI, MAPTABLE.UPD, etc.).

1B51 7B?E@ 2?H

C5@1B1D?B 7B?E@ 2?H 69<5C5D 7B?E@ 2?H

4-56

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@94D??<C =5>E
3?>F5BC9?> =5>E

E@41D5 7B?E@ 2?H 2<?3; <9CD B5F95G =1@@9>7 1DDB92ED5 =1@@9>7

The Update check boxes enable you to narrow the selection of components to convert, based on the attribute mapping settings. Displays the Block Conversion List dialog which enables you to review and select which blocks to convert and which blocks to bypass when converting. Displays the Mapping Configuration dialog which enables you to review the mapping configuration for attribute fields for the current fileset. Displays the Attribute Mapping for Configuration dialog which enables you to select a block, create a mapping definition, and add the definition to the Block To Convert pick-list in the Block List dialog. Displays the Set Size and Spec dialog which enables you to select the size and specification block attributes to be assigned when converting AutoCAD text to intelligent P&ID Lines. Displays the Existing Block Conversion List dialog which enables you to review and select which blocks to convert and which blocks to bypass when converting. Displays the View List dialog which enables you to review the embedded settings used when converting blocks. Displays the Create Mapping Directory dialog which enables you to define the location of a defined mapping configuration. When this is done, the directory will contain the configuration files (CONFIG.INI, MAPTABLE.UPD, etc.). The Use Mapping Dialog check box enables you to toggle the P&ID Update Options dialog display when performing a conversion.

3B51D5 <9>5 2<?3;

5=254454 <9CD B5F95G 5=254454 3B51D5 >5G =1@@9>7

EC5 =1@@9>7 491<?7

2\_S[ <Ycd

The Block Conversion List dialog enables you to review and select which blocks to convert and which blocks to bypass when converting. The items displayed in the Blocks To Convert group box lists all the blocks to be converted. It is initially filled with the blocks that are already configured for conversion. The Add button enables you to select and name a block to add to the conversion list. The Delete button deletes the selected block from the list. The Pick < button enables you to select a block from the drawing to add to the list. The Map button enables you to start the mapping function to allow you to map attributes for the selected block.

Reference Guide

4-57

@94D??<C =5>E
3?>F5BC9?> =5>E

The items displayed in the Blocks To Skip group box list all the blocks that are not be converted. It is initially filled with the blocks that are already configured to be skipped. The Add button enables you to select and type a block name to skip. The Delete button deletes the selected block from the list. The Pick < button enables you to select a block from the drawing to add to the list. The items displayed in the Blocks In Drawing pick-list list all the blocks in the current drawing but not in the Blocks To Convert or Blocks To Skip pick-lists. The <-Convert button enables you to move the selected block to the Blocks To Convert pick-list. The <-Skip button enables you to move the selected block to the Blocks To Skip pick-list.

4-58

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@94D??<C =5>E
3?>F5BC9?> =5>E

CQ]`\U =Q``Y^W CUddY^Wc

F1<E5
Valves Instrument Instrument Orifice Instrument Control Instrument Flow Chemical Seal Pump Exchanger Equipment Drum Driver Mixer Tower Tank Vessel Nozzle Process Line To From Arrow 2 To From Arrow 3 To From Arrow 4 To From Arrow 5

>5G DB1>C<1D9?> D12<5

PSZ TAG_NO IAREA INUM ITYP

EC5B 1DDB92ED5 D12<5

SIZE TAG AREA NUMBER TYPE

TAG_NO ESERV EFLOW

TAG NUMBER SERVICE FLOW

There are no visible attributes associated with Nozzles PSZ_NOM PSPEC_NOM MDOC_NAME SIZE SPEC NAME

1ddbYRedU =Q``Y^W

The Attribute Mapping for Configuration dialog enables you to select a block, create a mapping definition, and the definition to the Block To Convert pick-list in the Block List dialog. The items displayed in the Master List of P&ID Components group box list the current P&ID component types. Once a component type is selected, you can map attribute fields to data table fields for that component type. The selected Component Type, Block Name, and Schema Type display in the upper right-hand portion of the dialog. The items displayed in the P&ID Translation Table pick-list list all fields in the data tables for the selected component type. Once a field from this table and an attribute field are selected, it is concatenated to show that the fields are mapped to each other. The Clear Line button clears the currently selected line in the Translation Table. The Clear Table button clears the currently mapped lines in the Translation Table.

Reference Guide

4-59

@94D??<C =5>E
3?>F5BC9?> =5>E

The items displayed in the User Block Attribute Table group box list all attribute fields defined in the block being mapped. The Pick Block < button enables you to select a block from the current drawing to map. The Before Add Tag field (within the Function File Names group box) enables you to enter an AutoCAD or P&ID function to be performed before the Tag is added to the database. The After Add Tag field (within the Function File Names group box) enables you to enter an AutoCAD or P&ID function to be performed after the Tag is added to the database.

4-60

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@94D??<C =5>E
3?>F5BC9?> =5>E

3bUQdU >Ug =Q``Y^W

The Create Mapping Directory dialog enables you to define the location of a defined mapping configuration. When this is done, the directory will contain the configuration files (CONFIG.INI, MAPTABLE.UPD, etc.). Type the name of the mapping configuration directory in the Directory field, then press OK.

BUfYUg =Q``Y^W

The Mapping Configuration dialog enables you to review the mapping configuration for attribute fields for the current fileset. By selecting the old block name from the Old Block Name pick-list, the current mappings for that block are listed in the Translation Table pick-list. The new attribute block that will be substituted for the old attribute block, the schema type that will be used, and the component type are displayed in the lower left-half of the dialog. The old attribute name, the new attribute name that it is mapped to, and whether it is being placed in an attribute or data field are displayed in the lower right-half of the dialog.

Reference Guide

4-61

@94D??<C =5>E
3?>F5BC9?> =5>E

3bUQdU <Y^U 2\_S[

The Set Size and Spec dialog enables you to select the size and specification block attributes to be assigned when converting AutoCAD text to intelligent P&ID Lines. To change the line size block attribute, select the appropriate item from the Set Size pick-list, then type the new value in the Size field. To change the line specification block attribute, select the appropriate item from the Set Spec pick-list, then type the new value in the Spec field. When you have finished assigning the new size and specification values, press OK.

5]RUTTUT <Ycd

The Existing Block Conversion List dialog enables you to review and select which blocks to convert and which blocks to bypass when converting. The items displayed in the Blocks To Convert group box lists all the blocks to be converted (which defaults to the values contained in the LOCAL_ROOT\P&ID\UPDATE\MASTER\MAPTABLE.UPD file). The Add button enables you to select and name a block to add to the conversion list. The Delete button deletes the selected block from the list. The Pick < button enables you to select a block from the drawing to add to the list. The Map button enables you to start the mapping function to allow you to map attributes for the selected block. The items displayed in the Blocks To Skip group box list all the blocks that are not be converted. It is initially filled with the blocks that are already configured to be skipped. The Add button enables you to select and type a block name to skip. The Delete button deletes the selected block from the list. The Pick < button enables you to select a block from the drawing to add to the list. The items displayed in the Blocks In Drawing pick-list list all the blocks in the current drawing but not in the Blocks To Convert or Blocks To Skip pick-lists. The <-Convert button enables you to

4-62

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@94D??<C =5>E
3?>F5BC9?> =5>E

move the selected block to the Blocks To Convert pick-list. The <-Skip button enables you to move the selected block to the Blocks To Skip pick-list.

BUfYUg 5]RUTTUT

The View List dialog enables you to review the embedded settings used when converting blocks.

Reference Guide

4-63

@94D??<C =5>E
9=@?BD5H@?BD =5>E

9=@?BD5H@?BD =5>E 9=@?BD 2<?3;

The Import Block command displays the Enter Drawing Name dialog which enables you to import an exported block (section) from a P&ID drawing. Select or type the file name and location of the block (only *.DWG files may be imported) from the dialog below. When finished, press OK or press Cancel to exit the dialog. The Enter Tag Number dialog displays for any objects from the imported block that require a Tag number.

>_dU

The position of the original block is retained when it is placed on the current drawing.

=1CC21<1>35 9=@?BD =5>E

8icY]

The Hysim command displays the Select Import File dialog which enables you to import an external file with process information (e.g., temperature, pressure, molar flow, etc.). The created MassBalance table is not directly related to the database. Any changes made to the drawing or in the database do not affect the Mass Balance table. Select or type the file name and location of the file in the dialog below. When finished, press OK or press Cancel to exit the dialog. AutoPLANT P&ID prompts you to specify the Mass Balance text height, the width of the description column, the width of data columns, and the position of the table. A phantom box displays on the drawing enabling a preview of the MassBalance Table before insertion.

4-64

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@94D??<C =5>E
9=@?BD5H@?BD =5>E

5H@?BD 2<?3;
The Export Block command displays the Enter Drawing Name dialog which enables you to export or move a section of the current P&ID drawing for use in project and non-project drawings. AutoPLANT P&ID first prompts you to save the current drawing to ensure the database is current, then displays the dialog shown below. Type the export file name and indicate its location. When finished, press OK or press Cancel to exit the dialog.

>_dU

Do not save the block with the same name as the current drawing, or it will overwrite the current drawing. Type a filename that is unique for the block.

3B51D5 5H381>75 4B1G9>7

The Create Exchange Drawing command displays the Enter Exchange Drawing Name dialog which enables you to export an exchange drawing embedded with its associated database data. An exchange drawing can be used to move the current drawing from a stand-alone version to a project version, move or copy the current drawing from one project to another, combine or split projects, or to archive a drawing at the end of a project to ensure that data remains with the associated drawing. AutoPLANT P&ID first prompts you to save the current drawing to ensure the database

Reference Guide

4-65

@94D??<C =5>E
9=@?BD5H@?BD =5>E

is current, then displays the dialog shown below. Type the exchange drawing file name and indicate its location. When finished, press OK or press Cancel to exit the dialog.

>_dU >_dU

Do not save the block with the same name as the current drawing, or it will overwrite the current drawing. Type a filename that is unique for the block. When creating an Exchange Drawing for an external data drawing, the AutoPLANT Message dialog prompts you to indicate if you want to purge (DELETE) the entities from the drawing. If you want to keep the drawing, press No to keep the entities on the current drawing while creating the Exchange Drawing. Press Yes if you want to purge the current drawing of all entities while creating the Exchange Drawing.

To extract information from an exchange drawing, open the embedded file as a normal P&ID drawing and save it to a new location.

5H@?BD 9>CDBE=5>D 9>45H

The Export Instrument Index command enables you to export instrument index data from the current drawing to a *.TXT file. When the command is started, AutoPLANT P&ID prompts for the drawing number. Type the drawing number of the current drawing and the program exports the instrument index data. If the project environment variable is set, the drawing number is entered automatically. The Instrument Index file is written to the P&ID-created subdirectory called *\PIDIDX beneath the current directory or beneath the backup directory specified in the AutoPLANT Configuration dialog. Once the Instrument Index file is created, it can be used by any program that supports *.TXT files.

4-66

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@94D??<C =5>E
9=@?BD5H@?BD =5>E

21D38
The Batch command enables you to process multiple drawings for Exchanging, Plotting, and general AutoCAD commands.

@B?:53D 4B1G9>7C 1ED?314 3?==1>4

Displays a list of projects within the Projects dialog for which Exchange Drawings can be created from the selected drawings. Displays the Select Drawings dialog which displays a list of drawings within the current directory against to which the Batch command is to be applied. The AutoCad Command field enables you to apply an AutoCAD command (ZOOM, PLOT, etc.) against multiple drawings. Simply type the name of the AutoCAD command you want to apply to the drawings in this field. Invalid AutoCAD commands may cause the Batch command to crash. The P&ID Command field enables you to apply a P&ID command (i.e., C:AT_ASI_AUTO_REPAIR, etc.) or user-defined Lisp command against multiple drawings. Simply type the name of the P&ID command you want to apply to the drawings in this field. Invalid P&ID commands may cause the Batch command to crash. The Applications drop-down pick-list enables you apply the Batch command to drawings created in other Rebis applications. To select an application, select the appropriate application name from the drop-down pick-list. The Open radio button enables P&ID to prompt you if you want to open the

@94 3?==1>4

1@@<931D9?>C ?@5>

Reference Guide

4-67

@94D??<C =5>E
B5@<931D5 =5>E

selected drawings following the Batch command completion.

>5G AE9D 1C; D? AE9D

The New radio button enables P&ID to start a new drawing following the Batch command completion. The Quit radio button enables P&ID to close following the Batch command completion. The Ask to Quit radio button enables P&ID to prompt you to close the application following the Batch command completion.

B5@<931D5 =5>E 3B51D5

The Create command enables you to create numerous copies of an item and its associated database data (including Tag Numbers). To create a replicated object, select the object to be replicated, type the total number of components required at the Command prompt, then type the increment number for Tag Numbers.

>_dU

Changes made to replicated items using the CATT command automatically overwrites associated database information for that item and its copies.

@EB75
The Purge command enables you to delete replicated copies of an item and the associated database data, but leaves the original item intact (on the database and in the current drawing). To purge a replicated item, select the object to be purged, then press Enter.

=19>D5>1>35 =5>E 3<51> E@ 2E22<5

The Clean Up Bubble command enables you to automatically break an Instrument bubble if the text is too large for the circle. If existing Instrument bubble text is modified and is small enough to fit inside the bubble, the bubble can be updated by using this command.

>_dU

Normally, when the CATT command is used to alter Instrument bubble text, the Instrument bubble is fixed automatically. This functionality can be turned OFF by changing the cattbubchk variable in the PID-SUP.LSP file. If the variable has been changed, use the Clean Up Bubble command to manually fix the bubble.

In the example below, step one placed a Control Valve at Annotation level 1 with the default text V-1. In step two, the instrument text was edited to FV-12345 (with the cattbubchk variable turned off). In the final step, the instrument text was edited to CV-12345 and the Clean Up Bubble command was used.
4-68 AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@94D??<C =5>E
=19>D5>1>35 =5>E

B51DD138 ?2:53D
The Reattach Object command enables you to reattach an object (e.g., Reducers, Valves, Control Valves, etc.) to a Line if it loses its connectivity. Connectivity to these symbols can be lost if the placement command is canceled before it is completed. You are prompted to select the object to reattach, then to select the pipe to which the object is to be reattached.

B5F5BC5 BE> 6<?G

The Reverse Run Flow command enables you to reverse the flow direction of a Pipe Run. After selecting this command, you are prompted to select the Pipe Run to reverse.

>_dU

When reversing the flow of a Pipe Run with various symbols in it (To/From arrows, flow arrows and check valves), the symbol flow directions are not changed. The symbols must be placed again with the correct flow direction.

@EB75 BE> D5B=9>1D?BC

The Purge Run Terminators command enables you to delete Run Terminator symbols without an associated Process Line on the current drawing and ensures that all database links for these symbols are removed.

@EB75 D?6B?= 1BB?GC

The Purge To/From Arrows command enables you to delete unconnected To/From Arrow symbols on the current drawing and ensures that all database links for these symbols are removed.

=1D38 D?6B?= 1BB?GC

The Match To/From Arrows command displays the To/From Arrows dialog which enables you to connect a To/From Arrow from another drawing to an Arrow on the current drawing. The On Arrow and Off Arrow radio buttons enable you to toggle between the available To and From

Reference Guide

4-69

@94D??<C =5>E
=19>D5>1>35 =5>E

Arrows. You are prompted to select the To/From Arrow you want to match, then indicate the symbol rotation, then select the connecting Arrow from another drawing. Select the available Arrow from the To/From Arrows dialog, then press OK to match the Arrow, or press Cancel to exit the dialog.

B56B5C8 2?B45B
The Refresh Border command enables you to refresh the current drawing with a sample P&ID border sheet. To refresh the border of the current drawing, select this command, then select the border of the current drawing.

E@41D5 BE> D5B= 3?<?B

The Update Run Term Color command enables you to refresh the current drawing with Run Terminator color settings and descriptions. These settings and descriptions can be changed in the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID\PID-SUP.LSP lisp file.

4-70

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@94D??<C =5>E
=19>D5>1>35 =5>E

@EB75 ?B@81>54 41D1

The Purge Orphaned Data command enables you to clear the flag on symbols in the current drawings database which have been placed from external sources, but were UNDOne, cancelled, or lost through a computer power failure.

>_dU

If an Instrument is ERASED in the standard AutoCAD manner, there is no need to purge it at a later date. The ERASE command recognizes the Instrument and clears the flag automatically.

E@41D5 <1I5BC 6B?= @94CE@

The Update Layers from Pid-sup command enables you to update the current drawing with any layer setting changes made in the PID-SUP.LSP file. When AutoPLANT software is installed, the lisp file PID-SUP.LSP is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID directory. This file contains Lisp functions and variable definitions that may be modified to change the drawing defaults presented in the P&ID application.

Reference Guide

4-71

@94D??<C =5>E
=19>D5>1>35 =5>E

1@3?>697
The AP Config command displays the AutoPLANT Configuration dialog which enables you to configure AutoPLANT P&ID by changing the drawing units, backup directory location, specification directory, and temporary directory. This command can also be activated by typing APCONF at the Command prompt.

>_dU

Changes made to all AutoPLANT configuration items (except the Temporary Directory) immediately affect the current drawing. These changes also affect future drawings until changed again.

4561E<D E>9DC 213;E@ 49B53D?BI 4561E<D 3ECD?= 49B53D?BI

The Default Units drop-down pick-list enables you to set the default units of measure to apply to the current drawing as well as future drawings in the project. The Backup Directory field enables you to set the default backup directory location to apply to the current drawing as well as future drawings in the project. P&ID enables you to set up custom configurations which contain customized versions of P&ID menu, symbol, SETTINGS.DBF, and PIDSUP.LSP files. The Custom Directory field enables you to create a custom directory name, then creates the required custom directory structure and copies SETTINGS.DBF and the three symbol library drawings into this structure. You can modify the files in the custom directory to meet the requirements for a specific project. When you start a new P&ID drawing, you will be

4-72

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@94D??<C =5>E
42 4917>?CD93C =5>E

prompted to specify a custom directory, if any exist. If you specify a custom directory at this time, P&ID will search the custom directory path for the files mentioned above before using the original files shipped with the software. This architecture enables you to set up multiple configurations, which may each have their own SETTINGS.DBF, menus, symbol libraries, etc. A custom directory may only be created by executing APCONF from the AutoCAD Command line when you first start AutoPLANT. You cannot create a custom directory once you have started or opened a P&ID drawing (The Custom Directory field will appear grayed out).

C@5396931D9?> 49B53D?BI D5=@?B1BI 49B53D?BI 3EBB5>D D5=@?B1BI 49B53D?BI @B?:53D 41D121C5 49B53D?BI

The Specification Directory field enables you to set the default Specification directory location to apply to the current drawing as well as future drawings in the project. The Temporary Directory field enables you to set the default temporary directory location to apply to the current drawing as well as future drawings in the project. The Current Temporary Directory field displays the current temporary directory location. The Set button displays the Set Project Database for AutoPLANT P&ID dialog which enables you to set the default project database directory location to apply to the current drawing as well as future drawings in the project. To define the path to the application-specific project database, simply type the new directory location in the Project Database Directory field, then press OK. The Config button displays the Configure AutoPLANT P&ID Menu dialog which enables you to select the P&ID menu position within the base menu. To change the base menu file (*.MNU), simply type the name and location of the appropriate file in the Base Menu Name field. To change the position of the P&ID menu, select the appropriate numeric value from the Application Menu Position drop-down pick-list. The Disable Partial Loading check-box enables you to disable partial menu loading for AutoCAD menus and load only the P&ID menu.

3?>697EB5 =5>E

42 4917>?CD93C =5>E @B?:53D

The Project command enables you to access the database and display information relating to the current Project environment, including project name and project status.

C5CC9?>
The Session command enables you to access the database and display information relating to the current Session.
Reference Guide 4-73

@94D??<C =5>E
42 4917>?CD93C =5>E

1@@<931D9?>
The Application command enables you to access the database and display information relating to the current version of AutoPLANT P&ID.

49B53D?BI
The Directory command enables you to access the database and display information relating to the current P&ID database, including table name, physical name, database type, database name index fields and types.

@1D8C
The Paths command enables you to access the database and display information relating to the current path location of the current P&ID databases.

D17C
The Tags command enables you to access the database and display information relating to the Tag types used in the current drawing.

F95GC
The Views command enables you to access the database and display information relating to the view configurations used for the P&ID symbols placed in the current drawing.

493D9?>1BI
The Dictionary command enables you to access the database and display information relating to the different data fields available for the symbols placed in the current drawing.

1C94B9F5BC
The ASI Drivers command enables you to access the database and display information relating to the current available ASI drivers.

1C941D121C5C
The ASI Databases command enables you to access the database and display information relating to the current ASI databases that have been defined in the ASI driver.

4-74

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@94D??<C =5>E
1E49D 1>4 B5@19B =5>E

1E49D 1>4 B5@19B =5>E

The Audit and Repair Menu commands provide utilities to create more accurate and reliable external data for the AutoPLANT P&ID application by examining links in a drawing, writing audit information, and resolving common errors. These commands process data at the drawing and project database levels.

>_dU

Before auditing the database, Rebis recommends first repairing the current drawing to avoid the possibility of losing project information. This can be performed by selecting P&ID-Tools/Audit and Repair/Drawing Repair to display the Repair Drawing Database dialog. Enable all check-boxes within the Repair Options group box, then press OK.

41D121C5 1E49D
The Audit command is a project-level auditing and repair tool (i.e., this command does not work on Internal Data drawings). This command can also be executed by typing AT_ASI_AUDIT at the Command prompt.

>_dU

Before auditing the database, Rebis recommends first repairing the current drawing to avoid the possibility of losing project information. This can be performed by selecting P&ID-Tools/Audit and Repair/Drawing Repair to display the Repair Drawing Database dialog. Enable all check-boxes within the Repair Options group box, then press OK.

1E49D ?@D9?>C 7B?E@ 2?H

Enable the Analyze Link Data check box to have P&ID step through

Reference Guide

4-75

@94D??<C =5>E
1E49D 1>4 B5@19B =5>E

each link table and then step through each of the non-deleted records in that table. For each link, a search of that link will be made in the audit database. If it is found, the link is validated and the process continues with the next link. If it is not found, a warning is issued indicating an unused link has been detected. In addition, the document ID for the link is used to retrieve information about the link to help evaluate the problem. The warning will also indicate if the link has already been flagged as LOST. If the Repair check box is enabled, the unused link will be flagged as LOST (see Purge options for deleting lost links). Also, a dialog warning will display if the document ID of the link is in the Document Register and there are no records in the audit database. This could be a warning for not generating audit data for all of a projects drawings. Finally, after all of the links have been analyzed, a summary will be printed detailing the total number of errors found and their corresponding drawing. Enable the Analyze Key Link Data check box to have the program will step through each link in the Key Link table. For each link, a search of that link will be made in the audit database. If it is found, the link is validated and the process continues with the next link. If it is not found, a warning is issued indicating an unused key link has been detected, then the link table will be searched to determine additional information about the link. If the link is found, the warning message will either state that the links is already flagged as LOST or suggest that you run enable the Analyze Key Links check box within the Key Link Options group box. This is a possible indication of a duplicate record in the Key Link table. If the link is not found, the record in the Key Link table is deleted. Finally, after all of the links have been analyzed, a summary will be printed detailing the total number of errors found and their corresponding drawing. If the Repair check box is enabled, the unused link will be flagged as LOST (see Purge options for deleting lost links). Also, a dialog warning will display if the document ID of the link is in the Document Register and there are no records in the audit database. This could be a warning for not generating audit data for all of a projects drawings. Finally, after all of the links have been analyzed, a summary will be printed detailing the total number of errors found and their corresponding drawing. Enable the Clear Audit Database check box to delete all records in the audit database upon completion of this command. This should be done prior to starting a new audit process to ensure no extraneous data exists. Also note that the audit database should be deleted if any of the tables are packed either externally with FoxPro or using the ASIPACK command.

;5I <9>; ?@D9?>C 7B?E@ 2?H

Enable the Analyze Key Links check box to search for duplicates in the link table and link ID. If the Repair check box is enabled, two types of error conditions can be corrected. The first, if a duplicate is found and the keytag values match, the duplicate record is automatically deleted. The second, if a duplicate is found and the

4-76

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@94D??<C =5>E
1E49D 1>4 B5@19B =5>E

keytags do not match, you will be prompted to select the desired record to keep. Enable the Find Multiple Links check box to determine if any of the data objects or keytags have more than one link and to issue a warning for each of the additional links. The Analyze Key Links and Repair check-boxes may display readonly when utilizing an ODBC database.

<9>; ?@D9?>C 7B?E@ 2?H

Enable the Analyze Links check box to search for duplicated values in the link ID or any links with a LOST status. If the Repair check box is enabled, any records with duplicate link IDs will be deleted. Enable the Validate Drawing IDs check box to check whether the Document ID for the link is in the Document Register and to issue a warning if it does not exist. The Repair check-box may display read-only when utilizing an ODBC database.

<?7 69<5 7B?E@ 2?H D17 B579CD5B ?@D9?>C 7B?E@ 2?H

A repair file can be captured to a log file by enabling the Enable Log File check box. Type the name and destination of the log file in the Filename field. Enable the Find duplicate Keytags check box to locate duplicate keytags within the Tag Register. If the Repair check box is enabled, you will be prompted to select which tag number and data record should be kept. The Find duplicate Keytags and Repair check-boxes may display read-only when utilizing an ODBC database.

41D1 D12<5 ?@D9?>C 7B?E@ 2?H

Enable the Find duplicate Keytags check box to locate duplicate keytags within the data table. If the Repair check box is enabled, you will be prompted to select which tag number and data record should be kept. The Find duplicate Keytags and Repair check-boxes may display read-only when utilizing an ODBC database.

BE> 3?>>53D9?> ?@D9?>C 7B?E@ 2?H

Enable the Find duplicate entries check box to validate Keytag and Run ID entries match. If the Repair check box is enabled, duplicated records will be deleted. The Find duplicate entries and Repair check-boxes may display read-only when utilizing an ODBC database.

@EB75 ?@D9?>C 7B?E@ 2?H

Enable the Purge Lost Links check box to examine non-deleted links within each link table. If the link is flagged as LOST, it will be deleted. Enable the Purge Associated Data check box to delete the related link. Enable the Purge Unused Data check box to determine if links are indexed on keytag. As with the Analyze Links options, this index can be part of a compound index as long as it appears first in the

Reference Guide

4-77

@94D??<C =5>E
1E49D 1>4 B5@19B =5>E

index. If an index is found for the table, the table will be searched for keytags that do not appear in the Key Link table. In all cases, a warning message will be issued. For Tag Register tables, the warning message will include the tag number. For the Run Connection table, records whose keytag or Run ID do not exist in the Key Link table will be deleted.

3?>697EB5 ?@D9?>C 7B?E@ 2?H

Press Report Only to select all of the options available for reporting errors found in the projects database. This is useful for getting the most complete report available. Press Select All to enable all of the available audit options.

CU\USd 4QdQ BUS_bT

The Database Audit dialog enables you to repair duplicate records found in the Data Table when performing an Audit on the current drawing. Enable the Record radio button that corresponds with the desired Record for the keytag, then press OK to continue with the Audit. Press Skip to leave the duplicated Tag Register problem unresolved and continue with the Audit.

4-78

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@94D??<C =5>E
1E49D 1>4 B5@19B =5>E

CU\USd ;Ui\Y^[

The Database Audit dialog enables you to repair duplicate records found in the Key Link table when performing an Audit on the current drawing. Enable the Tag Number radio button that corresponds with the desired record, then press OK to continue with the Audit. Press Skip to leave the duplicated keylink problem unresolved and continue with the Audit.

CU\USd DQW BUWYcdUb

The Database Audit dialog enables you to repair duplicate records found in the Tag Register when performing an Audit on the current drawing. Enable the Tag Number radio button that corresponds with the keytag, then press OK to continue with the Audit. Press Skip to leave the duplicated Tag Register problem unresolved and continue with the Audit.

Reference Guide

4-79

@94D??<C =5>E
1E49D 1>4 B5@19B =5>E

4B1G9>7 B5@19B
The Repair command is a drawing-level repair tool which retrieves all links that exist in the current drawing and executes the options selected for each link. If none of the options are selected, only a report of the error conditions found will be generated. This command can also be executed by typing AT_ASI_REPAIR at the Command prompt.

75>5B1D5 1E49D 41D1

Enable this check box to append a record to the audit database which indicates that the link is still active in the drawing. This record will include information about the links entry in the link and key link tables. This information is required in order to synchronize all of the projects drawings with the database. Enable this check box to correct any errors where the links key link cannot be found in the Key Link table. This option examines records that have been deleted from the table. If a matching deleted record is found, it is un-deleted (or recalled). This check-box may display read-only when utilizing an ODBC database because restoring deleted records is not available. Enable this check box to correct the error where links cannot be found in the link table. This option examines records that have been deleted from the table. If a matching deleted record is found, it is un-deleted (or recalled). If this is unsuccessful and the link does have a record in the Key Link table, a new record in the link table will be created. Enable this check box to correct the error where the tag number cannot be found in the tag register. This option examines records that have been deleted from the table. If a matching deleted record is found, it is un-deleted (or recalled). If this is unsuccessful, a new record in the tag register table will be created and assigned a tag number of UNKNOWN. This check-box may display read-only when utilizing an ODBC database because restoring deleted records is not available. A repair file can be captured to a log file by enabling the Enable Log File check box. Type the name and destination of the log file in the Filename field.

B5@19B ;5I <9>;C

B5@19B <9>;C

B5@19B D17 B579CD5B

<?7 69<5 7B?E@ 2?H

4-80

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@94D??<C =5>E
1E49D 1>4 B5@19B =5>E

1ED? 4B1G9>7 B5@19B

The Auto Repair command automatically runs the Repair command without displaying the Repair Drawing Database dialog, based on the settings in the Configure Auto Repair dialog. This command can also be executed by typing AT_ASI_AUTO_REPAIR at the Command prompt.

3?>697EB5 1ED? B5@19B

The Configure Auto Repair command enables you to select the options used by the Auto Repair command which automatically runs the Repair command without displaying the Repair Drawing Database dialog based on the settings in this dialog.

75>5B1D5 1E49D 41D1

Enable this check box to append a record to the audit database which indicates that the link is still active in the drawing. This record will include information about the links entry in the link and key link table. This information is required in order to synchronize all of the projects drawings with the database. Enable this check box to correct the error where links cannot be found in the link table. This option examines records that have been deleted from the table. If a matching deleted record is found, it is un-deleted (or recalled). If this is unsuccessful and the link does have a record in the Key Link table, a new record in the link table will be created. Enable this check box to correct the error where links cannot be found in the link table. This option examines records that have been deleted from the table. If a matching deleted record is found, it is un-deleted (or recalled). If this is unsuccessful and the link does have a record in the Key Link table, a new record in the link table will be created. Enable this check box to correct the error where the tag number cannot be found in the tag register. This option examines records that have been deleted from the table. If a matching deleted record is found, it is un-deleted (or recalled). If this is unsuccessful, a new record in the tag register table will be created and assigned a tag number of UNKNOWN. This checkbox may display read-only when utilizing an ODBC database because restoring deleted records is not available. A repair file can be captured to a log file by enabling the Enable Log File check box. Type the name and destination of the log file in the Filename field.

B5@19B ;5I <9>;C

B5@19B <9>;C

B5@19B D17 B579CD5B

<?7 69<5 7B?E@ 2?H

Reference Guide

4-81


B5EC5

@94D??<C =5>E
B5EC5

The Reuse command enables you to quickly copy a P&ID symbol for placement in the current drawing. After selecting the Reuse command, you are prompted to select the item for reuse. The Enter Tag Number dialog displays populated with the copied symbols properties. Type over this information, or simply assign a new Tag number, then place the phantom symbol in the desired location.

31DD3?==1>4
The CATT command enables you to view/modify associated database data for a selected component. Once a symbol is selected from the current drawing, the corresponding Data dialog displays. For this example, the Instrument Data dialog is shown. To edit the information contained in this dialog, simply type detailed information such as manufacturer, model, and loop information within the fields of the appropriate tabs, Documents can also be associated with the current component from this dialog. Press OK to accept any changes made in this tab, or press Cancel to exit the dialog.

>_dU

Changes made from this dialog immediately affect the database.

>_dU

If the CATT command is performed on a piping symbol, the Select View dialog prompts you to specify a Process Line View, or Pipe Run View. After selecting the appropriate pick-list entry, press Open to display the selection or press Close to exit the dialog.

4-82

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@94D??<C =5>E
31DD 3?==1>4

C5<53D 4?3E=5>D 491<?7

The Select Document dialog displays a list of documents used in the current project that can be associated with the curernt component. To associate a document to the current symbol, simply select the appropriate pick-list entry, then press OK or press Cancel to exit the dialog.

CDB51= =1>175B 491<?7

The Stream Manager dialog enables assigning the current Process Line detailed stream information. To add a new stream case, press Add to display the Enter Tag Number dialog, then assign the new case a Tag Number, then type the appropriate information within the respective cells. To remove a stream case, simply select the appropriate pick-list entry, then press Remove. Press OK to accept any changes in this dialog, or press Cancel to exit the dialog.

>_dU

Information contained in the respective cells is saved immediately when a new cell is selected.

Reference Guide

4-83

@94D??<C =5>E
31DD 3?==1>4

4-84

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

381@D5B

D??<21B3?==1>4B565B5>35

This chapter provides a reference to the P&ID toolbars and the commands associated with them.

TOOLBAR COMMAND REFERENCE

5-2

D??<21B 3?==1>4 B565B5>35

,??<21B !?==1>4 *565B5>35

D??<21B 3?==1>4 B565B5>35

This section provides a reference to the toolbars and the commands associated with them. You can view a general functional description of each button.
P&ID: This toolbar encompasses the individual AutoPLANT P&ID toolbars through the use of toolbar fly-outs. It provides icons to quickly place Equipment, Line, Valve, Instrument, and Miscellaneous symbols. The P&ID toolbar also provides quick access to the Assembly Manager, Process Line Manager, Consistency Checker, and AutoLine Break utilities as well as group commands, and the ability to Reuse an object, and access the CATT command. Equipment: This toolbar provides quick access to dialogs displaying pre-defined Equipment symbols which can be placed in a drawing. It includes the Pumps, Vessels, Exchangers, Filters, Drivers, Miscellaneous Equipment, and Equipment Trim icons. DIN Equipment: This toolbar provides quick access to dialogs displaying predefined DIN Equipment symbols which can be placed in a drawing. It includes the Pumps, Vessels, Drivers, Exchangers, Filters, Conveyors, Mixers, and Miscellaneous Equipment icons. Lines: This toolbar enables you to quickly draw Major, Minor, Pneumatic Instrument, Hydraulic Instrument, Capillary Instrument, Electrical Instrument, and Continuing Process Lines. Valves: This toolbar enables you to quickly load Valve symbols for placement in a drawing. It includes the Control Valve, Gate Valve, Globe Valve, Ball Valve, Plug Valve, Check Valve, Butterfly Valve, Hand Valve, and Angle Valve icons. The Control Valve button enables you to build a Control Valve by specifying the Valve body and Topworks. Instruments: This toolbar enables you to quickly load Instrumentation symbols for placement in a drawing. It includes the Round Instrument, Hex Instrument, Distributed Digital, Distributed Analog, Patch Instrument, Light, and Oval icons. Miscellaneous Symbols: This toolbar enables you to quickly load Reducer, Flow Arrow, and To/From Arrow symbols for placement in a drawing. It also enables you to display Annotations for a selected symbol. Tools: This toolbar enables you to load the Assembly Manager, Process Line Manager, Consistency Checker, and AutoLine Break utilities. Group Commands: This toolbar enables you to quickly move, stretch, erase, or isolate all grouped entities associated with a selected P&ID component.
>_dU

While in AutoPLANT P&ID, place the cursor over any toolbar and pause. A tool tip is displayed describing that button.

5-2

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

381@D5B

EC5B@B?354EB58?GD?D?@93C

This chapter provides step-by-step procedures to perform P&ID program usage tasks.

GETTING STARTED DRAWING SETTINGS COMPONENTS & LINES TAG NUMBERING ANNOTATION TOOLS IMPORT/EXPORT LISTS DATABASE

6-2 6-6 6-9 6-55 6-60 6-62 6-78 6-81 6-83


75DD9>7 CD1BD54

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

75DD9>7 CD1BD54

381>75 @B?:53D C5DD9>7C

The AutoPLANT P&ID project settings can be changed to assign a new P&ID drawing name, change Equipment, Valve, and Process Line/Run annotation levels, and change Tagging conventions. Annotation levels control the level of detail prompted for when placing P&ID symbols and controls the amount of information displayed on the drawing once the symbol is placed.

 D? 381>75 @B?:53D C5DD9>7C

!

Select P&ID/Preferences/Drawing Modes to display the PID Settings dialog. Assign a new P&ID drawing name by typing a new value (not to exceed 22 characters) in the P&ID Name field. Change the Annotation Levels by selecting the appropriate Component Type drop-down picklist item, then enable the corresponding Level radio button. Change the desired Tagging settings by enabling or disabling the appropriate Tagging checkboxes, then press OK.

"

#

$

CD1BD 1 >5G 4B1G9>7

New Internal Data drawings can be started directly from the P&ID application; however, new External Data or Project Drawings should be started via AutoPLANT Document Manager.

 D? CD1BD 1 >5G 9>D5B>1< 41D1 4B1G9>7

!

After installing and configuring the AutoPLANT P&ID software, start Microsoft Windows 95 or Microsoft Windows NT (3.51 or later). Locate the 2D Schematic Drawings icon and double-click on it, or select this icon from the Start bar. After launching AutoPLANT P&ID, press the New P&ID Drawing button found on the AutoPLANT Toolbar to display the Enter New Drawing Name dialog. Type the name of the new drawing in the File Name field, then select the file location by indicating the directory and drive within the Directories group box. Press OK to display the Select Project dialog. Select Internal Data from pick-list, then press OK to display the Login dialog. Type your user name and password in the User Name and Password fields, respectively, then press OK to display the PID Settings dialog.

"

#

$

%

6-2

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

75DD9>7 CD1BD54

&

Assign the drawing a unique name by typing a new value (not to exceed 22 characters) in the P&ID Name field. Assign the Annotation Levels by selecting the appropriate Component Type drop-down picklist item, then enable the corresponding Level radio button. Assign the desired Tagging settings by enabling or disabling the appropriate Tagging checkboxes, then press OK to display the Drawing Parameters dialog. Type the appropriate numeric value in the Text Height, ID Bubble Radius, Instrument Mark Spacing, Global Scale Factor, and/or Snap Value fields, then press OK.

'

(

)

>_dU

If AutoPLANT P&ID and AutoCAD are active, the same function can be performed by selecting File/New.

 D? CD1BD 1 >5G 5HD5B>1< 41D1 ?B @B?:53D 4B1G9>7

!

Locate the Document Manager icon and double-click on it, or select this icon from the Start bar. After launching AutoPLANT Document Manager, the Login dialog displays. Type your user name and password in the User Name and Password fields, respectively, then press OK. Ensure the appropriate project is active (as seen within the Document Tree). If you are not in the correct project, select File/Open Project to display the Projects dialog, then select the appropriate project from the pick-list and press OK. Select AutoPLANT P&ID from the Document Tree, then select Document/New to display the New Document dialog. Type the appropriate information in the fields provided, then select AutoPLANT P&ID from the pick-list and press Create. After P&ID launches, the PID Settings dialog displays. Assign the drawing a unique name by typing a new value (not to exceed 22 characters) in the P&ID Name field. Assign the Annotation Levels by selecting the appropriate Component Type drop-down picklist item, then enable the corresponding Level radio button. Assign the desired Tagging settings by enabling or disabling the appropriate Tagging checkboxes, then press OK to display the Drawing Parameters dialog.


"

#

$

%

&

'

(

)

Type the appropriate numeric value in the Text Height, ID Bubble Radius, Instrument Mark Spacing, Global Scale Factor, and/or Snap Value fields, then press OK.

Reference Guide

6-3

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

75DD9>7 CD1BD54

549D 1> 5H9CD9>7 4B1G9>7

Existing Internal Data Drawings can be edited directly from the P&ID application, while existing External Data drawings should be edited via AutoPLANT Document Manager.

 D? 549D 1> 5H9CD9>7 9>D5B>1< 41D1 4B1G9>7

!

After installing and configuring the AutoPLANT P&ID software, start Microsoft Windows 95 or Microsoft Windows NT (3.51 or later). Locate the 2D Schematic Drawings icon and double-click on it, or select this icon from the Start bar. After launching AutoPLANT P&ID, select File\Open to display the Select Drawing to Edit dialog. Type the name of the drawing in the File Name field, then select the file location by indicating the directory and drive within the Directories group box, then press Open to display the Login dialog. Type your user name and password in the User Name and Password fields, respectively, then press OK.

"

#

$

 D? 549D 1> 5H9CD9>7 5HD5B>1< 41D1 ?B @B?:53D 4B1G9>7

!

Locate the Document Manager icon and double-click on it, or select this icon from the Start bar. After launching Document Manager, the Login dialog displays. Type your user name and password in the User Name and Password fields, respectively, then press OK. Ensure the appropriate project is active (as seen within the Document Tree). If you are not in the correct project, select File/Open Project to display the Projects dialog, then select the appropriate project from the pick-list and press OK. Expand the AutoPLANT P&ID application (within the Document Tree), then select the document you want to edit and select Document/Edit.

"

#

$

381>75 D85 4B1G9>7 213;E@ 49B53D?BI

AutoPLANT P&ID can be configured to use a backup directory to store a backup copy of all drawing files. Each time a drawing is saved, a copy of this file is stored in the *\BACKUP DIRECTORY.

 D? 381>75 D85 4B1G9>7 213;E@ 49B53D?BI

!

Select P&ID-Tools/Maintenance/AP Config to display the AutoPLANT Configuration dialog.

6-4

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

75DD9>7 CD1BD54

"

Type the name and location of the Backup Directory (e.g., C:\REBIS2D\DRAWING\BACKUP), in the Backup Directory field, then press OK.

>_dU

The Backup directory must be different than the current working directory. If it is not, AutoPLANT P&ID creates a directory below the directory where the drawing is located.

=?496I 1 @944B1G9>7 >1=5

An AutoPLANT P&ID drawing name can be changed at any time.

 D? =?496I 1 @94 4B1G9>7 >1=5

!

Select P&ID/Preferences/Drawing Modes to display the P&ID Settings dialog. Assign a new P&ID drawing name by typing a new value (not to exceed 22 characters) in the P&ID Name field, then press OK.

"

>_dU

The same function can be performed by selecting P&ID/Preferences/Doc Info to display the Document Data dialog, then typing the new P&ID drawing name in the Name field, then pressing OK.

C5<53D 9>D5B>1< @B?:53D 41D1

Internal Project Data enables you to save the project data internal to the current drawing.

 D? C5<53D 9>D5B>1< @B?:53D 41D1

!

After launching AutoPLANT P&ID, press the New P&ID Drawing button found on the AutoPLANT Toolbar to display the Enter New Drawing Name dialog. Type the name of the new drawing in the File Name field, then select the file location by indicating the directory and drive within the Directories group box. Press OK to display the Select Project dialog. Select Internal Data from the Select Project pick-list, then press OK.

"

#

>_dU >_dU

Once Project Data has been specified for a drawing, it can not be changed. You can view where the data associated with any project or drawing is stored by typing DUMP_PATH at the Command prompt.

Reference Guide

6-5

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

4B1G9>7 C5DD9>7C

4B1G9>7 C5DD9>7C 381>75 <1I5BC

The Set Layer command is used to change the currently displayed layer to another view.

 D? 381>75 <1I5BC
!

Select P&ID-Tools/View Layer/Set Layer to display the P&ID Layers dialog. Select the appropriate layer to display from the Select Existing Layer pick-list, then press OK.

"

>_dU

The list of layers can be modified to include additional layers by toggling the various layers on and off using the View menu commands, then accessing the Set Layer command. Type the new layer name in the Enter New Layer field. The new layer will become an available selection from the P&ID Layers dialog.

C5D 4B1G9>7 C9J5 ?B <9=9DC

AutoPLANT P&ID enables you to set the drawing border (e.g., 9x12, 12x18, etc.) when creating a new drawing.

 D? C5D 4B1G9>7 C9J5 ?B <9=9DC

!

After starting a new AutoPLANT drawing, and indicating the project data format, the P&ID Settings dialog displays. From the Drawing Size or Limits drop-down pick-list, select the appropriate drawing size (i.e., A=9x12, B=12x18, C=18x24, D=24x36, etc.), then press OK.

"

>_dU

Once the Drawing Size has been assigned, you can change the drawing size of the current drawing by deleting the current drawing border and inserting a new border.

6-6

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

4B1G9>7 C5DD9>7C

C5D 4B1G9>7 @1B1=5D5BC

The Drawing Parameters dialog enables you to control the height of the text placed on the drawing, radius of instrument bubbles, the spacing of between marks on an instrument line, scale factor for all symbols, and the AutoCAD SNAP value.

 D? C5D ?B 381>75 4B1G9>7 @1B1=5D5BC

!

Select P&ID/Preferences/Scale Factors to display the Drawing Parameters dialog. Type the appropriate numeric value in the Text Height, ID Bubble Radius, Instrument Mark Spacing, Global Scale Factor, and/or Snap Value fields, then press OK.

"

>_dU

Drawing parameters are also set when starting a new drawing.

381>75 D5HD 85978D

The Drawing Parameters dialog enables you to control the height of the text placed on a drawing.

 D? 381>75 D5HD 85978D

!

Select P&ID/Preferences/Scale Factors to display the Drawing Parameters dialog. Type the appropriate numeric value in the Text Height field, then press OK.

"

381>75 D85 7<?21< C31<5 613D?B

The Drawing Parameters dialog enables you to control the global scale factor for all symbols placed on the drawing.

 D? 381>75 D85 7<?21< C31<5 613D?B

!

Select P&ID/Preferences/Scale Factors to display the Drawing Parameters dialog. Type the appropriate numeric value in the Global Scale Factor field, then press OK.

"

381>75 D85 C>1@ F1<E5

The Drawing Parameters dialog enables you to control the AutoCAD SNAP value.

 D? 381>75 D85 C>1@ F1<E5

!

Select P&ID/Preferences/Scale Factors to display the Drawing Parameters dialog. Type the appropriate numeric value in the Snap Value field, then press OK.

"

Reference Guide

6-7

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

4B1G9>7 C5DD9>7C

381>75 1> 942E22<5 B149EC

The Drawing Parameters dialog enables you to set the radius of Instrument bubbles.

 D? 381>75 1> 94 2E22<5 B149EC

!

Select P&ID/Preferences/Scale Factors to display the Drawing Parameters dialog. Type the appropriate numeric value in the ID Bubble Radius field, then press OK.

"

381>75 9>CDBE=5>D =1B; C@139>7

The Drawing Parameters dialog enables you to control the spacing of the "between" marks on an Instrument Line.

 D? 381>75 9>CDBE=5>D =1B; C@139>7

!

Select P&ID/Preferences/Scale Factors to display the Drawing Parameters dialog. Type the appropriate numeric value in the Instrument Mark Spacing field, then press OK.

"

3B51D5 1 3ECD?= 49B53D?BI

P&ID enables you to set up custom configurations, which contain customized versions of P&ID menu, symbol, SETTINGS.DBF, and PID-SUP.LSP files. This functionality enables you to enter a custom directory name, creates the required custom directory structure, and copies SETTINGS.DBF and the three symbol library drawings into this structure. You can modify the files in the custom directory to meet the requirements for a specific project.

 D? 3B51D5 1 3ECD?= 49B53D?BI

!

Start AutoPLANT, but do not start P&ID. Type APCONF, then press Enter to display the AutoPLANT Configuration dialog. Type the new Custom Directory name in the Default Custom Directory field, then press OK. The system will create the custom directory, and copy SETTINGS.DBF and its index file into this directory. It will then create the \P&ID\SYM sub-directory below the custom directory and copy the P&ID block library files PID1.DWG, PID2.DWG, and PID3.DWG into this directory. These files are copied to give you a starting point to customize the system. You can also copy menu files and the PID-SUP.LSP file into the custom directory structure if you want to customize them.

"

#

$

>_dU

If the custom directory specified already exists, none of the files or directories mentioned above will be copied/created.

6-8

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

3?=@?>5>DC  <9>5C

B56B5C8 1 2?B45B
The Refresh Border command enables you to refresh the current drawing with a sample P&ID border sheet.

 D? B56B5C8 1 2?B45B
!

Select P&ID-Tools/Maintenance/Refresh Border. The prompt

Select border sheet:

"

#

displays. Select the current border. The drawing refreshes with a sample AutoPLANT P&ID border sheet.

$

3?=@?>5>DC <9>5C 3?=@?>5>D <9>5 @<135=5>D

@\QSU Q FQ\fU
AutoPLANT P&ID provides a list of pre-defined Valve symbols which can be quickly inserted on a Process Line or Pipe Run. To Place a Valve
!

Select P&ID/Valves to display the Select valve dialog. Select the appropriate Valve name or icon, then press OK. The prompt
Pick pipe, return when done:

"

#

$

displays. Select an insertion point on a Process Line or Pipe Run.

@\QSU Q^ 9^cdbe]U^d
AutoPLANT P&ID provides a list of pre-defined Instrument symbols which can be quickly inserted in a drawing.

 D? @<135 1> 9>CDBE=5>D

!

Select P&ID/Instrument to display the Select instrument dialog. Select the appropriate Instrument name or icon, then press OK. The prompt

"

#

Reference Guide

6-9

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

3?=@?>5>DC  <9>5C
Pick connect point OR insert point, return when done:
$

displays. Select the insertion point for the Instrument. The Enter Tag Number dialog displays. Assign the Instrument a unique Tag Number, then press OK. The prompt
Enter leader endpoint or return:

%

&

'

displays. Select the leader endpoint. The Instrument Location dialog displays. Enable the appropriate radio button to indicate the Instrument location, then press OK to display the AutoPLANT Message dialog. Press No.

(

)

@\QSU 5aeY`]U^d
AutoPLANT P&ID provides a list of pre-defined Equipment symbols which can be quickly inserted in a drawing. To Place Equipment
!

Select P&ID/Equipment to display the Equipment dialog. Select the appropriate Equipment category name or icon, then press OK to display the corresponding Equipment category dialog. Select the appropriate Equipment name or icon, then press OK to display the Enter Tag Number dialog. Assign the Equipment a unique Tag Number, then press OK. The prompt
Pick symbol insertion point:

"

#

$

%

&

displays. Select an insertion point for the Equipment on the drawing. The prompt
Pick primary tag insertion point:

'

(

displays. Select an insertion point for the primary tag. If the Double Equipment tags check-box (from the P&ID Settings dialog) is enabled, the prompt
Pick secondary insertion point, press return for none:

)

! 

displays. Select an insertion point for the secondary tag or press the right mouse button to display no secondary tag number.

6-10

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

3?=@?>5>DC  <9>5C

>_dU

Some symbols may require orientation selection. To select the Equipment orientation, drag the mouse to the left or right, then press the left mouse button.

@\QSU D_6b_] 1bb_gc

To/From Arrows are used to identify streams going from one flow sheet to another or to identify sources of utilities such as air or nitrogen.

 D? @<135 D?6B?= 1BB?GC

!

Select P&ID/Miscellaneous to display the Miscellaneous Symbols dialog. Select the Arrows name or icon, then press OK to display the Arrow Symbols dialog. Select the appropriate To/From Arrow name or icon, then press OK. The prompt
Pick insertion point, return when done:

"

#

$

%

displays. Select the insertion point for the To/From Arrow. The To/From Arrow Filter dialog displays. Press Create new arrow. The prompt
Rotation <0>:

&

'

(

displays. Drag the mouse left, right, up or down to indicate the symbol rotation, then press the left mouse button.

>_dU

AutoPLANT P&ID does not automatically link two To/From Arrows. Once Arrow symbols are placed, use the CATT command to edit the Matched Dwg Name field.

@\QSU BUTeSUbc
Reducers change the size of an attached pipe to correspond with the Reducer size. Placement of a Reducer affects the Line size and associated databases.

 D? @<135 1 B54E35B
!

Select P&ID/Miscellaneous to display the Miscellaneous Symbols dialog. Select the Reducers and Strainers name or icon, then press OK to display the Reducers and Strainers dialog. Select the Reducer name or icon, then press OK. The prompt
Pick pipe, return when done:

"

#

$

Reference Guide

6-11

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

3?=@?>5>DC  <9>5C

%

displays. Select insertion point on a Process Line or Pipe Run. The Select Pipe Size dialog displays. Select the appropriate Pipe Size from the pick-list, then press OK. The prompt
Select objects:

&

'

(

displays. Select the entire Process Line from the right of the Reducer to the end of the Process Line, including all parts of the pipe and fittings that have the new size, then press the right mouse button.

BU`\QSU Q FQ\fU
The Replace Valve command enables you to replace an existing Valve with another Valve symbol. Once the graphical Valve symbol is replaced, the associated attributes in the database are changed as well.

 D? B5@<135 1 F1<F5
!

Select P&ID-Tools/Valve Utilities/Replace Valve to display the Select valve dialog. The prompt
Pick replacement valve from menu:

"

#

displays. Select the replacement Valve name or icon from the Select valve dialog, then press OK. The prompt
Pick valve to replace, return when done:

$

%

displays. Select the Valve to be replaced.

@\QSU Q <UfU\ 7QeWU

Level Gauges can be created and placed using pre-defined Instrument symbols.

 D? @<135 1 <5F5< 7E175

!

Select P&ID/Instrument to display the Select instrument dialog. Select the Round-Discrete name or icon, then press OK. The prompt
Pick connect point OR insert point, return when done:

"

#

displays. Select the insertion point for the Instrument. The Enter Tag Number dialog displays. Assign the Instrument a unique Tag Number, then press OK.

$

6-12

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

3?=@?>5>DC  <9>5C

%

The prompt
Enter leader endpoint or return:

&

displays. Select the leader endpoint. The Instrument Location dialog displays. Enable the appropriate radio button to indicate the Instrument location, then press OK to display the AutoPLANT Message dialog. Press Yes to indicate you want to add extra lines. The prompt
From point:

'

(

)

displays. Draw a line from a Tower to the top of the Instrument bubble, then press the right mouse button to display the AutoPLANT Message dialog. Press Yes to indicate you want to add extra lines.


The prompt
From point:

!!

displays. Draw a line from a Tower to the bottom of the Instrument bubble, then press the right mouse button to display the AutoPLANT Message dialog. Press No to indicate you do not want to add extra lines.

@\QSU Q 4bQY^
Drain symbols are graphical representations only and do not affect the database nor do they break Process Lines.

 D? @<135 1 4B19>
!

Select P&ID/Lines to display the Select line type dialog. Select the Utility Lines name or icon, then press OK to display the Select utility line type dialog. Select the Vent-Drain name or icon, then press OK. The prompt
From point:

"

#

$

displays. Select the Drain Line start point. The prompt

To point, return when done:

%

&

displays. Select the Drain Line end point, then press the right mouse button. Select P&ID/Miscellaneous to display the Miscellaneous Symbols dialog. Select the Annotate name or icon, then press OK to display the Annotation Symbols dialog. Select the To/text name or icon, then press OK.

'

(

)

Reference Guide

6-13

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

3?=@?>5>DC  <9>5C

! 

The prompt
Pick end of line:

!!

displays. Select the Drain Line end point. The prompt

Enter the text:

!"

!#

displays. Type the appropriate description for the Drain (i.e., TO DRAIN), then press the right mouse button.

>_dU

You can rotate attributes with the P&ID-Tools/Attribute Utilities/Rotate Attribute command.

@\QSU Q >_jj\U
Nozzle symbols can be placed to graphically show a Nozzle connection on a Vessel. Once attached, Nozzles become part of the Vessel.

 D? @<135 1 >?JJ<5
!

Select P&ID/Equipment to display the Equipment dialog. Select the Equip Trim name or icon, then press OK to display the Equipment Trim dialog. Select the Nozzle name or icon, then press OK. The prompt
Pick vessel to which objects are attached:

"

#

$

%

displays. Select the Vessel to which the Nozzle is to be attached. The prompt
Pick insertion point of object. Press return to continue:

&

'

displays. Select the Nozzle insertion point. The prompt

Indicate rotation:

(

)

displays. Drag the mouse left, right, up, or down to indicate the symbol rotation, then press the left mouse button.

6-14

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

3?=@?>5>DC  <9>5C

@\QSU Q =Q^X_\U
Manhole symbols can be placed to graphically show a Manhole on a Vessel. Once attached, Manholes become part of the Vessel.

 D? @<135 1 =1>8?<5
!

Select P&ID/Equipment to display the Equipment dialog. Select the Equip Trim name or icon, then press OK to display the Equipment Trim dialog. Select the Man Hole name or icon, then press OK. The prompt
Pick vessel to which objects are attached:

"

#

$

%

displays. Select the Vessel to which the Manhole is to be attached. The prompt
Pick insertion point of object. Press return to continue:

&

'

displays. Select the Manhole insertion point. The prompt

Indicate rotation:

(

)

displays. Drag the mouse left, right, up, or down to indicate the symbol rotation, then press the left mouse button.

@\QSU Q 6\Q^WU
Flange symbols can be placed to graphically show a Flange on a Vessel. Once attached, Flanges become part of the Vessel.

 D? @<135 1 6<1>75
!

Select P&ID/Equipment to display the Equipment dialog. Select the Equip Trim name or icon, then press OK to display the Equipment Trim dialog. Select the Flange name or icon, then press OK. The prompt
Pick vessel to which objects are attached:

"

#

$

%

displays. Select the Vessel to which the Flange is to be attached. The prompt
Pick insertion point of object. Press return to continue:

&

Reference Guide

6-15

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

3?=@?>5>DC  <9>5C

'

displays. Select the Manhole insertion point. The prompt

Indicate rotation:

(

)

displays. Drag the mouse left, right, up, or down to indicate the symbol rotation, then press the left mouse button.

@\QSU 3_e`\Y^W
Coupling symbols can be placed to graphically show Coupling on a Vessel. Once attached, Coupling becomes part of the Vessel.

 D? @<135 3?E@<9>7
!

Select P&ID/Equipment to display the Equipment dialog. Select the Equip Trim name or icon, then press OK to display the Equipment Trim dialog. Select the Coupling name or icon, then press OK. The prompt
Pick vessel to which objects are attached:

"

#

$

%

displays. Select the Vessel to which the Coupling is to be attached. The prompt
Pick insertion point of object. Press return to continue:

&

'

displays. Select the Coupling insertion point. The prompt

Indicate rotation:

(

)

displays. Drag the mouse left, right, up, or down to indicate the symbol rotation, then press the left mouse button.

@\QSU 5aeY`]U^d 9^ce\QdY_^

AutoPLANT P&ID provides four types of insulation which can be attached to a Vessel Right Half Vessel Insulation, Left Half Vessel Insulation, Vessel Insulation, and Side Insulation.

 D? @<135 F5CC5< 9>CE<1D9?>

!

Select P&ID/Equipment to display the Equipment dialog. Select the Equip Trim name or icon, then press OK to display the Equipment Trim dialog. Select the Vessel Insulation name or icon, then press OK.

"

#

6-16

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

3?=@?>5>DC  <9>5C

$

The prompt
Pick vessel wall to be insulated, return when done:

%

displays. Select the Vessel wall to which the Insulation is to be attached. The prompt
Enter insulation text:

&

'

displays. Type the appropriate Insulation description, then press the right mouse button. The prompt
Pick the other wall:

(

)

displays. Select the other Vessel wall to which the Insulation is to be attached.


The prompt
Position text:

!!

displays. Select text insertion point, then press the left mouse button.

@\QSU @Y`U 9^ce\QdY_^

When pipe insulation is placed on a drawing, the affected Process Line database information is immediately updated.

 D? @<135 @9@5 9>CE<1D9?>

!

Select P&ID/Miscellaneous to display the Miscellaneous Symbols dialog. Select the Trim name or icon, then press OK to display the Trim Symbols dialog. Select the Pipe Insulation name or icon, then press OK. The prompt
Pick pipe to be insulated, return when done:

"

#

$

%

displays. Select the Pipe to which the Insulation is to be attached. The prompt
Enter insulation text:

&

'

displays. Type the appropriate Insulation description, then press the right mouse button. The prompt
Enter tracing type (N=None, S=Steam, E=Electric):

(

)

displays. Type the tracing type (N, S, or E) indicator, then press the right mouse button.

>_dU

Once Pipe Insulation has been placed, the text can be modified by using the AutoCAD DDEDIT command.

Reference Guide

6-17

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

3?=@?>5>DC  <9>5C

@\QSU Q FUccU\ C[Ybd

A skirt can be added to an existing vertical Vessel. Once attached, Vessel Skirt becomes part of the Vessel.

 D? @<135 1 F5CC5< C;9BD

!

Select P&ID/Equipment to display the Equipment dialog. Select the Equip Trim name or icon, then press OK to display the Equipment Trim dialog. Select the Vessel Skirt name or icon, then press OK. The prompt
Select first side:

"

#

$

%

displays. Select the first side of the Vessel to which the Skirt is to be attached. The prompt
Select second side:

&

'

displays. Select the second side of the Vessel to which the Skirt is to be attached. The prompt
Enter length of skirt:

(

)

displays. Drag the mouse down to the appropriate length, then press the left mouse button.

BU]_fU Q BUTeSUb
The Mend Line command should always be used when removing Reducers from a Process Line.

 D? B5=?F5 1 B54E35B
!

Select P&ID-Tools/Line Utilities/Mend Line. The prompt

Pick first corner of window:

"

#

displays. Select the first corner of the window to be drawn around the Reducer. The prompt
Pick second corner of window:

$

%

displays. Select the second corner of the window to be drawn around the Reducer. The Select pipe run dialog displays. Select the appropriate Pipe Run to which the Process Line is to be restored, then press OK.

&

6-18

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

3?=@?>5>DC  <9>5C

>_dU

Be sure that all objects to be deleted are inside the window and all lines to be mended are crossed by the window. If a Process Line to be deleted is only crossed by the window, AutoPLANT P&ID prompts you with an error.

BUecU Q^ ?RZUSd
The Reuse command enables you to quickly copy an AutoPLANT P&ID symbol for placement in the current drawing.

 D? B5EC5 1> ?2:53D

!

Select P&ID-Tools/Reuse. The prompt

Select object to reuse:

"

#

displays. Select the object to be copied. The Enter Tag Number dialog displays. Assign the object a unique Tag Number, then press OK. The prompt
Pick symbol insertion point:

$

%

&

displays. Place the phantom symbol in the desired location, then press the left mouse button. The prompt
Select orientation:

'

(

displays. Drag the mouse left, right, up, or down to indicate the symbol orientation, then press the left mouse button. The prompt
Pick primary tag insertion point:

)

displays. Select an insertion point for the primary tag. If the Double Equipment Tags check-box (from the P&ID Settings dialog) is enabled, the prompt
Pick secondary insertion point, press return for none:

!!

!"

displays. Select an insertion point for the secondary tag or press the right mouse button to display no secondary tag number.

Reference Guide

6-19

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

3?=@?>5>DC  <9>5C

1TT Q Be^ DUb]Y^Qd_b

Run Terminators can be placed to indicate the intersection of a Process Line and a piece of Equipment or another Process Line. This symbol indicates a connection and enables data to be exchanged from symbol to symbol using the database. When information is edited on one symbol, the associated data on the other symbol will also be edited.

 D? 144 1 BE> D5B=9>1D?B

!

Select P&ID-Tools/Line Utilities/Add Run Terminator. The prompt

<Select pipe run near end>/None:

"

#

displays. Select the end of the Pipe Run where the Run Terminator is to be placed. The prompt
Select equipment or process line:

$

%

displays. Select the Process Line or Equipment to which the pipe is attached. The prompt
Process flow direction (To/From):

&

'

displays. Type To or From to indicate the flow of the Process Line, then press the right mouse button.

4bQg @b_SUcc <Y^Uc

 D? 4B1G 1 =1:?B @B?35CC <9>5

!

Select P&ID/Lines to display the Select line type dialog. Select the Major Process name or icon, then press OK to display the Pipe Settings dialog. Select the appropriate Pipe size from the Sizes pick-list, then press OK. The prompt
From point:

"

#

$

%

displays. Select the starting point of the Process Line. The prompt
To point, return when done:

&

'

displays. Draw the Process Line by dragging the mouse left, right, up, or down, then press the right mouse button when finished.

6-20

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

3?=@?>5>DC  <9>5C

1TT Q >Ug Be^ _b @b_SUcc <Y^U d_ Q^ 5hYcdY^W @b_SUcc <Y^U

When adding Lines to an existing Process Line, AutoPLANT P&ID prompts you to indicate whether the run is an additional Pipe Run or a new Process Line.

 D? 144 >5G BE> ?B @B?35CC <9>5 D? 1> 5H9CD9>7 @B?35CC <9>5

!

Select P&ID/Lines to display the Select line type dialog. Select the Major Process name or icon, then press OK to display the Pipe Settings dialog. Select the appropriate Pipe size from the Sizes pick-list, then press OK. The prompt
From point:

"

#

$

%

displays. Select the starting point of the Process Line on an existing Process Line. The AutoPLANT Message dialog displays. Press New Process to indicate the Line is a new Process Line. The prompt
To point, return when done:

&

'

(

displays. Draw the Process Line by dragging the mouse left, right, up, or down, then press the right mouse button when finished.

4bQg Q 2i`Qcc <Y^U

Bypass Lines can be drawn by attaching a Minor Process Line to a Major Process Line.

 D? 4B1G 1 2I@1CC <9>5

!

Select P&ID/Lines to display the Select line type dialog. Select the Minor Process name or icon, then press OK to display the Pipe Settings dialog. Select the appropriate Pipe size from the Sizes pick-list, then press OK. The prompt
From point:

"

#

$

%

displays. Select the starting point of the Bypass Line on an existing Process Line. The AutoPLANT Message dialog displays. Press Add Run to indicate the Line is a part of the existing Process Line. The prompt
To point, return when done:

&

'

Reference Guide

6-21

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

3?=@?>5>DC  <9>5C

(

displays. Draw the Bypass Line by dragging the mouse left, right, up, or down, then attach the Bypass Line to the Process Line, then press the right mouse button.

1TT Q @Y`U Be^ d_ Q @b_SUcc

Pipe Runs can be added to a Major Process Line by attaching a Minor Process Line to a Major Process Line.

 D? 144 1 @9@5 BE> D? 1 @B?35CC

!

Select P&ID/Lines to display the Select line type dialog. Select the Minor Process name or icon, then press OK to display the Pipe Settings dialog. Select the appropriate Pipe size from the Sizes pick-list, then press OK. The prompt
From point:

"

#

$

%

displays. Select the starting point of the Pipe Run on an existing Process Line. The AutoPLANT Message dialog displays. Press Add Run to indicate the Pipe Run is a part of the existing Process Line. The prompt
To point, return when done:

&

'

(

displays. Draw the Pipe Run by dragging the mouse left, right, up, or down, then press the right mouse button.

9^cUbd Q @CF
Pressure Safety Valves (PSVs), also referred to as Pressure Relief Valves, are created and placed in a manner similar to Control Valves.

 D? 9>C5BD 1 @CF
!

Select P&ID/Valves to display the Select valve dialog. Select the Control Valve name or icon, then press OK to display the Select control valve dialog. Select a Valve Body from the Valve Body pick-list, then select the Topworks from the Actuator pick-list, then enable the Create PSV check-box. Press OK. The prompt
Pick pipe, return when done:

"

#

$

%

displays. Select the insertion point for the PSV.

6-22

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

3?=@?>5>DC  <9>5C

&

The prompt
Enter PSV type:

'

displays. Type a description for the PSV, then press the right mouse button. The prompt
Enter PSV set point:

(

)

displays. Type the PSV pressure set point value, then press the right mouse button.


The prompt
ID symbol insertion point:

!!

displays. Select the position of the instrument bubble symbol. The prompt
Enter leader endpoint or return:

!"

!#

displays. Select the leader endpoint, then press the left mouse button. The Enter Tag Number dialog displays. Assign the PSV a unique Tag Number, then press OK.

!$

9^cUbd Q FUccU\
AutoPLANT P&ID enables you to build Drums and Tanks by selecting Head placement as well as internal components.

 D? 9>C5BD 1 F5CC5<
!

Select P&ID/Equipment to display the Equipment dialog. Select the Vessels name or icon, then press OK to display the Vessels-Drums-Tanks dialog. Select the Generic Drum name or icon, then press OK to display the Enter Tag Number dialog. Assign the Vessel a unique Tag Number, then press OK to display the Equipment Data dialog. Select the top/left head type from the Top/Left Head drop-down pick-list, then select the bottom/right head type from the Bottom/Right Head drop-down pick-list, then select the internal components from the Internals drop-down pick-list, then press OK. The prompt
Pick insertion point:

"

#

$

%

&

'

displays. Select the position of the Vessel symbol. The prompt

Scale your vessel:

(

Reference Guide

6-23

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

3?=@?>5>DC  <9>5C

)

displays. Scale the Vessel to show the relative size to other objects in the drawing area by dragging the mouse left, right, up, or down, then press the left mouse button.


The prompt
Pick primary tag insertion point:

!!

displays. Select an insertion point for the primary tag. If the Double Equipment Tags check-box (from the P&ID Settings dialog) is enabled, the prompt
Pick secondary insertion point, press return for none:

!"

!#

displays. Select an insertion point for the secondary tag or press the right mouse button to display no secondary tag number.

9^cUbd Q 3_^db_\ FQ\fU

AutoPLANT P&ID enables you to build Control Valves by selecting from a pick-list of Valve Bodies and Actuators.

 D? 9>C5BD 1 3?>DB?< F1<F5

!

Select P&ID/Valves to display the Select valve dialog. Select the Control Valve name or icon, then press OK to display the Select control valve dialog. Select a Valve Body from the Valve Body pick-list, then select the Topworks from the Actuator pick-list, then press OK. The prompt
Pick pipe, return when done:

"

#

$

%

displays. Select the insertion point for the Control Valve. The prompt
ID symbol insertion point:

&

'

displays. Select the position of the instrument bubble symbol. The prompt
Enter leader endpoint or return:

(

)

displays. Select the leader endpoint, then press the left mouse button.


The Enter Tag Number dialog displays. Assign the Control Valve a unique Tag Number, then press OK.

6-24

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

3?=@?>5>DC  <9>5C

3bUQdU EcUb 5aeY`]U^d

If AutoPLANT P&ID does not contain a symbol for a particular piece of Equipment, the User Equipment command enables you to create custom Equipment symbols. AutoCAD commands such as LINE, CIRCLE, ARC, or INSERT can be used to draw the new Equipment symbol.

 D? 3B51D5 EC5B 5AE9@=5>D

!

Draw the object using AutoCAD drawing commands. Select P&ID/Equipment to display the Equipment dialog. Select the User Equipment name or icon, then press OK to display the Select Type dialog. Select the appropriate Equipment type from the Available Equipment Types pick-list, then press OK to display the Enter Tag Number dialog. Assign the new Equipment symbol a unique Tag Number, then press OK. The prompt
Select objects:

"

#

$

%

&

'

displays. Select the new Equipment symbol by drawing a window around the symbol, then press the right mouse button. The prompt
Pick primary tag insertion point:

(

)

displays. Select an insertion point for the primary tag.



If the Double Equipment Tags check-box (from the P&ID Settings dialog) is enabled, the prompt
Pick secondary insertion point, press return for none:

!!

displays. Select an insertion point for the secondary tag or press the right mouse button to display no secondary tag number.

>_dU

If the P&ID menu has not been combined with your AutoCAD menu, you can load AutoCAD by typing ACAD at the Command prompt. To return to P&ID, type PID at the Command prompt.

Reference Guide

6-25

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

3?=@?>5>DC  <9>5C

5^QR\U 1ed_>_jj\U @\QSU]U^d

The AutoNozzle Placement command enables you to automatically attach nozzles when attaching Process Lines to Equipment. When this option is enabled, all future connections will automatically attach nozzles to the selected Equipment symbol.

 D? 5>12<5 1ED?>?JJ<5 @<135=5>D

!

Select P&ID/Equipment to display the Equipment dialog. Select the AutoNozzle Placement name or icon, then press OK to display the AutoNozzle Placement dialog. Select the Equipment type from the Equipment Type pick-list you want to apply the AutoNozzle Placement utility to, then enable the Enable AutoNozzle check-box, then press OK.

"

#

>_dU

To disable AutoNozzle Placement, select the appropriate equipment type, then disable the Nozzle Placement check-box.

@\QSU Q <YWXd Ci]R_\

Light symbols are placed slightly different than other Instrument symbols.

 D? @<135 1 <978D CI=2?<

!

Select P&ID/Instrument to display the Select instrument dialog. Select the Light name or icon, then press OK. The prompt
Pick connect point OR insert point, return when done:

"

#

$

displays. Select the insertion point for the Light symbol, then press the left mouse button. The Instrument Color dialog displays. Enable the appropriate radio button to assign the light symbol color, then press OK. The prompt
Position text or return:

%

&

'

displays. Select the position of the Light symbol text, then press the left mouse button to display the Enter Tag Number dialog. Assign the Light symbol a unique Tag Number, then press OK. The prompt
Enter leader endpoint or return:

(

)

6-26

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

3?=@?>5>DC  <9>5C

displays. Select the leader endpoint, then press the left mouse button to display the Instrument Location dialog. Enable the appropriate radio button, then press OK.

!!

BUQddQSX Q FQ\fU
The Reattach Valves command enables you to reattach a Valve to a Pipe Run or Process Line if it loses its connection. Connectivity can be lost if the placement command is canceled before it is completed.

 D? B51DD138 1 F1<F5
!

Select P&ID-Tools/Conversion/Reattach Valves.

3?=@?>5>D <9>5 =1>9@E<1D9?>

5TYd 3_^db_\ FQ\fU D_`g_b[c
Control Valve Topworks can be replaced by using the Replace Topworks command.

 D? B5@<135 3?>DB?< F1<F5 D?@G?B;C

!

Select P&ID-Tools/Valve Utilities/Replace Topworks. The prompt

Select topworks to be replaced:

"

#

displays. Select the Topworks you want to replace. Be sure to choose the Topworks symbol only. If you choose the Valve or the Instrument bubble, AutoPLANT P&ID deletes those symbols and leaves the Topworks symbol on the drawing. The Select new topworks dialog displays. Select the new Topworks from the Actuator picklist, then press OK.

$

>_dU

Since the Topworks symbol is a graphical symbol and has no associated database information, this command only makes a graphic change.

Reference Guide

6-27

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

3?=@?>5>DC  <9>5C

:_Y^ 5aeY`]U^d
The Join Equipment command can be used to join two or more pieces of Equipment. For example, this command can be used to add a flared Skirt to a Vessel or Cyclone. It can also be used to add a Boot to a Vessel. This command can also be used to add AutoCAD entities to an existing piece of Equipment.

>_dU

Data assigned to the second piece of Equipment (e.g., To/From data) is lost when this command is executed. The combined piece of Equipment takes on the attributes of the first piece of Equipment selected; therefore it is recommended not to join Equipment that already has pipes connected to them.

 D? :?9> 5AE9@=5>D
!

Insert a primary Equipment symbol. Draw additional AutoCAD entities to create the desired symbol (using AutoCAD commands such as LINE, CIRCLE, ARC or INSERT). Select P&ID/Equipment to display the Equipment dialog. Select the Join Equipment name or icon, then press OK. The prompt
Pick primary object:

"

#

$

%

&

displays. Select the Equipment symbol whose attributes you want to apply to the joined Equipment symbol. The prompt
Select objects:

'

(

displays. Select all Equipment symbols and any AutoCAD entities you want to be joined, then press the right mouse button.

CUd Q FQ\fU 5^T 3_TU

Valve End Codes can be set to show threaded, socket weld, welded, and flanged Valve end types. End types can also be hard coded in the SETTINGS database for individual Valves.

 D? C5D 1 F1<F5 5>4 3?45

!

Select P&ID/Valves to display the Select valve dialog. Select the Set End Code name or icon, then press OK. The prompt
Endcode (0=None, 1=Thd, 2=Socket wld, 3=Weld, 4=Flanged) <0>:

"

#

6-28

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

3?=@?>5>DC  <9>5C

$

displays. Type the appropriate End Code in the Command prompt, then press the right mouse button.

>_dU

This function can also be accessed by typing EC at the Command prompt.

3XQ^WU Q @Y`U CYjU

The CATT command operates somewhat differently for Pipe Runs and Process Lines than it does for other P&ID objects.

 D? 381>75 1 @9@5 C9J5

!

Select P&ID-Tools/CATT The prompt

<Select entity>/Process:

"

#

displays. Select the Pipe Run to be changed. The Select View dialog displays. Select Pipe Run View, then press Open to display the Pipe Run Data dialog. Type the new Pipe size value in the Size field within the Pipe Run Data tab, then press OK to display the Select View dialog. Press Close.

$

%

&

>_dU

The Process Line View contains information for the Process Line which contains the selected Pipe Run. If Pipe Run data is changed from within the Process Line Data dialog, those changes apply to all Pipe Runs on that Process Line.

B_dQdU Q 3XUS[ FQ\fU

A Check Valve can be rotated to show an opposite flow direction by using the Rotate Check command.

 D? B?D1D5 1 3853; F1<F5

!

Select P&ID-Tools/Valve Utilities/Rotate Check. The prompt

Pick valve:

"

#

displays. Select the Check Valve to be rotated The prompt

Select direction of flow:

$

Reference Guide

6-29

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

3?=@?>5>DC  <9>5C

%

displays. Indicate the new flow direction by dragging the mouse left or right, then press the left mouse button.

>_dU

This command does not affect the flow direction of the Process Line in the database. Change the flow direction by using the P&ID-Tools/Maintenance/Reverse Run Flow command.

BU`\QSU Q FQ\fU
The Replace Valve command enables you to change an existing Valve type on the current drawing. Once the graphical symbol is changed, the associated database attributes are changed as well.

 D? B5@<135 1 F1<F5
!

Select P&ID-Tools/Valve Utilities/Replace Valve. The Select valve dialog displays and the prompt
Pick replacement valve from menu:

"

#

displays. Select a replacement Valve from the Select valve dialog, then press OK. The prompt
Pick valve to replace, return when done:

$

%

displays. Select the Valve to be replaced.

3bUQdU BU`\YSQdUT ?RZUSdc

Numerous copies of an item and its associated database data (including Tag numbers) can be created using the Create command.

 D? 3B51D5 B5@<931D54 ?2:53DC

!

Select P&ID-Tools/Replicate/Create. The prompt

Select objects:

"

#

displays. Select the object to be replicated, then press the right mouse button. The prompt
Enter total number of required components:

$

%

displays. Type the desired number of replicated items, then press the right mouse button. The prompt
Enter increment number for tag numbers:

&

6-30

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

3?=@?>5>DC  <9>5C

'

displays. Type the increment number to be applied to the Tag Numbers for the replicated items, then press the right mouse button.

>_dU

Changes made to replicated items using the CATT command automatically overwrites associated database information for that item and its copies.

@ebWU BU`\YSQdUT ?RZUSdc

Replicated copies of an item and the associated database data can be deleted using the Purge command.

 D? @EB75 B5@<931D54 ?2:53DC

!

Select P&ID-Tools/Replicate/Purge. The prompt

Select objects:

"

#

displays. Select the object whose replicated copies are to be purged, then press the right mouse button.

CUd dXU 1SdeQd_b 6QY\ebU =_TU

Actuator Failure Modes (Fail Closed, Fail Open, Fail Indeterminate and Fail Locked) can be set when placing Control Valves at Annotation Level 3.

 D? C5D D85 3?>DB?< F1<F5 13DE1D?B 619<EB5 =?45

!

Ensure Annotation Level 3 is set for Valve placement (P&ID/Preferences/Drawing Modes). Select P&ID/Valves to display the Select valve dialog. Select the Control Valve name or icon, then press OK to display the Select control valve dialog. Select a Valve Body from the Valve Body pick-list, then select the Topworks from the Actuator pick-list, then press OK. The prompt
Pick pipe, return when done:

"

#

$

%

&

displays. Select the insertion point for the Control Valve. The Actuator Failure Mode dialog displays. Enable the appropriate radio button, then press OK. The prompt
ID symbol insertion point:

'

(

Reference Guide

6-31

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

3?=@?>5>DC  <9>5C

)

displays. Select the position of the Valve bubble symbol.



The prompt
Enter leader endpoint or return:

!!

displays. Select the leader endpoint, then press the left mouse button. The Enter Tag Number dialog displays. Assign the Control Valve a unique Tag Number, then press OK.

!"

BUQddQSX Q^ ?RZUSd
The Reattach Object command reconnects an object (e.g., Reducers, Valves, Control Valves, etc.) to a Pipe Run if it loses its connectivity. Connectivity to these symbols can be lost if the placement command is canceled before it is completed.

 D? B51DD138 1> ?2:53D

!

Select P&ID-Tools/Maintenance/Reattach Object. The prompt

Select object to reattach:

"

#

displays. Select the object to reattach. The prompt

Select pipe run to reattach:

$

%

displays. Select the Pipe Run to which the object is to be reattached.

3XQ^WU Q^ 9^cdbe]U^d <_SQdY_^

The Change Location command enables you to change the location (Field, Control Room Panel, Local Panel, Back of Control Room Panel, or Back of Local Panel) of an existing Instrument.

 D? 381>75 1> 9>CDBE=5>D <?31D9?>

!

Select P&ID-Tools/Update/Properties/Change Instr. Location. The prompt

Select Instrument:

"

#

displays. Select the Instrument whose location you want to change. The Instrument Location dialog displays. Enable the appropriate radio button, then press OK.

$

6-32

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

3?=@?>5>DC  <9>5C

=U^T Q <Y^U
The Mend Line command enables you to remove items from a Process Line while maintaining line connectivity. This command should only be used on a Process Line where the two sides being joined share the same Run number.

 D? =5>4 1 <9>5
!

Select P&ID-Tools/Line Utilities/Mend Line. The prompt

Pick first corner of window:

"

#

displays. Select the first corner of the window to be drawn around the items to be removed. The prompt
Pick second corner of window:

$

%

displays. Select the second corner of the window to be drawn around the items to be removed.

>_dU

All objects to be deleted should be inside the window and all Lines to be mended should be crossed by the window. If a Process Line to be deleted is only crossed by the window, AutoPLANT P&ID prompts you with an error. Because this command only works on same Pipe Runs, 3-way and 4-way Valves cannot be removed using this command.

>_dU

BUfUbcU Q Be^ 6\_g

If a Pipe Run was placed in the wrong process flow direction, the Reverse Run Flow command enables you to correct the error.

 D? B5F5BC5 1 BE> 6<?G

!

Select P&ID-Tools/Maintenance/Reverse Run Flow. The prompt

Select pipe run:

"

#

displays. Select the Pipe Run whose flow you want to reverse. The prompt
Pipe run flow direction reversed:

$

%

displays confirming the command was performed successfully.

>_dU

When reversing a Pipe Run flow which contains certain symbols (e.g., To/From Arrows, Flow Arrows, Check Valves, etc.), the symbols' flow direction does not change. The symbols should be placed again.
Reference Guide 6-33

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

3?=@?>5>DC  <9>5C

=UbWU Q @b_SUcc
The Process Line Manager command enables you to combine a selected Process Line with another Process Line. This may be necessary when drawings are created off-line and imported into a project environment.

 D? =5B75 1 @B?35CC
!

Select P&ID-Tools/Process Line Manager Press Select < from the Process Lines group box. The prompt
Select pipe segment in process:

to display the Process Manager dialog.

"

#

$

displays. Select the segment of the Process Line you want to merge. The Process Manager dialog displays. Press Merge Process from the Process Lines group box. The Select New Process dialog displays. Select the Process Line you want to merge with the selected Process Line segment, then press OK to display the Process Manager dialog. Press Done.

%

&

'

BUQccYW^ Q @Y`U Be^

The Process Line Manager command enables you to reassign a Pipe Run to an existing Process Line.

 D? B51CC9>7 1 @9@5 BE>

!

Select P&ID-Tools/Process Line Manager Press Select < from the Process Lines group box. The prompt
Select pipe segment in process:

to display the Process Manager dialog.

"

#

$

displays. Select the Process Line to which the Pipe Run is to be reassigned. The Process Manager dialog redisplays. Press Add Run from the Process Lines group box. The prompt
Select pipe segment in run to be added to process:

%

&

'

displays. Select the Pipe Run to reassign. The Process Manager dialog redisplays. Press Done.

(

6-34

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

3?=@?>5>DC  <9>5C

2bUQ[ Q @b_SUcc <Y^U

The AutoLine Break command enables you to place a graphical gap on intersecting Process Lines without actually breaking connectivity. AutoPLANT P&ID checks the intersecting lines and breaks them according to their priority level which are based on Line type or Line orientation.

 D? 2B51; 1 @B?35CC <9>5

!

Select P&ID-Tools/Line Utilities/AutoLine Break The prompt

Select intersection to break/Multiple, return when done:

"

#

displays. Select the area where the Process Lines intersect.

4U\UdU ?RZUSdc
To Delete objects, the Mend Line command should be used.

 D? 45<5D5 ?2:53DC
!

Select P&ID-Tools/Line Utilities/Mend Line. The prompt

Pick first corner of window:

"

#

displays. Select the first corner of the window to be drawn around the objects. The prompt
Pick second corner of window:

$

%

displays. Select the second corner of the window to be drawn around the objects. The Select pipe run dialog displays. Select the appropriate Pipe Run to which the Process Line is to be restored, then press OK.

&

>_dU

Be sure that all objects to be deleted are inside the window and all lines to be mended are crossed by the window. If a Process Line to be deleted is only crossed by the window, AutoPLANT P&ID prompts you with an error.

Reference Guide

6-35

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

3?=@?>5>DC  <9>5C

BUS_^^USd @Y`U D_ 5aeY`]U^d

When a Run Terminator symbol is deleted or a Pipe loses its connectivity to a piece of Equipment, the Add Run Terminator command can be used to reestablish connection.

 D? B53?>>53D @9@5 D? 5AE9@=5>D

!

Select P&ID-Tools/Line Utilities/Add Run Terminator. The prompt

<Select pipe run near end>/None:

"

#

displays. Select the Pipe that is to be connected to the Equipment. The prompt
Select equipment or process line:

$

%

displays. Select the piece of Equipment to be connected. The prompt

Process flow direction (To/From):

&

'

displays. Enter the flow direction of the pipe by typing To or From, then press the right mouse button.

=_fU 7b_e`UT 5^dYdYUc

The Move command enables you to relocate all grouped entities associated with a selected P&ID component. This command is useful when moving Equipment (Vessels, Pumps, etc.).

 D? =?F5 7B?E@54 5>D9D95C

!

Select P&ID-Tools/Group/Move. The prompt

Select P&ID Component:

"

#

displays. Select the component whose group you want to relocate. The prompt
Base point or displacement:

$

%

displays. Select the new relocation point. The prompt

Second point of displacement:

&

'

displays. Select the second relocation point.

6-36

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

3?=@?>5>DC  <9>5C

5bQcU 7b_e`UT 5^dYdYUc

The Erase command enables you to erase all grouped entities associated with a selected P&ID component. This command is useful when erasing equipment (Vessels, Pumps, etc.).

 D? 5B1C5 7B?E@54 5>D9D95C

!

Select P&ID-Tools/Group/Erase. The prompt

Select P&ID Component:

"

#

displays. Select the component whose group you want to erase. The AutoPLANT Message dialog displays. Press Yes to indicate you want to erase this group.

$

1TT Q^ 5^dYdi d_ Q @94 7b_e`

AutoCAD entities can be added to an existing P&ID component group using the Add Entity to P&ID Group command.

 D? 144 1> 5>D9DI D? 1 @94 7B?E@

!

Select P&ID-Tools/Conversion/Add Entity to P&ID Group. The prompt

Select Tag:

"

#

displays. Select the component into whose group you want the entity to be included. The prompt
Select objects:

$

%

displays. Select the AutoCAD entity, then press the right mouse button.

Be^ Q 3_^fUbcY_^ _^ 1\\ 3_]`_^U^dc

The On All command enables you to convert all AutoCAD entities and previous version P&ID symbols on the current drawing to AutoPLANT P&ID entities.

 D? BE> 1 3?>F5BC9?> ?> 1<< 3?=@?>5>DC

!

Select P&ID-Tools/Conversion/Run Conversion/On All. The prompt

Update Complete:

"

#

displays indicating the command has completed successfully.

Reference Guide

6-37

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

3?=@?>5>DC  <9>5C

Be^ Q 3_^fUbcY_^ _^ CU\USdUT 3_]`_^U^dc

The On Selected command enables you to convert selected AutoCAD entities and previous version P&ID symbols on the current drawing to AutoPLANT P&ID entities.

 D? BE> 1 3?>F5BC9?> ?> C5<53D54 3?=@?>5>DC

!

Select P&ID-Tools/Conversion/Run Conversion/On Selected to display the P&ID Update Options dialog. Enable the appropriate Update check boxes, then press OK. The prompt
Select objects:

"

#

$

displays. Select the object you want to convert, then press the right mouse button. The prompt
Update Complete:

%

&

displays indicating the command has completed successfully.

2eY\T 5aeY`]U^d Vb_] 1ed_314 DUhd

The Build Equipment From Selected Text command enables you to build intelligent P&ID Equipment from AutoCAD text.

 D? 2E9<4 5AE9@=5>D 6B?= 1ED?314 D5HD

!

Select P&ID-Tools/Conversion/Build Equipment from Selected Text to display the Select Type dialog. Select an Equipment type from the Available Equipment Types pick-list, then press OK. The prompt
Select Equipment Text or [Enter] to enter text:

"

#

$

displays. Select the AutoCAD text you want to convert, then press the right mouse button. The prompt
Pick secondary insertion point, press return for none:

%

&

displays. Press the right mouse button to display the Equipment Values dialog. Select the appropriate Equipment value from the Descriptions pick-list, then type the new value in the Pick< field, then press Pick <. When you have finished entering the new Equipment values, press OK to display the Enter Tag Number dialog. Assign the Equipment a unique Tag number, then press OK.

'

(

)

6-38

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

3?=@?>5>DC  <9>5C

2eY\T @Y`U Vb_] CU\USdUT FQ\eUc

The From Imputed Values command enables you to build intelligent P&ID Process Lines on the fly.

 D? 2E9<4 @9@5 6B?= C5<53D54 F1<E5C

!

Select P&ID-Tools/Conversion/Build Pipe/From Inputed Values to display the Select Type dialog. Select a Process Line type from the Available Process Types pick-list, then press OK to display the Pipe Settings dialog. Select the appropriate Pipe size from the Sizes pick-list, then press OK. The prompt
Select line Segments/ZoomMultiple Add/Remove/Done:

"

#

$

%

displays. Type D, then press the right mouse button. The prompt
Position text or return:

&

'

displays. Press the right mouse button to display the Insert Termination Block dialog. Press Cancel.

(

2eY\T @Y`U Vb_] 1ed_314 DUhd

The From Selected Text command enables you to convert AutoCAD lines and plines to intelligent P&ID Process Lines.

 D? 2E9<4 @9@5 6B?= 1ED?314 D5HD

!

Select P&ID-Tools/Conversion/Build Pipe/From Selected Text to display the Select Type dialog. Select a Process Line type from the Available Process Types pick-list, then press OK. The prompt
Select Line Number Text:

"

#

$

displays. Select the AutoCAD text you want to convert. The Line Number Values dialog displays. Select the appropriate Value type from the Descriptions pick-list, then press Add<. When you have finished assigning the new values, press OK to display the Enter Tag Number dialog.

%

&

'

Reference Guide

6-39

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

3?=@?>5>DC  <9>5C

(

Assign the Pipe a unique Tag number, then press OK.

2eY\T Q^ 9^cdbe]U^d Vb_] 1ed_314 DUhd

The From Selected Text command enables you to convert AutoCAD text to intelligent P&ID Instruments.

 D? 2E9<4 1> 9>CDBE=5>D 6B?= 1ED?314 D5HD

!

Select P&ID-Tools/Conversion/Build Instrument/From Selected Text to display the Select Type dialog. Select an Instrument type from the Available Instrument Types pick-list, then press OK to display the Instrument Values dialog. Press Pick<. The prompt
Select Text or [Enter] for None:

"

#

$

%

displays. Select the AutoCAD text you want to convert. The Select Type dialog displays. Press OK to display the Enter Tag Number dialog. Assign the Instrument a unique Tag number, then press OK.

&

'

2eY\T Q^ 9^cdbe]U^d Vb_] Q^ 1ed_314 3YbS\U

The From Selected Circle command enables you to convert AutoCAD circles to intelligent P&ID Instruments.

 D? 2E9<4 1> 9>CDBE=5>D 6B?= 1> 1ED?314 39B3<5

!

Select P&ID-Tools/Conversion/Build Instrument/From Selected Circle. The prompt

Select objects:

"

#

displays. Select the AutoCAD circle you want to convert, then press the right mouse button to display the Enter Tag Number dialog. Assign the Instrument a unique Tag number, then press OK.

$

6-40

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

3?=@?>5>DC  <9>5C

3XQ^WU Q @Y`U d_ Q =QZ_b @b_SUcc <Y^U

The To Major command enables you to quickly change a selected Pipe to a Major Process Line.

 D? 381>75 1 @9@5 D? 1 =1:?B @B?35CC <9>5

!

Select P&ID-Tools/Line Utilities/Change Pipe Type/To Major. The prompt

Select object:

"

#

displays. Select the Pipe you want to convert to a Major Process Line.

3XQ^WU Q @Y`U d_ Q =Y^_b @b_SUcc <Y^U

The To Minor command enables you to quickly change a selected Pipe to a Minor Process Line.

 D? 381>75 1 @9@5 D? 1 =9>?B @B?35CC <9>5

!

Select P&ID-Tools/Line Utilities/Change Pipe Type/To Minor. The prompt

Select object:

"

#

displays. Select the Pipe you want to convert to a Minor Process Line.

3XQ^WU Q @Y`U d_ Q =QZ_b 5hYcdY^W @b_SUcc <Y^U

The To Major Existing command enables you to quickly change a selected Pipe to an Existing Major Process Line.

 D? 381>75 1 @9@5 D? 1 =1:?B 5H9CD9>7 @B?35CC <9>5

!

Select P&ID-Tools/Line Utilities/Change Pipe Type/To Major Existing. The prompt

Select object:

"

#

displays. Select the Pipe you want to convert to an Existing Major Process Line.

Reference Guide

6-41

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

3?=@?>5>DC  <9>5C

3XQ^WU Q @Y`U d_ Q =Y^_b 5hYcdY^W @b_SUcc <Y^U

The To Minor Existing command enables you to quickly change a selected Pipe to an Existing Minor Process Line.

 D? 381>75 1 @9@5 D? 1 =9>?B 5H9CD9>7 @B?35CC <9>5

!

Select P&ID-Tools/Line Utilities/Change Pipe Type/To Minor Existing. The prompt

Select object:

"

#

displays. Select the Pipe you want to convert to an Existing Minor Process Line.

3XQ^WU Q @Y`U d_ Q >Ug =QZ_b @b_SUcc <Y^U

The To Major New command enables you to quickly change a selected Pipe to a New Major Process Line.

 D? 381>75 1 @9@5 D? 1 >5G =1:?B @B?35CC <9>5

!

Select P&ID-Tools/Line Utilities/Change Pipe Type/To Major New. The prompt

Select object:

"

#

displays. Select the Pipe you want to convert to a New Major Process Line.

3XQ^WU Q @Y`U d_ Q >Ug =Y^_b @b_SUcc <Y^U

The To Minor New command enables you to quickly change a selected Pipe to a New Minor Process Line.

 D? 381>75 1 @9@5 D? 1 >5G =9>?B @B?35CC <9>5

!

Select P&ID-Tools/Line Utilities/Change Pipe Type/To Minor New. The prompt

Select object:

"

#

displays. Select the Pipe you want to convert to a New Minor Process Line.

6-42

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

3?=@?>5>DC  <9>5C

3XQ^WU Q @Y`U d_ Q EcUb4UVY^UT @b_SUcc <Y^U

The User Defined command enables you to quickly change a selected Pipe to a user-defined Process Line.

 D? 381>75 1 @9@5 D? 1 EC5B4569>54 @B?35CC <9>5

!

Select P&ID-Tools/Line Utilities/Change Pipe Type/User Defined. The prompt

Enter Pipe type:

"

#

displays. Type the name of the new pipe type, then press the right mouse button. The prompt
Select object

$

%

displays. Select the Pipe you want to convert to a user-defined Process Line.

3?=@?>5>D <9>5 1DDB92ED5C

3XQ^WU 1ddbYRedU FYcYRY\Ydi
The attribute visibility for a specific symbol or symbol type can be toggled on or off using the Atttribute Visibilty command.

 D? 381>75 1DDB92ED5 F9C929<9DI

!

Select P&ID-Tools/Update/Attribute Visibility. The prompt

Select block:

"

#

displays. Select a symbol on the drawing to which the attribute visibility change is to be made. The Attribute Manager dialog displays. Enable the appropriate check-boxes, then press OK.

$

>_dU

Changes made to the attribute visibility for a symbol or set of symbols only affect those symbols placed before the Attr Visibility command is used. Future symbols of that type are placed with default attributes.

Reference Guide

6-43

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

3?=@?>5>DC  <9>5C

4bQW Q^ 1ddbYRedU
The Drag Attribute command enables you to move text attributes from one position to another.

 D? 4B17 1> 1DDB92ED5

!

Select P&ID-Tools/Attribute Utilities/Drag Attribute or type DA at the Command prompt. The prompt
<Select attribute to drag>/Window:

"

#

displays. Select the symbol attribute you want relocate. The prompt
Position attribute(s):

$

%

displays. Relocate the symbol attribute by dragging the mouse left, right, up, or down, then press the left mouse button.

B_dQdU Q^ 1ddbYRedU
The Rotate Attribute command enables you to change the orientation of text attributes.

 D? B?D1D5 1> 1DDB92ED5

!

Select P&ID-Tools/Attribute Utilities/Rotate Attribute. The prompt

Select attribute to rotate:

"

#

displays. Select the attribute you want rotate. The prompt

Rotate attribute:

$

%

displays. Change the orientation of the text attribute by dragging the mouse left, right, up, or down, then press the left mouse button.

6-44

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

3?=@?>5>DC  <9>5C

4bQW Q 2eRR\U
The Drag Bubble command enables you to relocate an Instrument bubble from one position to another.

 D? 4B17 1 2E22<5
!

Select P&ID-Tools/Instrument Utilities/Drag Bubble or type DB at the Command prompt. The prompt
Select Instrument/Mode, return when done:

"

#

displays. Select the Instrument bubble you want to relocate. The prompt
Drag instrument bubble or return:

$

%

displays. Relocate the phantom Instrument bubble by dragging the mouse left, right, up, or down, then press the left mouse button. The prompt
Enter leader endpoint or return:

&

'

displays. Select the leader endpoint, then press the left mouse button.

>_dU

If an Instrument bubble is relocated to a position touching another bubble, the Drag Bubble command may cause the bubble being moved to move the other bubble as well. If this happens, use the AutoCAD Move command and move one of the bubbles away from the other, then use the Drag Bubble command to reposition the symbols.

4bQW Q 2eRR\U gYdX Q^ 1^SX_bUT <UQTUb

The Drag Bubble command enables you to relocate an Instrument bubble from one position to another while leaving the leader in place.

 D? 4B17 1 2E22<5 G9D8 1> 1>38?B54 <5145B

!

Select P&ID-Tools/Instrument Utilities/Drag Bubble or type DB at the Command prompt. The prompt
Select Instrument/Mode, return when done:

"

#

displays. Type M, then press the right mouse button. The prompt
Current Mode: Drag: Select Instrument/Mode, return when done:

$

Reference Guide

6-45

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

3?=@?>5>DC  <9>5C

%

displays. Select the Instrument bubble you want to relocate. The prompt
Pick new location for balloon center:

&

'

displays. Select the center insertion point for the Instrument bubble, then press the left mouse button.

>_dU

If an Instrument bubble is relocated to a position touching another bubble, the Drag Bubble command may cause the bubble being moved to move the other bubble as well. If this happens, use the AutoCAD Move command and move one of the bubbles away from the other, then use the Drag Bubble command to reposition the symbols.

D_WW\U Q CYjU 1ddbYRedU

Valve size attributes can be toggled on and off by using the Toggle Size Attribute command.

 D? D?77<5 1 C9J5 1DDB92ED5 ?66

!

Select P&ID-Tools/Attribute Utilities/Toggle Size Attribute. The prompt

Pick item, or Return when done:

"

#

displays. Select the Valve size attribute to toggle OFF.

 D? D?77<5 1 C9J5 1DDB92ED5 ?>

!

Select P&ID-Tools/Attribute Utilities/Toggle Size Attribute. The prompt

Pick item, or Return when done:

"

#

displays. Select the Valve whose size attribute you want to toggle ON.

D_WW\U Q^ 5aeY`]U^d DQW

The Toggle Equipment Tag command enables you to toggle secondary equipment tags on and off.

 D? D?77<5 1 C53?>41BI 5AE9@=5>D D17 ?66

!

Select P&ID-Tools/Attribute Utilities/Toggle Equipment Tag. The prompt

Select equipment tag:

"

#

displays. Select the Secondary Equipment Tag you want to toggle OFF.

6-46

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

3?=@?>5>DC  <9>5C

 D? D?77<5 1 C53?>41BI 5AE9@=5>D D17 ?>

!

Select P&ID-Tools/Attribute Utilities/Toggle Equipment Tag. The prompt

Select equipment tag:

"

#

displays. Select the Primary Equipment Tag of the piece of Equipment whose secondary Tag you want to display. The prompt
Pick secondary insertion point, press return for none:

$

%

displays. Select the insertion point for the Secondary Equipment Tag by dragging the mouse left, right, up, or down, then press the left mouse button.

3\UQ^e` Q 2eRR\U
AutoPLANT P&ID automatically breaks Instrument bubbles if the text cannot fit within the circle. If the text is later modified and is small enough to fit within the bubble, the bubble can be fixed by using the Clean Up Bubble command.

 D? 3<51>E@ 1 2E22<5
!

Select P&ID-Tools/Maintenance/Clean Up Bubble. The prompt

Select instrument bubble:

"

#

displays. Select the Instrument bubble you want to clean up.

>_dU

If the CATT command is used to change information within an Instrument bubble, the bubble is cleaned up automatically. This functionality can be turned off by changing the cattbubchk variable in the PID-SUP.LSP file.

E`TQdU Q 6YU\T
The Select Field command enables you to modify attributes for a single object or multiple like objects.

 D? E@41D5 1 695<4
!

Select P&ID-Tools/Update/Select Field. The prompt

Select objects:

"

Reference Guide

6-47

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

3?=@?>5>DC  <9>5C

#

displays. Select the object(s) whose field you want to modify, then press the right mouse button. The Field Update dialog displays. Select the field you want to update from the Fields pick-list, then type the new value in the New Value field, then press OK.

$

>_dU

More than one P&ID symbol can be selected (e.g., Valves, Process Lines, etc.). A combined list of all attributes for the selected symbols displays in the Field Update dialog. Changes apply only to those symbols associated with the changed attributes.

E`TQdU Q^ 1ddbYRedU
The attribute visibility for a specific symbol or symbol type can be toggled on or off using the Atttribute Visibilty command.

 D? E@41D5 1> 1DDB92ED5

!

Select P&ID-Tools/Update/Attribute Visibility. The prompt

Select block:

"

#

displays. Select a symbol on the drawing to which the attribute visibility change is to be made. The Attribute Manager dialog displays. Enable the appropriate check-boxes, then press OK.

$

>_dU

Changes made to the attribute visibility for a symbol or set of symbols only affects those symbols placed before the Attribute Visibility command is used. Future symbols of that type are placed with default attributes.

E`TQdU Q CUbfYSU
The Service command can be used to change the service data field on one or more AutoPLANT P&ID symbols. When operating in Annotation level 1 or 2, the service attribute is assigned by AutoPLANT P&ID.

 D? E@41D5 1 C5BF935
!

Select P&ID-Tools/Update/Properties/Service. The prompt

Select objects:

"

#

displays. Select the symbol(s) whose service you want to update, then press the right mouse button. The prompt
Enter new Inst Service < >:

$

6-48

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

3?=@?>5>DC  <9>5C

%

displays. Type the new service description (e.g., Propylene from Reflux Cooler, etc.), then press the right mouse button.

>_dU

If multiple symbols are selected, AutoPLANT P&ID prompts for each different service in the windowed area.

E`TQdU Q^ 1bUQ
The Area command can be used to changes the area data field on one or more AutoPLANT P&ID symbols. When operating in Annotation level 1 or 2, area attributes are prompted for when placing Instruments.

 D? E@41D5 1> 1B51

!

Select P&ID-Tools/Update/Properties/Area. The prompt

Select objects:

"

#

displays. Select the symbol(s) whose area you want to update, then press the right mouse button. The prompt
Enter new Area < >:

$

%

displays. Type the new area description (e.g., 23, 3, etc.) in the Command prompt, then press the right mouse button.

>_dU

If multiple symbols are selected, AutoPLANT P&ID prompts for each different area in the windowed area.

E`TQdU Q C`US
The Pipe Spec command can be used to change the specification attributes on one or more AutoPLANT P&ID Pipe symbols. When operating in Annotation level 1 or 2, specification attributes are assigned by AutoPLANT P&ID when placing a Process Line.

 D? E@41D5 1> C@53

!

Select P&ID-Tools/Update/Properties/Pipe Spec. The prompt

Select objects:

"

#

displays. Select the symbol(s) whose specification you want to update, then press the right mouse button. The prompt
6-49

$

Reference Guide

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

3?=@?>5>DC  <9>5C
Enter new Specification < >:
%

displays. Type the new specification description (e.g., A1A, etc.) in the Command prompt, then press the right mouse button.

>_dU

If multiple symbols are selected, AutoPLANT P&ID prompts for each different specification in the windowed area.

E`TQdU Q 3\Qcc
The Pipe Class command can be used to change the classification attributes on one or more AutoPLANT P&ID Pipe symbols. When operating in Annotation level 1 or 2, classification attributes are assigned by AutoPLANT P&ID when placing a Process Line.

 D? E@41D5 1 3<1CC
!

Select P&ID-Tools/Update/Properties/Pipe Class. The prompt

Select objects:

"

#

displays. Select the symbol(s) whose classification you want to update, then press the right mouse button. The prompt
Enter new Class < >:

$

%

displays. Type the new classification description (e.g., SCH 40, etc.) in the Command prompt, then press the right mouse button.

>_dU

If multiple symbols are selected, AutoPLANT P&ID prompts for each different classification in the windowed area.

E`TQdU Q <__` >e]RUb

The Instr. Loop No command can be used to change the loop number attributes on one or more Instrument symbols.

 D? E@41D5 1 <??@ >E=25B

!

Select P&ID-Tools/Update/Properties/Instr. Loop No. The prompt

Select objects:

"

#

displays. Select the symbol(s) whose loop number you want to update, then press the right mouse button. The prompt

$

6-50

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

3?=@?>5>DC  <9>5C
Enter new Loop Number < >:
%

displays. Type the new loop number (e.g., 100, 200, etc.) in the Command prompt, then press the right mouse button.

>_dU

If multiple symbols are selected, AutoPLANT P&ID prompts for each different loop number in the windowed area.

E`TQdU Q^ 1\Qb]
The Instr. Alarm command can be used to change the alarm attributes on one or more Instrument symbols.

 D? E@41D5 1> 1<1B=

!

Select P&ID-Tools/Update/Properties/Instr. Alarm. The prompt

Select objects:

"

#

displays. Select the symbol(s) whose alarm you want to update, then press the right mouse button. The prompt
Enter new Alarm Status < >:

$

%

displays. Type the new alarm status description (e.g., HH (High High), H (High), LL (Low Low), L (Low), etc.) in the Command prompt, then press the right mouse button.

>_dU

If multiple symbols are selected, AutoPLANT P&ID prompts for each different alarm in the windowed area.

E`TQdU Q CdQdec
The Instr. Status command can be used to change the project category attributes on one or more Instrument symbols.

 D? E@41D5 1 CD1DEC
!

Select P&ID-Tools/Update/Properties/Instr. Status. The prompt

Select objects:

"

#

displays. Select the symbol(s) whose status you want to update, then press the right mouse button. The prompt

$

Reference Guide

6-51

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

3?=@?>5>DC  <9>5C
Enter new Project Category < >:
%

displays. Type the new status description (e.g., New, Rev, Del, etc.) in the Command prompt, then press the right mouse button.

>_dU

If multiple symbols are selected, AutoPLANT P&ID prompts for each different status in the windowed area.

3bUQdU Q^ 5hSXQ^WU 4bQgY^W

The Create Exchange Drawing command enables you to embed the current drawing database in an exported Exchange Drawing.

 D? 3B51D5 1> 5H381>75 4B1G9>7

!

Select P&ID-Tools/Import/Export/Create Exchange Drawing to display the AutoPLANT Message dialog. Press Yes to save the current drawing. The Enter Exchange Drawing Name displays. Specify the name and location of the Exchange Drawing, then press OK.

"

#

E`TQdU Q^ 1cc_SYQdUT 5aeY`]U^d 6YU\T

The Instr. Assoc Equipment command can be used to changes the associated equipment attributes on one more Instrument symbols.

 D? E@41D54 1> 1CC?391D54 5AE9@=5>D 695<4

!

Select P&ID-Tools/Update/Properties/Instr. Assoc Equipment. The prompt

Select objects:

"

#

displays. Select the symbol(s) whose associated equipment field you want to update, then press the right mouse button. The prompt
Enter new Associated Equipment field < >:

$

%

displays. Type the new associated equipment description (e.g., Pump, Drum, etc.) in the Command prompt, then press the right mouse button.

>_dU

If multiple symbols are selected, AutoPLANT P&ID prompts for each different associated equipment field in the windowed area.

6-52

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

3?=@?>5>DC  <9>5C

5TYd 1cc_SYQdUT 5aeY`]U^d 4QdQ

The CATT command can be used to edit the information stored in the database for a particular piece of Equipment.

 D? 549D 1CC?391D54 5AE9@=5>D 41D1

!

Select P&ID-Tools/CATT The prompt

<Select entity>/Process:

"

#

displays. Select the Equipment symbol whose associated data you want to edit. The associated Data dialog displays. Type the appropriate information in the respective fields and tabs, then press OK.

$

%

5TYd <Y^U 1ddbYRedUc

The CATT command enables you to edit the properties of a Process Line.

 D? 549D <9>5 1DDB92ED5C

!

Select P&ID-Tools/CATT The prompt

<Select entity>/Process:

"

#

displays. Select the Process Line whose attributes you want to edit. The Select View dialog displays. Select Pipe Run View, then press Open. The Pipe Run Data dialog displays. Type the new information in the desired fields and tabs, then press OK. Press Close.

$

%

&

Reference Guide

6-53

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

3?=@?>5>DC  <9>5C

5TYd Q @Y`U Be^

The CATT command can be used to edit the information stored in the database for a particular Pipe Run.

 D? 549D 1 @9@5 BE>

!

Select P&ID-Tools/CATT The prompt

<Select entity>/Process:

"

#

displays. Select the Pipe Run whose associated data you want to edit. The Select View dialog displays. Select Pipe Run View, then press Open. The Pipe Run Data dialog displays. Type the new information in the desired fields and tabs, then press OK. Press Close.

$

%

&

>_dU

Within the Pipe Run Data dialog, information displayed in the Process Data tab reflects data for the Process Line which contains the selected Pipe Run. If this data is edited, the changes apply to all Pipe Runs on that Process Line.

5TYd Q @b_SUcc <Y^U

The CATT command can be used to edit the information stored in the database for a particular Process Line.

 D? 549D 1 @B?35CC <9>5

!

Select P&ID-Tools/CATT The prompt

<Select entity>/Process:

"

#

displays. Select the Process Line whose associated data you want to edit. The Select View dialog displays. Select Process Line View, then press Open. The Process Data dialog displays. Type the new information in the desired fields and tabs, then press OK. Press Close.

$

%

&

6-54

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

D17 >E=25B9>7

>_dU

If the Nom Size, or Nom Spec fields are edited, changes are applied to all Line Annotations for that Process Line.

5TYd 3_^db_\ FQ\fU 4QdQ

The CATT command can be used to edit the information stored in the database for a particular Control Valve.

 D? 549D 1 @B?35CC <9>5

!

Select P&ID-Tools/CATT The prompt

<Select entity>/Process:

"

#

displays. Select the Control Valve whose associated data you want to edit. The Control Valve Data dialog displays. Type the appropriate information in the respective fields and tabs, then press OK.

$

%

D17 >E=25B9>7 D?77<5 1 >5G D17 549D

AutoPLANT P&ID defaults to automatically record detailed information for a placed object in the database. The Toggle New Tag Edit command enables you to toggle the Data dialog (which corresponds with the placed object) after assigning the object a new Tag Number.

>_dU

AutoPLANT P&ID defaults to toggling the respective Data dialog off. Use the CATT command to manually edit more detailed information for the object.

 D? D?77<5 1 >5G D17 549D ?>

!

Select P&ID-Tools/External Data/Toggle NewTag Edit. The prompt

Add DCL activated:

"

#

displays confirming the respective Data dialog will display after the Enter Tag Number dialog when placing an object.

 D? D?77<5 1 >5G D17 549D ?66

!

Select P&ID-Tools/External Data/Toggle NewTag Edit.

Reference Guide

6-55

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

D17 >E=25B9>7

"

The prompt
Add DCL deactivated:

#

displays confirming the respective Data dialog will not display after the Enter Tag Number dialog when placing an object.

549D 1 @CFD17
The Edit PSV Tag command enables you to drag, toggle, and change the justification (left, center, or right) of Pressure Safety Valve (PSV) attribute text without modifying the PSV Instrument bubble or the associated database data.

 D? 549D 1 @CF D17

!

Select P&ID-Tools/Valve Utilities/Edit PSV Tag. The prompt

Select PSV tag:

"

#

displays. Select the PSV tag you want to change. The prompt
PSV edit (Drag, Toggle, Left, Center, Right) <Exit>:

$

%

displays. Type the desired command at the Command prompt (Toggle, Left, Center, and Right affect the PSV tag immediately, Drag prompts you to drag the PSV tag to the desired location.), then press the right mouse button. Type Exit at the Command prompt, then press the right mouse button.

&

>_dU

To edit the actual PSV attribute text, use the CATT command on the Valve and type the appropriate information in the Control Valve Data dialog.

C5D 4?E2<5 5AE9@=5>D D17C

When placing objects in a drawing, prompting for secondary Equipment Tag placement can be toggled on and off.

>_dU

Double tagging conventions apply only to future object placement. It does not affect Tags already displayed on the drawing.

 D? C5D 4?E2<5 D1779>7 ?>

!

Select P&ID/Preferences/Drawing Modes to display the P&ID Settings dialog. Ensure the Double Equipment Tags check-box within the Tagging group box is enabled, then press OK.

"

6-56

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

D17 >E=25B9>7

 D? C5D 4?E2<5 D1779>7 ?66

!

Select P&ID/Preferences/Drawing Modes to display the P&ID Settings dialog. Ensure the Double Equipment Tags check-box within the Tagging group box is disabled, then press OK.

"

549D 1 D17 >E=25B

Tag Numbers assigned to objects already placed in a drawing can be edited using the CATT command.

>_dU

When changing Tag Numbers using the CATT command, database information is automatically updated.

 D? 549D 1 D17 >E=25B

!

Select P&ID-Tools/CATT The prompt

<Select entity>/Process:

"

#

displays. Select the object whose Tag you want to edit. The corresponding Data dialog displays. Type the new Tag Number in the Tag Number field, then press OK.

$

%

69>4 1 D17
The Find Tag command enables you to locate and zoom in on a selected component Tag Number used in the current drawing.

 D? 69>4 1 D17
!

Select P&ID-Tools/Find Tag/Find Tag to display the Find Tag dialog. Select the appropriate Component type from the Component Types pick-list, then select the appropriate Tag from the Component Tags pick-list, or type the appropriate tag number in the Enter Tag field, then press OK. The AutoPLANT Message dialog displays. Press Yes to indicate you want to zoom in on the selected Tag and to display the Zoom dialog. Press the appropriate buttons within the Zoom dialog to navigate to the selected Tag. When you are finished, press OK.

"

#

$

Reference Guide

6-57

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

D17 >E=25B9>7

>_dU

If the Tag Number has been created, but is not currently assigned to a component, AutoPLANT P&ID displays a dialog notifying you that the Tag could not be found on the drawing.

549D D85> 69>4 1 D17

The Edit then Find Tag command enables you to edit, then locate and zoom in on a selected component Tag Number used in the current drawing.

 D? 549D D85> 69>4 1 D17

!

Select P&ID-Tools/Find Tag/Edit then Find Tag to display the Find Tag dialog. Select the appropriate Component type from the Component Types pick-list, then select the appropriate Tag from the Component Tags pick-list, then press OK. The corresponding Data dialog displays. Type the new Tag Number in the Tag Number field, then press OK. The AutoPLANT Message dialog displays. Press Yes to indicate you want to zoom in on the selected Tag and to display the Zoom dialog. Press the appropriate buttons within the Zoom dialog to navigate to the selected Tag. When you are finished, press OK.

"

#

$

%

&

>_dU

If the Tag Number has been created, but is not currently assigned to a component, AutoPLANT P&ID displays a dialog notifying you that the Tag could not be found on the drawing. Tag Numbers can also be edited using the CATT command.

>_dU

69>4 D85> 549D 1 D17

The Find then Edit Tag command enables you to locate and zoom in on, then edit a selected component Tag Number used in the current drawing. To Find then Edit a Tag
!

Select P&ID-Tools/Find Tag/Find then Edit Tag to display the Find Tag dialog. Select the appropriate Component type from the Component Types pick-list, then select the appropriate Tag from the Component Tags pick-list, then press OK. The AutoPLANT Message dialog displays. Press Yes to indicate you want to zoom in on the selected Tag and to display the Zoom dialog.

"

#

6-58

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

D17 >E=25B9>7

$

Press the appropriate buttons within the Zoom dialog to navigate to the selected Tag. When you are finished, press OK. The corresponding Data dialog displays. Type the new Tag Number in the Tag Number field, then press OK.

%

&

>_dU

If the Tag Number has been created, but is not currently assigned to a component, AutoPLANT P&ID displays a dialog notifying you that the Tag could not be found on the drawing. Tag Numbers can also be edited using the CATT command.

>_dU

C5D D85 69>4 D17 3B9D5B91

The Find Criteria command enables you to define the search criteria associated with the Find Tag menu commands.

 D? C5D D85 69>4 D17 3B9D5B91

!

Select P&ID-Tools/Find Tag/Find Criteria to display the Search Criteria dialog. To add schemas to the search criteria, select the appropriate item from the Schemas Not To Search group-box, then press Add. The selected schema then appears in the Schemas To Search group-box. To remove schemas from the search criteria, select the appropriate item from the Schemas To Search, then press Remove. The selected schema then appears in the Schemas Not To Search group box. When you are finished creating the new Find Criteria, press OK.

"

#

>_dU

The settings for the Find Tag menu commands remain active until changed in the Search Criteria dialog.

5>12<5 F1<F5 1ED?D17

The Valve AutoTag command enables you to automatically assign Valves a Tag Number (without displaying the Enter Tag Number dialog) based on the filters set in the P&ID AutoTag dialog and defined in the selected Specification.

 D? 5>12<5 F1<F5 1ED?D17

!

Select P&ID-Tools/Valve Utilities/Valve AutoTag to display the P&ID AutoTag dialog. Press the appropriate Options buttons to establish the Specification settings, then enable the appropriate check boxes within the Selection group box, then press Exit.

"

Reference Guide

6-59

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

1>>?D1D9?>

>_dU

Ensure the A4ADEV.DBF, REBIS.DBF, and SPECDEF.DBF file attributes are not designated Read-Only. These files can be found within the *\PROD\NETWORK\P&ID\VSPECS directory.

1>>?D1D9?> C5D 1>>?D1D9?> <5F5<C

When starting a new AutoPLANT P&ID drawing, Annotation Levels can be set to control the level of detail prompted for when placing an AutoPLANT P&ID symbol. Annotation Levels also affect the amount of information displayed on the drawing once the symbol is placed.

 D? C5D 1>>?D1D9?> <5F5<C

!

After launching AutoPLANT P&ID, starting a new drawing, and indicating the Project data type, the P&ID Settings dialog displays. Select the appropriate component (Equipment, Process/Pipe, Valves, or Instrument) from the Component Type drop-down pick-list. Enable the appropriate Levels radio button (1, 2, or 3), then press OK.

"

#

381>75 1>>?D1D9?> <5F5<C

Annotation Levels can be changed to control the level of detail prompted for when placing an AutoPLANT P&ID symbol. Annotation Levels also affect the amount of information displayed on the drawing once the symbol is placed.

>_dU

Annotation Levels are initially established when starting a new AutoPLANT P&ID drawing.

 D? 381>75 1>>?D1D9?> <5F5<C

!

Select P&ID/Preferences/Drawing Modes to display the P&ID Settings dialog. Select the appropriate component (Equipment, Process/Pipe, Valves, or Instrument) from the Component Type drop-down pick-list. Enable the appropriate Levels radio button (1, 2, or 3), then press OK.

"

#

6-60

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

1>>?D1D9?>

=?496I <9>5 >E=25B 1>>?D1D9?>

The Settings Manager dialog enables you to modify the format for Line Number annotations. For example, using this procedure enables you to change Line Number annotation from '6"-1000-A1A' to '1000-A1A-6".

 D? =?496I <9>5 >E=25B 1>>?D1D9?>

!

Type SETT in the Command prompt to display the Settings Manager dialog. Select LINE-ID from the Index pick-list, then press Edit to display the Settings Manager dialog. Type the new Line Number annotation format in the Item Description field, then press Save. Press Exit.

"

#

$

>_dU

Subsequent Line Number annotations display using the new format. To update existing Line Number annotations, erase the existing annotation and display the new Line Number format by selecting P&ID/Miscellaneous/Annotate/Line ID.

3B51D5 1> 1>>?D1D9?> <5145B

The Leader command enables you to quickly draw leader lines on the current drawing. To Create an Annotation Leader
!

Select P&ID-Tools/Line Utilities/Leader. The prompt

From point:

"

#

displays. Select the starting point of the leader. The prompt

To point:

$

%

displays. Select the ending point of the leader. The prompt

To point (Format/Annotation/Undo) < >:

&

'

displays. Type A, then press the right mouse button. The prompt
Annotation (or RETURN for options):

(

)

displays. Press the right mouse button.

Reference Guide

6-61

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

D??<C

! 

The prompt
Tolerance/Copy/Block/None/ <Mtext>:

!!

displays. Type C, then press the right mouse button. The prompt
Select an object:

!"

!#

displays. Select the Annotation marking you want to copy.

D??<C 5>12<5 5H@5BD =?45

There are two modes for using the P&ID menu which can be toggled back and forth Icon Mode and Expert Mode. The Expert Mode of operation enables you to display P&ID menu commands through cascading pull-down menus. If a menu command contains a submenu of commands, the item displays an arrow (>) to indicate further choices.

>_dU

AutoPLANT P&ID defaults to the Icon Mode of operation.

 D? 5>12<5 5H@5BD =?45

!

Select P&ID/Expert Mode. The prompt

Standard P&ID menu mode: Expert

"

#

displays confirming Expert Mode is enabled.

>_dU

A check-mark appears to the right of the P&ID/Expert Mode menu command indicating Expert Mode is enabled.

5>12<5 93?> =?45

There are two modes for using the P&ID menu which can be toggled back and forth Icon Mode and Expert Mode. The Icon Mode of operation enables you to display P&ID menu commands through a combination of Icon dialogs as well as pull-down menus. Icon dialogs are used primarily for AutoPLANT P&ID symbols, while cascading menus are used for P&ID-Tools menu commands. Menu choices followed by three dots (...) call an icon dialog.

>_dU

AutoPLANT P&ID defaults to the Icon Mode of operation.

 D? 5>12<5 93?> =?45

!

Select P&ID/ICON Mode.

6-62

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

D??<C

"

The prompt
Standard P&ID menu mode: Icon

#

displays confirming Icon Mode is enabled.

>_dU

A check-mark will not appear to the right of the P&ID/Expert Mode menu command indicating Expert Mode is not enabled.

5>12<5 @B?6<?G =?45

The Pro-Flow Mode of operation enables you to display and place Equipment and Tag symbols supported by the Pro-Flow application. When operating in Pro-Flow Mode, the P&ID-Flow menu replaces the P&ID menu.

>_dU

Expert Mode or Icon Mode can be activated when operating in Pro-Flow Mode.

 D? 5>12<5 @B?6<?G =?45

!

Select P&ID/Pro-Flow Mode. The prompt

Pro-Flow menu mode: Icon

"

#

displays confirming Pro-Flow Mode is enabled and operating in Icon model.

>_dU

If AutoPLANT P&ID Valves have been placed on the current drawing, the AutoPLANT Message dialog displays asking if you want to update the SETTINGS database with ProFlow Valves. A check-mark appears to the right of the P&ID/Pro-Flow menu command indicating Expert Mode is enabled.

>_dU

71@ 1 @B?35CC <9>5

The Gap Line command enables you to place a graphical gap in a Process Line without actually breaking the connectivity of the associated line.

 D? 71@ 1 @B?35CC <9>5

!

Select P&ID-Tools/Line Utilities/Gap Line. The prompt

Pick line to be gapped, return when done:

"

#

displays. Select the Process Line on which you want to place the gap. The prompt

$

Reference Guide

6-63

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

D??<C
Pick intersection point with other line:
%

displays. Select the insertion point for the gap.

>_dU

Gapping distances are set in the SETTINGS database.

4B1G 1 3<?E4 <9>5

The Cloud Line command enables you to draw a revision cloud in a drawing.

 D? 4B1G 1 3<?E4 <9>5

!

Select P&ID-Tools/Line Utilities/Cloud Line. The prompt

From point:

"

#

displays. Select the first point of the cloud line. The prompt
To point, return to CLOSE:

$

%

displays. Select the subsequent insertion points (around the area to be clouded) in a counterclockwise direction. When selecting the last segment, press Enter to automatically close the cloud line. The prompt
Enter width of all segments:

&

'

(

displays. Type numeric line width value to apply to the cloud line in the Command prompt, then press the right mouse button. The default line width value is zero.

=1D38 D?6B?= 1BB?GC

The Match To/From Arrows command can be used to connect a To/From Arrow from another drawing in the current project to a new Arrow on the current drawing.

 D? =1D38 D?6B?= 1BB?GC

!

Select P&ID-Tools/Maintenance/Match To/From Arrows. The prompt

Select to/from arrow:

"

#

displays. Select the To/From Arrow you want to match. The To/From Arrow Filter dialog displays. Press Display all arrows to display the To / From Arrows dialog which lists all available To/From Arrows in the current project.

$

6-64

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

D??<C

%

Select the appropriate To/From Arrow from the Available To / From Arrows pick-list, then press OK.

>_dU

When matching To/From Arrows, the appropriate On Arrows or Off Arrows radio button within the To / From Arrows dialog will be enabled depending on the type of To/From Arrow being matched.

BE> 1 3?>C9CD5>3I 3853;

The Consistency Checks command enables you to verify that AutoPLANT P&ID symbols are appropriately matched with the information in the database, as well as to verify the information displayed graphically is correct.

 D? BE> 1 3?>C9CD5>3I 3853;

!

Update the information in the database by selecting P&ID-Tools/External Data/Regen ALL Data. Select P&ID-Tools/Consistency Checks to display the Select Consistency Check dialog. Select the item for which you want to perform the Consistency Check from the Functions pick-list, then press OK to display the corresponding Check dialog. Indicate the scope of the Consistency Check by enabling the appropriate Scope of Check radio button, then enable the appropriate Log Options check-box(es). Type the name and location of the error log file in the Filename field, then press OK. If no errors are found, the AutoCAD Message dialog displays. If errors are found, the first error encountered displays in the top portion of the AutoPLANT Checker dialog. Press the appropriate button to navigate through the encountered errors, then press Done.

"

#

$

%

&

'

>_dU

If a Consistency Check is performed on the Project database, errors do not display on the screen. The errors are written to an error log file.

@5B6?B= 1 F1<F5 C9J5 3853;

The Consistency Checks command enables you to verify that a Valve sizes correspond with appropriate Pipe sizes.

 D? @5B6?B= 1 F1<F5 C9J5 3853;

!

Update the information in the database by selecting P&ID-Tools/External Data/Regen ALL Data. Select P&ID-Tools/Consistency Checks to display the Select Consistency Check dialog.

"

Reference Guide

6-65

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

D??<C

#

Select Valve Size from the Functions pick-list, then press OK to display the Valve Size Check dialog. Indicate the scope of the Consistency Check by enabling the appropriate Scope of Check radio button, then enable the appropriate Log Options check-box(es). Type the name and location of the error log file in the Filename field, then press OK. If no errors are found, the AutoCAD Message dialog displays. If errors are found, the first error encountered displays in the top portion of the AutoPLANT Checker dialog. Press the appropriate button to navigate through the encountered errors, then press Done.

$

%

&

'

>_dU >_dU

Double circles are temporarily placed on the drawing to show the exact area of the inconsistency. If a Consistency Check is performed on the Project database, errors do not display on the screen. The errors are written to an error log file.

@5B6?B= 1 BE> D5B=9>1D?B 3853;

A Pipe Run Terminator is a graphical representation of the link between Process Lines. The Consistency Checks command enables you to verify that all links are made.

 D? @5B6?B= 1 BE> D5B=9>1D?B 3853;

!

Update the information in the database by selecting P&ID-Tools/External Data/Regen ALL Data. Select P&ID-Tools/Consistency Checks to display the Select Consistency Check dialog. Select Pipe Run Terminators from the Functions pick-list, then press OK to display the Pipe Run Terminator Check dialog. Indicate the scope of the Consistency Check by enabling the appropriate Scope of Check radio button, then enable the appropriate Log Options check-box(es). Type the name and location of the error log file in the Filename field, then press OK. If no errors are found, the AutoCAD Message dialog displays. If errors are found, the first error encountered displays in the top portion of the AutoPLANT Checker dialog. Press the appropriate button to navigate through the encountered errors, then press Done.

"

#

$

%

&

'

>_dU >_dU

Parallel lines are temporarily placed on the drawing to show the exact area of the inconsistency. If a Consistency Check is performed on the Project database, errors do not display on the screen. The errors are written to an error log file.

6-66

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

D??<C

@5B6?B= 1 D?6B?= 1BB?G 3853;

The Consistency Checks command enables you to verify To/From Arrows are matched with the appropriate drawing name.

 D? @5B6?B= 1 D?6B?= 1BB?G 3853;

!

Update the information in the database by selecting P&ID-Tools/External Data/Regen ALL Data. Select P&ID-Tools/Consistency Checks to display the Select Consistency Check dialog. Select To/From Arrows from the Functions pick-list, then press OK to display the To/From Arrow Check dialog. Indicate the scope of the Consistency Check by enabling the appropriate Scope of Check radio button, then enable the appropriate Log Options check-box(es). Type the name and location of the error log file in the Filename field, then press OK. If no errors are found, the AutoCAD Message dialog displays. If errors are found, the first error encountered displays in the top portion of the AutoPLANT Checker dialog. Press the appropriate button to navigate through the encountered errors, then press Done.

"

#

$

%

&

'

>_dU >_dU

Double circles are temporarily placed on the drawing to show the exact area of the inconsistency. If a Consistency Check is performed on the Project database, errors do not display on the screen. The errors are written to an error log file.

3B51D5 1> 1CC5=2<I

Assemblies can consist of components and Pipe Runs on a Process Line or a section of a Process Line. The Assembly Manager command enables you to create Assemblies which can be inserted on a drawing.

 D? 3B51D5 1> 1CC5=2<I

!

Select P&ID-Tools/Assembly Manager

to display the Assembly Manager dialog.

"

Select the appropriate tab (System to use the Assembly in all Projects, Project to use the Assembly only in the current Project), then press Create. The prompt
Enter assembly description:

#

Reference Guide

6-67

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

D??<C

$

displays. Type a description of the Assembly in the Command prompt, then press the right mouse button. The prompt
Enter assemblys block name:

%

&

displays. Type the filename to be assigned to the Assembly, then press the right mouse button. The AutoPLANT Message dialog displays advising you when selecting entities to create an Assembly, select ALL associated tag attributes and entities. Press OK. The prompt
Select objects:

'

(

)

displays. Select the objects to be included in the Assembly, then press the right mouse button.


The prompt
Insertion point:

!!

displays. Select the point where the Assembly will be connected when inserted. The prompt
Select break out lines:

!"

!#

displays. Select the point where the Assembly will automatically break the Process Line when inserted, or press the right mouse button.

>_dU

Assemblies are stored as AutoCAD block files in the LOCAL_ROOT\P&ID\SYM\ASSY directory. Because AutoCAD saves these files as *.DWG files, do not name the block the same as your drawing file.

9>C5BD 1> 1CC5=2<I

The Assembly Manager command enables you to insert pre-defined Assemblies on a drawing.

 D? 9>C5BD 1> 1CC5=2<I

!

Select P&ID-Tools/Assembly Manager

to display the Assembly Manager dialog.

"

Select the appropriate tab (System to select from Assemblies in all Projects, Project to select from Assemblies only in the current Project), then press Insert. The prompt
Pick insertion point:

#

$

displays. Select the insertion point of the Assembly. The prompt

6HOHFW RULHQWDWLRQ

%

&

6-68

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

D??<C

'

displays. Drag the mouse left or right to indicate the Assembly orientation, then press Enter to display the Assembly Insert Options dialog. Enable the Insert with defined tag numbers radio button to insert the assembly using the current tag numbers allocated to the assembly components, or enable the Update tag numbers as specified radio button to change the tag numbers allocated to the assembly components, by the values indicated in the Adjustment and Value fields, then press OK.

(

>_dU

If the Assembly contains components with Tag numbers, the Enter Tag Number dialog displays prompting you to assign Tag Numbers for each of the components in the Assembly.

45<5D5 1> 1CC5=2<I

The Assembly Manager command enables you to delete pre-defined Assemblies contained in the Assembly Manager.

 D? 45<5D5 1> 1CC5=2<I

!

Select P&ID-Tools/Assembly Manager

to display the Assembly Manager dialog.

"

Select the desired Assembly from the Description pick-list, then press Delete. The Assembly Confirm dialog displays. Press Yes to indicate you want to delete the selected Assembly. When the Assembly Manager dialog redisplays, press Done.

#

$

1CC?391D5 1 4?3E=5>D
The CATT command enables you to link an object with an associated document (e.g., vendor drawing, specification sheet, maintenance record, etc.).

 D? 1CC?391D5 1 4?3E=5>D
!

Select P&ID-Tools/CATT The prompt

<Select entity>/Process:

"

#

displays. Select the object to which you want to attach the associated document. The appropriate Data dialog displays. Select the Associated Docs tab. Press Add Link to display the Select Document dialog. Select the appropriate document from the Document Name pick-list, then press OK.
6-69

$

%

&

Reference Guide

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

D??<C

'

Press OK to exit the Data dialog.

>_dU >_dU

To view documents associated with P&ID components, you must have a viewer application, such as Rebis View, installed and configured. The CATT command can also be used to access associated documents.

F95G 1> 1CC?391D54 4?3E=5>D

The CATT command can be used to view documents linked to an object.

 D? F95G 1> 1CC?391D54 4?3E=5>D

!

Select P&ID-Tools/CATT The prompt

<Select entity>/Process:

"

#

displays. Select the object whose associated document you want to view. The appropriate Data dialog displays. Select the Associated Docs tab. Select the appropriate document from the pick-list, then press View to launch the viewer program you have installed (e.g., Rebis View). When you are through reviewing the associated document, close the viewer program to return to AutoPLANT P&ID.

$

%

&

>_dU

To view documents associated with P&ID components, you must have a viewer application, such as Rebis View, installed and configured.

4B1G 1ED?314<9>5C
The AutoCAD Line and AutoCAD Pline commands enable you to draw non-intelligent (graphical representation only) AutoCAD lines and Plines.

 D? 4B1G 1ED?314 <9>5C

!

Select P&ID/Lines to display the Select line type dialog. Select the AutoCAD Line name or icon, then press OK.
The prompt WARNING #131: This is not a process line. From point:

"

#

displays. Select the AutoCAD line start point.

6-70

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

D??<C

$

The prompt
To point:

%

displays. Draw the desired AutoCAD line, then press the right mouse button when finished.

@EB75 D?6B?= 1BB?GC

If a matched To/From Arrow from another drawing has been deleted, the Purge To/From Arrows command enables you to purge the database of that To/From Arrow, making it unavailable to be matched to another To/From Arrow in the current drawing.

 D? @EB75 D?6B?= 1BB?GC

!

Update the information in the database by selecting P&ID-Tools/External Data/Regen ALL Data. Select P&ID-Tools/Maintenance/Purge To/From Arrows to display the AutoPLANT Message dialog. Press Yes to save the current drawing. AutoPLANT P&ID automatically purges the To/From Arrows, then returns you to the Command prompt.

"

#

8978<978D 7B?E@54 5>D9D95C

The Highlight command enables you to highlight all grouped entities associated with a selected P&ID component. This command is useful for determining which entities belong to which group.

 D? 8978<978D 7B?E@54 5>D9D95C

!

Select P&ID-Tools/Group/Highlight. The prompt

Select P&ID Component:

"

#

displays. Select the component whose group you want to highlight. The prompt
Redraw Components No/<Yes>:

$

%

displays. Type N, then press the right mouse button. When you are finished viewing the highlighted entities, type REGEN, then press the right mouse button to regenerate the current drawing without highlight marks.

&

Reference Guide

6-71

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

D??<C

9C?<1D5 7B?E@54 5>D9D95C

The Isolate command enables you to display only selected grouped entities associated with a selected P&ID component. All graphics on the drawing are blanked out and only the selected P&ID group entities display.

 D? 9C?<1D5 7B?E@54 5>D9D95C

!

Select P&ID-Tools/Group/Isolate. The prompt

Select P&ID Component:

"

#

displays. Select the component whose group you want to isolate. The prompt
Redraw Components No/<Yes>:

$

%

displays. Type N, then press the right mouse button. When you are finished viewing the isolated entities, type REGEN, then press the right mouse button to regenerate the current drawing without highlight marks.

&

69>4 1 <9>;
The Find Link command enables you to locate the Master Entity Points or Attribute Blocks where all grouped entities associated with a selected P&ID component link with the database. This command is useful when examining a corrupted drawing.

 D? 69>4 1 <9>;
!

Select P&ID-Tools/Group/Find Link. The prompt

Select P&ID Component:

"

#

displays. Select the component whose group links you want to display. The prompt
Master Link Point for tag < >:

$

%

displays. The Master Entry Points are also displayed on the current drawing. Press the right mouse button.

&

>_dU

The MC-ATT layer must be displayed for the Master Link points to be visible.

6-72

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

D??<C

=?F5 1 <9>;
The Find and Move Link command enables you to locate the Master Entity Points or Attribute Blocks where all grouped entities associated with a selected P&ID component link with the database and relocate the Links. This command is useful when examining a corrupted drawing.

 D? =?F5 1 <9>;
!

Select P&ID-Tools/Group/Find and Move Link. The prompt

Select P&ID Component:

"

#

displays. Select the component whose group links you want to relocate. The prompt
Pick New Master Link Point Location for tag < >:

$

%

displays. Select the new Master Entry Point for the selected component.

>_dU

The MC-ATT layer must be displayed for the Master Link points to be visible.

C5D 21D38 3?==1>4C

The Batch command enables you to process multiple drawings for Exchanging, Plotting, and general AutoCAD commands.

 D? C5D 21D38 3?==1>4C

!

Select P&ID-Tools/Import/Export/Batch to display the P&ID Batch Launcher dialog. Press Project to display the Projects dialog. Select a project from the Select Project pick-list to which you want the batch commands to apply, then press OK. Press Drawings to display the Select Drawings dialog. Select the drawings from the Available Drawings pick-list to which you want the batch commands to apply, then press Add. When the appropriate drawing names display in the Selected Drawings pick-list, press OK. Type the appropriate AutoCAD command (i.e., ZOOM) in the AutoCAD Command field. Type the appropriate P&ID command (i.e., C:AT_ASI_AUTO_REPAIR) in the P&ID Command field. Select P&ID from the Applications drop-down pick-list. Enable the appropriate On Batch Completion radio button, then press Run.

"

#

$

%

&

'

Reference Guide

6-73

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

D??<C

C5D <9>; 1>4 B575>5B1D5 ?@D9?>C

The Link and Regen options command enables you to establish the settings for updating links to the current drawings database and regenerating the current drawing.

 D? C5D <9>; 1>4 B575>5B1D5 ?@D9?>C

!

Select P&ID/Preferences/Link and Regen options to display the Drawing Update Options dialog. Enable the Automatic radio button within the Link Update Mode group box to update the links to the current drawing database automatically when updating (SAVE, etc.) the current drawing file or leaving the drawing (QUIT, etc.). Enable the Standard radio button within the Data Regen Mode group box to regenerate only the changed portions of the current drawing according to the drawings database on start-up, then press OK.

"

#

B56B5C8 C5<53D54 2<?3; 3?@95C

The All Blocks command enables you to update the copy of a selected block stored within the drawing based on the block attributes and block defined in the symbols directory and replace all occurrences of that block within the drawing. This command refreshes blocks with and without attributes.

 D? B56B5C8 C5<53D54 2<?3; 3?@95C

!

Select P&ID-Tools/Update/Block Refresh/Interactive/All Blocks. The prompt

Select objects:

"

#

displays. Select the component(s) whose block you want to refresh, then press the right mouse button.

B56B5C8 1<< 2<?3; 3?@95C

The All Blocks command enables you to update the copy of all blocks stored within the drawing based on the block attributes and block defined in the symbols directory and replace all occurrences of that block within the drawing. This command refreshes blocks with and without attributes.

 D? B56B5C8 1<< 2<?3; 3?@95C

!

Select P&ID-Tools/Update/Block Refresh/Global/All Blocks.

6-74

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

D??<C

E><9>; 1 4?3E=5>D
The CATT command enables a link between a P&ID component and an associated document (e.g., vendor drawing, specification sheet, maintenance record, etc.) to be broken.

 D? E><9>; 1 4?3E=5>D
!

Select P&ID-Tools/CATT The prompt

<Select entity>/Process:

"

#

displays. Select the component whose associated document you want to unlink. The appropriate Data dialog displays. Select the Associated Docs tab. Select the appropriate document from the pick-list, then press Delete Link. The Rebis Component Dialogs dialog displays. Press Yes to indicate you want to delete the document link. When you have deleted the appropriate documents, press OK.

$

%

&

'

@5B6?B= 1> 1E49D ?> 1 4B1G9>7

The Audit command enables you to create more accurate and reliable external data for the AutoPLANT P&ID application by examining links in a drawing, writing audit information and resolving common errors. This command processes data at the drawing and project database levels.

 D? @5B6?B= 1> 1E49D ?> 1 4B1G9>7

!

Before auditing the database, Rebis recommends first repairing the current drawing to avoid the possibility of losing project information. Select P&ID-Tools/Audit and Repair/Drawing Repair to display the Repair Drawing Database dialog. Enable all check-boxes within the Repair Options group box, then press OK. Select P&ID-Tools/Audit and Repair/Audit to display the Audit Database dialog. Press Select All within the Configure Options group box. Enable the Enable Log File check box within the Log File group box, then type the name and destination of the log file in the Filename field. Press OK. The Processing Audit tables status bar dialog displays until the Audit is complete.

"

#

$

%

&

Reference Guide

6-75

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

D??<C

B5@19B 1 4B1G9>7
The Repair command enables you to create more accurate and reliable external data for the AutoPLANT P&ID application by retrieving all of the links that exist in the current drawing and executing the options selected for each link.

 D? B5@19B 1 4B1G9>7
!

Select P&ID-Tools/Audit and Repair/Repair to display the Repair Drawing Database dialog. Enable the Generate Audit Data, Repair Key Links, Repair Links, and Repair Tag Register check boxes. Enable the Enable Log File check box within the Log File group box, then type the name and destination of the log file in the Filename field. Press OK. The Auditing drawings link tables status bar dialog displays until the Repair is complete.

"

#

$

%

C5D 1ED?B5@19B ?@D9?>C

The Config Auto Repair command enables you to select the options used by the Auto Repair command which automatically runs the Repair command without displaying the Repair Drawing Database dialog based on the settings in this dialog.

 D? C5D 1ED?B5@19B ?@D9?>C

!

Select P&ID-Tools/Audit and Repair/Config AutoRepair to display the Configure Auto Repair dialog. Enable the Generate Audit Data, Repair Key Links, Repair Links, and Repair Tag Register check boxes. Enable the Enable Log File check box within the Log File group box, then type the name and destination of the log file in the Filename field. Press OK.

"

#

$

6-76

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

D??<C

@EB75 BE> D5B=9>1D?BC

The Purge Run Terminators command enables you to delete Run Terminator symbols without an associated Process Line on the current drawing and to ensure that all database links for these symbols are removed.

 D? @EB75 BE> D5B=9>1D?BC

!

Select File/Save. Select P&ID-Tools/Maintenance/Purge Run Terminators.

"

C31> 6?B >?>@945>D9D95C

The Scan command enables you to locate and highlight AutoCAD entities and previous version P&ID symbols on the current drawing.

 D? C31> 6?B >?>@94 5>D9D95C

!

Select P&ID-Tools/Conversion/Scan for Non P&ID Entities/Scan to display the P&ID Scan dialog. Enable the Blocks, Blocks With Attributes, Lines/Circles, and Text check boxes within the Scan group box, then press Scan.

"

Reference Guide

6-77


9=@?BD5H@?BD

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

9=@?BD5H@?BD

9=@?BD 1> 5H381>75 4B1G9>7

Exchange drawings which will not become a part of a project (i.e., using Internal Data) can be imported directly from the P&ID application. Exchange drawings which will become part of a project should be imported via AutoPLANT Document Manager.

 D? 9=@?BD 1> 5H381>75 4B1G9>7 G8938 G9<< EC5 9>D5B>1< 41D1

!

After installing and configuring the AutoPLANT P&ID software, start Microsoft Windows 95 or Microsoft Windows NT (3.51 or later). Locate the 2D Schematic Drawings icon and double-click on it, or select this icon from the Start bar. After launching AutoPLANT P&ID, select File\Open to display the Select Drawing to Edit dialog. Type the name of the drawing in the File Name field, then select the file location by indicating the directory and drive within the Directories group box, then press Open to display the Select Project dialog. Select Internal Data, then press OK to display the dialog. If duplicate Tag Numbers exist, the Assembly Insert Options dialog displays.

"

#

$

 D? 9=@?BD 1> 5H381>75 4B1G9>7 G8938 G9<< EC5 5HD5B>1<@B?:53D 41D1

!

Locate the Document Manager icon and double-click on it, or select this icon from the Start bar. After launching AutoPLANT Document Manager, the Login dialog displays. Type your user name and password in the User Name and Password fields, respectively, then press OK. Ensure the appropriate project is active (as seen within the Document Tree). If you are not in the correct project, select File/Open Project to display the Projects dialog, then select the appropriate project from the pick-list and press OK. Select AutoPLANT P&ID from the Document Tree, then select Document/Import to display the Select a File to Import dialog. Type the name of the drawing in the File Name field, then select the file location by indicating the directory and drive within the Directories group box, then press Open to display the Import Document dialog. Enable the Copy Document radio button to create a physical copy of the current document and place it in the current project path or enable the Reference Document radio button to only reference the current document, and place it in the current Document Tree. Press OK.

"

#

$

%

&

6-78

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

9=@?BD5H@?BD

'

The Exchange Drawing now appears within the Document Tree. To edit the drawing, select the file from the Document Tree and select Document/Edit.

>_dU

Data will enter the project database only after the current drawing is edited for the first time.

9=@?BD 1 2<?3;
The Import Block command enables you to import a P&ID block.

 D? 9=@?BD 1 2<?3;
!

Select P&ID-Tools/Import/Export/Import Block to display the Enter Drawing Name dialog. Specify the name and location of the Block, then press OK.

"

>_dU >_dU

If duplicate Tag Numbers exist, the Enter Tag Number dialog displays for each occurrence. The position of the original block is retained when placed on the current drawing.

9=@?BD 1 =1CC21<1>35 D12<5

The MassBalance Import command enables you to import an external file and its associated process information (e.g., temperature, pressure, molar flow and mass flow).

 D? 9=@?BD 1 =1CC21<1>35 D12<5

!

Select P&ID-Tools/Import/Export/MassBalance Import/Hisym to display the Select Import File dialog. Specify the name and location of the MassBalance Table, then press OK. The prompt
Enter text height <0.125>:

"

#

$

displays. Type the desired MassBalance Table text height in the Command prompt, then press the right mouse button. The prompt
Enter width of description column <2.500>:

%

&

displays. Type the desired MassBalance Table description column width in the Command prompt, then press the right mouse button. The prompt
Enter width of data columns <1.250>:

'

Reference Guide

6-79

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

9=@?BD5H@?BD

(

displays. Type the desired MassBalance Table data column width in the Command prompt, then press the right mouse button.. The prompt
Select position of table:

)

! 

displays. Select the location of the MassBalance Table by dragging the mouse left, right, up, or down, then press the left mouse button.

>_dU

Changes made to the current drawing or database do not affect the MassBalance Table.

5H@?BD 1 2<?3;
The Export Block command enables you to export or move a section of a current P&ID drawing and its embedded data.

 D? 5H@?BD 1 2<?3;
!

Select File/Save. Select P&ID-Tools/Import/Export/Export Block to display the Enter Drawing Name dialog. Specify the name and location of the Block, then press OK. The prompt
Select objects:

"

#

$

%

displays. Select the objects to be included in the exported Block, then press the right mouse button.

5H@?BD 1> 9>CDBE=5>D 9>45H

The Export Instrument Index command enables you to export Instrument Index data from the current drawing.

 D? 5H@?BD 1> 9>CDBE=5>D 9>45H

!

Select P&ID-Tools/Import/Export/Export Instrument Index. The prompt

Drawing No. is undefined, enter new name:

"

#

displays. Type the drawing number of the current drawing, then press the right mouse button. The prompt
Instrument data extraction completed for P&ID:

$

%

displays confirming successful operation of this command.

6-80

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

<9CDC

>_dU

Exported Instrument Index files are saved as *.TXT files.

<9CDC 3B51D5 1 <9>5 <9CD

The Line List command enables you to create a list showing process data for each of the Process Lines on the current drawing.

 D? 3B51D5 1 <9>5 <9CD

!

Select P&ID-Tools/Lists/Line List to display the P&ID List Data dialog. Within the Drawing Settings group box, enable the appropriate check boxes, then type the desired text height in the Text Height field. Enable the appropriate External File Settings check boxes, then type the name and location of the external file in the File Name field, then press OK. The prompt
Pick upper left point of table, return for no table:

"

#

$

%

displays. Select the placement point for the Line List. The AutoPLANT Message dialog displays. Press Yes to relocate the Line List, or press No to leave the Line List in the current position.

&

>_dU

Subsequent changes to the current drawing are not reflected in the Line List. Recreate the Line List to display current information.

3B51D5 1> 9>CDBE=5>D 9>45H

The Instrument Index command enables you to create a list showing the data for the Instruments on the current drawing.

 D? 3B51D5 1> 9>CDBE=5>D 9>45H

!

Select P&ID-Tools/Lists/Instrument Index to display the P&ID List Data dialog. Within the Drawing Settings group box, enable the appropriate check boxes, then type the desired text height in the Text Height field. Enable the appropriate External File Settings check boxes, then type the name and location of the external file in the File Name field, then press OK. The prompt
Pick upper left point of table, return for no table:

"

#

$

Reference Guide

6-81

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

<9CDC

%

displays. Select the placement point for the Instrument Index. The AutoPLANT Message dialog displays. Press Yes to relocate the Instrument Index, or press No to leave the Instrument Index in the current position.

&

>_dU

Subsequent changes to the current drawing are not reflected in the Instrument Index. Recreate the Instrument Index to display current information.

3B51D5 1> 5AE9@=5>D <9CD

The Equipment List command enables you to create a list showing the data for the Equipment on the current drawing.

 D? 3B51D5 1> 5AE9@=5>D <9CD

!

Select P&ID-Tools/Lists/Equipment List to display the P&ID List Data dialog. Within the Drawing Settings group box, enable the appropriate check boxes, then type the desired text height in the Text Height field. Enable the appropriate External File Settings check boxes, then type the name and location of the external file in the File Name field, then press OK. The prompt
Pick upper left point of table, return for no table:

"

#

$

%

displays. Select the placement point for the Equipment List. The AutoPLANT Message dialog displays. Press Yes to relocate the Equipment List, or press No to leave the Equipment List in the current position.

&

>_dU

Subsequent changes to the current drawing are not reflected in the Equipment List. Recreate the Equipment List to display current information.

3B51D5 1 F1<F5 <9CD

The Valve List command enables you to create a list showing the data for the Valves on the drawing.

 D? 3B51D5 1> F1<F5 <9CD

!

Select P&ID-Tools/Lists/Valve List to display the P&ID List Data dialog. Within the Drawing Settings group box, enable the appropriate check boxes, then type the desired text height in the Text Height field. Enable the appropriate External File Settings check boxes, then type the name and location of the external file in the File Name field, then press OK.

"

#

6-82

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

41D121C5

$

The prompt
Pick upper left point of table, return for no table:

%

displays. Select the placement point for the Valve List. The AutoPLANT Message dialog displays. Press Yes to relocate the Valve List, or press No to leave the Valve List in the current position.

&

>_dU

Subsequent changes to the current drawing are not reflected in the Valve List. Recreate the Valve List to display current information.

41D121C5 49C@<1I @B?:53D 41D121C5 41D1

The Project command enables you to display database information relating to the current Project environment within an AutoCAD text window.

 D? 49C@<1I @B?:53D 41D121C5 41D1

!

Select P&ID-Tools/DB Diagnostics/Project to display the AutoCAD Text Window. Use the F2 key to toggle between the AutoCAD text screen and the current drawing screen.

"

49C@<1I C5CC9?> 41D121C5 41D1

The Session command enables you to display database information relating to the current drawing session within an AutoCAD text window.

 D? 49C@<1I C5CC9?> 41D121C5 41D1

!

Select P&ID-Tools/DB Diagnostics/Session to display the AutoCAD Text Window. Use the F2 key to toggle between the AutoCAD text screen and the current drawing screen.

"

49C@<1I 1@@<931D9?> 41D121C5 41D1

The Application command enables you to display database information relating to the version of AutoPLANT P&ID currently in use within an AutoCAD text window.

 D? 49C@<1I 1@@<931D9?> 41D121C5 41D1

!

Select P&ID-Tools/DB Diagnostics/Application to display the AutoCAD Text Window. Use the F2 key to toggle between the AutoCAD text screen and the current drawing screen.

"

Reference Guide

6-83

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

41D121C5

49C@<1I 49B53D?BI 41D121C5 41D1

The Directory command enables you to display database information relating to the P&ID table name, physical name, Database type, Database name index fields and index type, within an AutoCAD text window.

 D? 49C@<1I 49B53D?BI 41D121C5 41D1

!

Select P&ID-Tools/DB Diagnostics/Directory to display the AutoCAD Text Window. Use the F2 key to toggle between the AutoCAD text screen and the current drawing screen.

"

49C@<1I @1D8C 41D121C5 41D1

The Paths command enables you to display database information relating to the path location for the P&ID database within an AutoCAD text window.

 D? 49C@<1I @1D8C 41D121C5 41D1

!

Select P&ID-Tools/DB Diagnostics/Paths to display the AutoCAD Text Window. Use the F2 key to toggle between the AutoCAD text screen and the current drawing screen.

"

49C@<1I D17C 41D121C5 41D1

The Tags command enables you to display database information relating to the different tag types used in the current drawing within an AutoCAD text window.

 D? 49C@<1I D17C 41D121C5 41D1

!

Select P&ID-Tools/DB Diagnostics/Tags to display the AutoCAD Text Window. Use the F2 key to toggle between the AutoCAD text screen and the current drawing screen.

"

49C@<1I F95G 41D121C5 41D1

The Views command enables you to display database information relating to the different view configurations for the P&ID symbols placed on the current drawing within an AutoCAD text window.

 D? 49C@<1I F95G 41D121C5 41D1

!

Select P&ID-Tools/DB Diagnostics/View to display the AutoCAD Text Window. Use the F2 key to toggle between the AutoCAD text screen and the current drawing screen.

"

6-84

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

41D121C5

49C@<1I 493D9?>1BI 41D121C5 41D1

The Dictionary command enables you to display database information relating to the different data fields available for the symbols placed on the current drawing within an AutoCAD text window.

 D? 49C@<1I 493D9?>1BI 41D121C5 41D1

!

Select P&ID-Tools/DB Diagnostics/Dictionary to display the AutoCAD Text Window. Use the F2 key to toggle between the AutoCAD text screen and the current drawing screen.

"

49C@<1I 1C94B9F5B 41D121C5 41D1

The ASI Drivers command enables you to display database information relating to the available ASI drivers within an AutoCAD text window.

 D? 49C@<1I 1C9 4B9F5B 41D121C5 41D1

!

Select P&ID-Tools/DB Diagnostics/ASI Drivers to display the AutoCAD Text Window. Use the F2 key to toggle between the AutoCAD text screen and the current drawing screen.

"

49C@<1I 1C941D121C5 41D1

The ASI Databases command enables you to display database information relating to the ASI databases that have been defined in the ASI driver within an AutoCAD text window.

 D? 49C@<1I 1C9 41D121C5 41D1

!

Select P&ID-Tools/DB Diagnostics/ASI Databases to display the AutoCAD Text Window. Use the F2 key to toggle between the AutoCAD text screen and the current drawing screen.

"

Reference Guide

6-85

EC5B @B?354EB5 8?G D? D?@93C

6-86

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

381@D5B

@B?7B1=3ECD?=9J1D9?>

This chapter contains P&ID program customization big picture explanations. This area looks at the big picture in discussing the relevant files and options for each customization category.

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION DRAWING PREFERENCES MENUS/TOOLBARS

7-2 7-13 7-20

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> CICD5= !?>697EB1D9?>

CICD5= 3?>697EB1D9?>
When an AutoPLANT application is installed, the configuration file AT.INI is created in the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\CFG local workstation directory. AT.INI contains a configuration group for each installed AutoPLANT application, and a [GENERAL] group that contains key assignments that apply across all AutoPLANT applications. Each group contains keywords that define the paths, files, and functions required to start the application.

>5DG?B; FC<?31< G?B;CD1D9?> 9>CD1<<1D9?>C

If a network installation of P&ID is performed, the core application files are installed on the specified network drive. Each user must then perform a Workstation installation to install the user configurable files on their local workstation. When each user installs the local workstation files, AT.INI is created in the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\CFG local workstation directory. In order for the application to find the core set of files that were installed on the network and local workstation drives, the installation program assigns the NETWORK_ROOT keyword in AT.INI to the network root directory and the local root directory to the LOCAL_ROOT keyword. If only a local installation is performed, these keywords will be assigned to the same local root directory.

>_dU

If the network core files are moved, or the network mapping to these files changes, simply change the NETWORK_ROOT keyword in AT.INI to the new path.

D5=@?B1BI 69<5C
AutoPLANT software requires a directory to store temporary files created during normal program execution. The APTMP keyword in the [GENERAL] group in the AT.INI is assigned to this directory and may be modified. The files in this directory should be deleted periodically.

2?=B5@?BDC
P&ID listings are controlled like components through the menu and the SETTINGS database. The menu sets the SETTINGS menu reference key as shown below:
> /,676 @6 6261$3% >@ >/LQH @A&0116(77 %203 0  )81& >9DOYH @A&0116(77 %209 0  )81& >(TXLSPQW@A&0116(77 %20( 0  )81& >,QVW ,G[ @A&0116(77 %20, 0  )81&

The fields BOM Expression and User Expression are used to store the name of the *.TXT files used to create the formatted list placed on the drawing and the list created for the dBASE/Lotus file

7-2

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> CICD5= !?>697EB1D9?>

respectively. For example, the SETTINGS database record for BOME has a BOM Expression of eout and a User Expression of elist; therefore, the template for drawing a table in the drawing is EOUT.TXT and the template for the dBASE file is ELIST.TXT. If a new list type is desired, for example a list of metering devices, then this can be constructed as follows: Add a new prompt to the menu file. Select a SETTINGS menu reference key that is unique (i.e., BOMM).
>0HWHU/LVW@A&0116(77 %200 -)81&

If you want to have this choice available from the pull-down menus, etc., then modify the other appropriate parts of the menu. Start SETTINGS and locate the BOME record, then use Add Copy to create a record for BOMM. Modify the BOM Expression field to read mout and the User Expression field to read mlist. Save the modified record and Exit. Copy EOUT.TXT to MOUT.TXT. Use a text editor to modify the attribute tags to those associated with metering devices. The tag names can be found in the default view for this tag type in the data dictionary. Repeat the procedure for MLIST.TXT.

41D121C5
AutoPLANT P&ID utilizes the AutoPLANT Database Toolkit for accessing the data behind the objects inserted in a drawing. This toolkit provides a great deal of flexibility in terms of database type, table names, as well as the structure of the data tables. The majority of P&IDs flexibility is found in the open environment of system database tables and application data tables. System tables contain descriptions of tag types, data views, associated data fields, data table locations, tag number formats, and access rights. Application data tables contain data associated with tagged objects created by P&ID. Whenever a graphical object is created, P&ID creates a tag associated with this object type. P&ID will either generate an automatic tag or prompt for a tag based on the annotation level. This tag value is then stored in the tag register and an internal tag ID is generated for reference within the database. A unique tag ID will be generated for each item independent of whether the external tag can be unique or not. The mechanism for connecting graphic objects within a drawing to the data associated with tags stored in external databases utilizes two different types of identifiers: links and keytags. A link is stored in a tagged object's extended data. This link will specify the Link table and unique link ID within that Link table. This link data is used to locate the link record in the specified Link table that corresponds to the object. There is a one-to-one relationship between graphic objects with links and external link records. The link record contains information about the link such as the tag type, internal drawing number and link handle, and the physical location of the link within the drawing.

Reference Guide

7-3

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> CICD5= !?>697EB1D9?>

The link table name and link ID can also be used in the Key Link table to identify the link's keytag. A keytag is the internal tag ID that is unique across an entire project and is the primary identifier for all tags or objects within a project. A single keytag (or database object) can have multiple links connecting it to multiple graphic objects. For example, a process line that is included on more than one drawing will have one link for each drawing in which it appears. Selecting this process line in any of the drawings will link to the same data associated with the process line.
@b_ZUSd 4UVY^YdY_^

System tables include a Project table detailing all of the projects which have been configured for the P&ID environment. Within this table, the following parameters are defined for a given project:
!

Project Name Name and Location of System Tables, and Other Configuration Flags

"

#

The most important information about a project is the name and location of the system tables. These tables contain the information which define a project's tag types, tag number formats, tag registers, tag views, data dictionary (or schema) views, data table names, data table locations, and data table formats.
DQW Di`Uc Q^T 4YSdY_^QbYUc

Whenever a tag is created, the tag type must be specified when P&ID creates the tag. The tag type supplied by the application is used as the key to the field TAG_TYPE in the Tag Type and View tables. The Tag Type table is where a tag type's format, uniqueness and other properties are defined. The View table defines the available views for a given tag type within the application. Views are defined within the Dictionary table. This table will have one record for each field of data associated with the specified view. The ability to have multiple views allows a user to select a graphic object and be presented with a choice of design data, maintenance data, cost data, etc.
DQW BUWYcdUb

Data tables include a Tag Register table which contains all of the tag numbers defined within a project. This table is integral in checking the uniqueness of tags entered by the user. Also included in the Tag Register table are a tags alternate and previous value along with the tags status.

7-4

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> CICD5= !?>697EB1D9?>

DQR\Uc

System tables include two tables which describe all of the tables which can be accessed by the toolkit. The first table, Paths, defines all of the databases (or groups of tables) that are required to locate the data tables. This includes the driver required to access a table in the database and, for some drivers, a path is also defined. The second table, Directory, defines all of the tables. This includes a logical and physical name of the table, the database (as defined in the Paths table) to which the table belongs, and an index expression for the table.
4Yc`\QiQR\U 1ddbYRedU 4UVY^YdY_^c

P&ID ships with a set of attribute blocks that are intended for displaying database values within a drawing. These attribute blocks begin with the letter X (e.g., XDE_.DWG) and are stored along with the other symbols in the LOCAL_ROOT\P&ID\SYM directory. They are also stored on the third library drawing PID3.DWG which can also be found in the LOCAL_ROOT\P&ID\SYM directory. Attributes within these blocks define their attribute tags based on the variables that are defined within the corresponding tag type. The definition of these attributes include those that are visible and invisible in the drawing. Invisible attributes can be toggled on after being inserted into the drawing using the P&ID-Tools/Update/Attribute Visibility command. All attributes should be defined as preset in that all values will be updated based on data found in the database. It is recommended that any customization of the attributes be done using the library drawing so that a permanent and organized record is maintained. A summary of the predefined attribute blocks with a description is given below.
1DDB92ED5 2<?3; >1=5
XDE_ XDE_SIZ XDE_SRV XDE_PMP XDHV XDCV XDPSV XDIN_ XDIN_SZ XDCS XTO_FRM2

45C3B9@D9?>
Equipment and Tag Number Equipment, Tag Number, Service, and Vessel Sizes Equipment, Tag Number, and Service Equipment, Tag Number, Service, Flow, and Nozzle Sizes Hand Valve, Size, and Valve Text Visible, Valve Tag Invisible Control Valve, Type, Loop Number, and Size PSV, Type, Loop Number, Size, and PSV Data Instrument, Type, Loop Number, Area, and Alarm Status Instrument, Type, Loop Number, Area, Alarm Status, and Pipe Size Pipe Size To/From Arrow, and Document Name

Reference Guide

7-5

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> CICD5= !?>697EB1D9?>

XTO_FRM3 XTO_FRM4

To/From Arrow, Document Name, and Note Within Arrow To/From Arrow, Document Name, and Note Below Arrow

C5DD9>7C 41D121C5
The SETTINGS database (SETTINGS.DBF) is the control center for all AutoPLANT programs. It provides the link between menu command options and the functions, symbols, and data used to implement them. SETTINGS is indexed on the menu reference key that is specified in the P&ID menu file (PID.MNU) in order to access the appropriate record in SETTINGS.DBF.
CUddY^Wc 4UVQe\d 4UVY^YdY_^c

The following table describes each field within the SETTINGS database:
695<4 >1=5
TYP SOURCE FUNC MNUTXT MNUPD MNUICON ICON MENU SCHEMA POS ITYP P_SYM D_SYM FMT ATT P_ATT TWK P_TWK ROT ETYP NIL NIL

C1=@<5 F1<E5
GATE GATE C:VS Gate Gate Gate 32500 B,4 Valve B VA 32500 325 VALVE NIL NIL

45C3B9@D9?>
Type of component. Usually the same as Source. Settings key. Function that is called when this key is used. Internal field used to generate the side bar menu text. Internal field used to generate the pull-down menu text. Internal field used to generate the icon menu text. Internal field used to generate the icon menu. Internal field used to generate menus. Reserved for future development. BOM Position. Item Type for function. P&ID symbol name. DESIGNER Symbol name. FMT or DCL used when using CATT command on this item in PD. Attribute block used in DESIGNER. Attribute block used in P&ID. Hardcoded topworks in DESIGNER. Hardcoded topworks in P&ID. Symbol rotation. Vessel heads.

7-6

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> CICD5= !?>697EB1D9?>

DTYP DSET BOM USER IDESC SDESC SZDESC SFX SFY P_SFX SFE SFI SFA SFT D_SLAY I_SLAY P_SLAY IDTYP INT PXFCODE IGSYM IGCODE UFUNC

Pipe Spec Data type (F or V) in DESIGNER/ISO. Pipe Spec Data set in DESIGNER/ISO.

GATE VALVE

BOM text for the item. User field.

(STRCAT cls rf end" mtl" bom)" (STRCAT d" bom)" (STRCAT d)

Item description. Short description. Size description. X scale factor DESIGNER & ISO. Y scale factor DESIGNER & ISO. P&ID x scale factor. End scale factor. Instrument Mark Spacing (mostly used in ISO). Also used in DESIGNER for spacing when inserting general notes.

10

Aux scale factor. Instrument Scale Factor used in P&ID.

0 9 4 IBUB

Layer Index DESIGNER. Layer Index ISO. Layer Index - P&ID. SETTINGS record of inst bubble used. Vessel Internals.

10 VT** 130 user_gate

PXF item code. ISOGEN symbol key. ISOGEN item code. User Function name.

1ddbYRedU 2\_S[

The name of the attribute block associated with a specific component type is specified in the Attribute Block field. For example, the AG-PRP symbol has the attribute block name set to XDE_. The only exceptions to this are where the component may have a choice of attribute blocks. For example, Valves can be either a Hand Valve (XDHV) or Control Valve (XDCV) depending on how they are inserted into the drawing. The functions C:VS or C:CVALVE determine the appropriate attribute block when the symbol is inserted. Accordingly, the attribute block field for Valves is blank.

Reference Guide

7-7

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> CICD5= !?>697EB1D9?>

If a specific Control Valve is desired without having to answer Command prompts, it can be achieved by presetting the appropriate fields in SETTINGS.DBF as follows:
Function Symbol Topworks C:CVALVE 32500 (body is a gate valve) CV

>_dU

No prompt for topworks will be made and the Valve will be inserted with the specified topworks CV, and the attribute block XDCV. Note that the function C:CVALVE is the same as C:VS, except it creates a Control Valve independent of the topworks selected and will display the Control Valve dialog.

Options exist to have a two, three, or four line (fourth items are placed outside bubbles) tag for instruments (XDIN_x), flow measuring devices (XDIN_SZx) and orifice plates (XDIN_SZx). The x should be set to the appropriate number of visible attributes. For example, if three lines are to be visible in an instrument, the Attribute Block field in SETTINGS should be set to XDIN_3.
1ddbYRedU 2\_S[ CSQ\U

Visible attributes are typically defined with a height of 0.1. Attributes are set to this size for compactness requirements imposed by the size of the boxes in the symbol library drawings. The attribute scale factor is used to scale the height to unit size (i.e., 10.0 for visible text) so that the global text height parameter can be directly applied to compute drawing text size.
1ehY\\Qbi CSQ\U 6QSd_b

The Auxillary Scale Factor field is used in several functions where a secondary (i.e., y-scale) scale factor is required. One use is to scale the break in pipe when P&ID inserts an in-line fitting. This includes both Valves and Instruments such as orifices.
/LQH JDS DVI [VI JOREDO VFDOH IDFWRU

2?= 5h`bUccY_^

The BOM Expression field displays the BOM component name. This field is used in constructing the item description string which is used for BOM output. Within the P&ID program, this value is mainly used as the default description for new objects.
5^T Di`U

The End Type field is used to specify predefined head types for a particular Vessel, Tank or Drum. For example, a bin (index key = BIN), has predefined heads of E (Elliptical) on top and CB (Cone Bottom) on the bottom, which are shown in this field as E,CB. The function that draws the bin C:EQ will not prompt for head types if this field is preset.

7-8

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> CICD5= !?>697EB1D9?>

6e^SdY_^

The Function field determines the function used to insert an object. For example, C:VS is used to place all Valves. When adding a new component type, the first step is to identify an existing component that behaves the way you wish the new component to behave. Once the function is determined, the symbol that it places should be examined to determine where it expects the insertion point to be.

>_dU

Failing to follow function conventions can lead to inconsistencies in line breaking and symbol sizing.

94 Ci]R_\

The ID Symbol field is used to define the symbol to be used for associated tagging. For example, Control Valves will include an instrument bubble based on the symbol IBUB.

>_dU

The ID symbol is the name of the SETTINGS record for the symbol, not the symbol name itself.

9dU] 4UcSbY`dY_^

This field is used by the line annotation routines (found in the Annotation Symbols dialog) to determine the text to display. This field is also used by instrument lines to specify the two letter line type designation which is stored with the instrument when an instrument line is connected.
9dU] Di`U

The Item Type field is used to set switches or flags within several functions to modify the behavior of the function.
<QiUb 9^TUh

The Layer Index field is used to specify the layer an object is placed on. Layer numbers correspond to the layer number sequence defined in the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID\PIDSUP.LSP lisp file. If the layer field is blank, the placement function determines the layer. For the majority of items, a predefined layer is specified.
CSXU]Q

The Schema field defines which tag type will be used when creating the data associated with the object in the database.

Reference Guide

7-9

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> CICD5= !?>697EB1D9?>

4UVQe\d FYUgc

The following table lists the default views (by convention the default view has the same name as its tag type) provided with P&ID:
F95GD17 DI@5
AT_CVALVE AT_DWG_NAME AT_EQDRM AT_EQDRV AT_EQEXC AT_EQMIX AT_EQPMP AT_EQTNK AT_EQTWR AT_EQUIP AT_EQVES AT_HVALVE AT_INST_ AT_INST_CS AT_INST_FLO AT_INST_ORF AT_PID_INLINE AT_PID_NOZZLE AT_PID_REDUCER AT_PID_RUNTERM AT_PID_TOFROM AT_PIPERUN AT_PROCESS AT_PSV

45C3B9@D9?>
Control Valve Drawing Number Drum Driver Exchanger Mixer Pump Tank Tower Equipment Vessel Hand Valve Instrument Chem Seal Flow Meter Orifice Inline Object Nozzle Reducer Run Terminator To/From Arrow Pipe Run Process Line PSV

491<?7 >1=5
AT_CVALVE AT_DWG_NAME AT_EQDRM AT_EQDRV AT_EQEXC AT_EQUIP AT_EQPMP AT_EQVES AT_EQVES AT_EQUIP AT_EQVES AT_HVALVE AT_INST_ AT_INST_CS AT_INST_FLO AT_INST_ORF AT_PID_INLINE AT_PID_NOZZLE

AT_PID_RUNTERM AT_PID_TOFROM AT_PIPERUN AT_PROCESS AT_PSV

7-10

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> CICD5= !?>697EB1D9?>

Ci]R_\ >Q]U

The Symbol Name field tells P&ID the name of the symbol to use for this component. Symbol names that are not enclosed in parentheses are AutoCAD blocks stored in the LOCAL_ROOT\P&ID\SYM directory or a client-specific directory. Symbol names listed in parentheses, for example (DRUM), are parametric lisp routines used to draw this particular component. Some parametric routines are in open lisp code so they can be customized. If they are open, they are included in PID-SUP.LSP which can be found in the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID directory.
Ci]R_\ B_dQdY_^

The Symbol Rotation field controls whether the user is prompted for rotation when inserting a symbol. If the symbol is non-symmetrical, typically it will be rotated. The following options are valid:
NIL T 0 To dynamically rotate symbol about a single point. To dynamically rotate symbol about the y-axis. No rotation prompt will be given and symbol will be rotated `0' degrees.

DUhd CSQ\U 6QSd_b

The Text Scale Factor field is used to position text relative to the insertion point of a symbol. For example, a Hand Valve has the Valve size as a visible attribute. The distance that text is placed below (or above) the Valve is controlled by this factor. The formula for calculating the perpendicular distance below the line that the text will be inserted is:
3HUSHQGLFXODU RIIVHW WVI JOREDO VFDOH IDFWRU

>_dU
D_`g_b[c

A negative scale factor will position the text above the Valve instead of below.

The Topworks field is used to specify the symbol name for a component with a specific type of topworks. Functions such as C:CVALVE which place Valves, checks the contents of this field to determine if the topworks are predefined. A blank entry in this field will result in the function prompting for topworks. Topworks are symbols without additional attributes.
EcUb 5h`bUccY_^

This field is reserved for component notes such as usage restrictions that will be listed at the Command line when this item is used.

Reference Guide

7-11

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> CICD5= !?>697EB1D9?>

EcUb 6e^SdY_^

The User Function field is the name of an optional AutoCAD lisp function that will be executed after an object has been inserted into a drawing.
FUccU\ 9^dUb^Q\c

The Vessel Internals field is used to specify predefined internals for a particular Vessel or Drum. For example the Demister (index key = DEMIST), has predefined internals of deMist so M is entered in this field. The function that draws the Demister, C:EQ, will not prompt for internals if this field is preset and not NIL.
H CSQ\U 6QSd_b

The X Scale Factor field is used to scale symbols. The actual scale factor used while inserting the symbol is calculated based on the following equation:
,QVHUWLRQ VFDOH IDFWRU [VI JOREDO VFDOH IDFWRU 7KHUHIRUH WKH HTXDWLRQ IRU FDOFXODWLQJ WKH OHQJWK RI D 9DOYH ZRXOG EH 9DOYH OHQJWK OHQJWK RI EDVH V\PERO [VI JOREDO VFDOH IDFWRU

In any of the functions that break a line, the assumption has been made that the symbol will have a unit length; therefore, the line break can be accurately determined. A 0.0 X Scale Factor is used in some routines (i.e., LINE_ID) to indicate that the placement routine should not break the line. For equipment (i.e., C:EQ), an X Scale Factor of 0.0 means that the symbol will be dynamically sized at the time of insertion.

>_dU

The X Scale Factor is not used to scale instrument bubbles for Control Valves and Instruments. The ID Bubble Radius value (set within the ID Bubble Radius field of the Drawing Parameters dialog) is used. For Control Valves, the Valve body is scaled by the X Scale Factor and the bubble is scaled by the ID Bubble Radius.

7-12

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> 4B1G9>7 (B565B5>35C

4B1G9>7 @B565B5>35C
When AutoPLANT software is installed, the lisp file PID-SUP.LSP is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID directory. This file contains Lisp functions and variable definitions that may be modified to change the drawing defaults presented in the P&ID application. P&ID default Drawing Parameters are stored as part of the PID-SUP.LSP lisp file.

1DDB92ED5 G94D8C
When AutoPLANT software is installed, the lisp file PID-SUP.LSP is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID directory. This file contains Lisp functions and variable definitions that may be modified to change the drawing defaults presented in the P&ID application. P&ID default Drawing Parameters are stored as part of the PID-SUP.LSP lisp file. The attwidth variable assigns the text width factor applied to all annotation attributes placed in a drawing. The default of this variable is as follows:
VHWT DWWZLGWK 

1ED?<9>5 2B51; @B9?B9DI <9CD

When AutoPLANT software is installed, the lisp file PID-SUP.LSP is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID directory. This file contains Lisp functions and variable definitions that may be modified to change the drawing defaults presented in the P&ID application. P&ID default Drawing Parameters are stored as part of the PID-SUP.LSP lisp file. The lbrk_prior variable lists P&ID line types to define the priority used to determine which line type will be broken by the AutoLine Break command when two lines intersect. The default priority is defined as follows:
VHWT OEUNBSULRU
PDMRUQZ PLQRUQZ PDMRU PLQRU PDMRUH[ PLQRUH[ FWZ VWP WUDFLQJ LQVW LQVWO LQVWO LQVWO HTXLS  OEUNBDQJ  SL IRU YHUWLFDO OEUNBVL]  IUDFWLRQ RI RYHUDOO VFDOH IDFWRU 

Reference Guide

7-13

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> 4B1G9>7 (B565B5>35C

2E22<5 2B51; D?<5B1>35

When AutoPLANT software is installed, the lisp file PID-SUP.LSP is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID directory. This file contains Lisp functions and variable definitions that may be modified to change the drawing defaults presented in the P&ID application. P&ID default Drawing Parameters are stored as part of the PID-SUP.LSP lisp file. The txtbord variable controls the margin or space around instrument balloon text or attributes. This value is multiplied by the actual text height to determine the height of an imaginary box that will be drawn around the attribute text. This box will be used to break the balloon if it intersects the balloon. The default of this list is as follows:
VHWT W[WERUG 

4561E<D 6?>D 49C@<1I

When AutoPLANT software is installed, the lisp file PID-SUP.LSP is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID directory. This file contains Lisp functions and variable definitions that may be modified to change the drawing defaults presented in the P&ID application. P&ID default Drawing Parameters are stored as part of the PID-SUP.LSP lisp file. The definition of the fntlst variable controls the default AutoCAD font display. The default of this variable is as follows:
GHIXQ LQLWVW\   W[WVW\OH IRXQG IQWOVW  VHWT IRXQG QLO IQWOVW
URPDQV VLPSOH[ W[W ZKLOH DQG QRW IRXQG IQWOVW LI ILQGILOH VWUFDW FDU IQWOVW VK[ SURJQ VHWT IRXQG W W[WVW\OH FDU IQWOVW  LI ILQGILOH VWUFDW W[WVW\OH VK[ VHWT W[WVW\OH VWUFDW W[WVW\OH   FRPPDQG B67</( VWDQGDUG W[WVW\OH    BQ BQ BQ VRPH IRQWV RQO\ UHT  BQ   VHWT IQWOVW FGU IQWOVW  LI QRW IRXQG SULQV DWBPVJ :$51,1* 5HTXHVWHG IRQWV DUH QRW DYDLODEOH 3,'B   

7-14

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> 4B1G9>7 (B565B5>35C

7<?21< C31<5 613D?B

When AutoPLANT software is installed, the lisp file PID-SUP.LSP is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID directory. This file contains Lisp functions and variable definitions that may be modified to change the drawing defaults presented in the P&ID application. P&ID default Drawing Parameters are stored as part of the PID-SUP.LSP lisp file. Typing SF at the Command prompt changes the global scale factor to half its normal size (the P&ID default). When SF is entered again, the global scale factor returns to normal size as set in the Drawing Parameters dialog. The definition of the sf variable controls the global scale factor. The default of this variable is as follows:
GHIXQ FVI   S  LI  VI VIG SURJQ VHWT VI  VI  SULQV DWBPVJ 1RZ ZRUNLQJ DW KDOI GHIDXOW VL]H 3,'B  1RZ DW ZRUNLQJ UHGXFHG VL]H SURJQ VHWT VI VIG SULQV DWBPVJ 1RZ ZRUNLQJ DW GHIDXOW VL]H 3,'B  1RZ ZRUNLQJ DW GHIDXOW VL]H  

<1I5B C5DD9>7C
When AutoPLANT software is installed, the lisp file PID-SUP.LSP is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID directory. This file contains Lisp functions and variable definitions that may be modified to change the drawing defaults presented in the P&ID application. P&ID default Drawing Parameters are stored as part of the PID-SUP.LSP lisp file. The txt variable in this file is assigned to the layer on which annotation text is placed in the drawing. The default of this variable is as follows:
VHWT W[W WH[W

<9>5 C@5396931D9?>
When AutoPLANT software is installed, the lisp file PID-SUP.LSP is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID directory. This file contains Lisp functions and variable definitions that may be modified to change the drawing defaults presented in the P&ID application. P&ID default Drawing Parameters are stored as part of the PID-SUP.LSP lisp file. The statement shown below is provided in PID-SUP.LSP as an example, but is commented out. If you want to specify a default, simply remove the semi-colon from the start of the line, and enter the line specification name as the last parameter in quotes. The default of the DefLineSpec variable is as follows:
VHWT 'HI/LQH6SHF $$

Reference Guide

7-15

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> 4B1G9>7 (B565B5>35C

F1<F5 =1B;9>7 E@41D54 2I 1ED?D17 6E>3D9?>

When AutoPLANT software is installed, the lisp file PID-SUP.LSP is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID directory. This file contains Lisp functions and variable definitions that may be modified to change the drawing defaults presented in the P&ID application. P&ID default Drawing Parameters are stored as part of the PID-SUP.LSP lisp file. The default assignment of the VtagMarkChange variable, shown below, does not mark the updated valves. If you want P&ID to mark updated valves, add a semi-colon to the first statement and remove it from the second statement.
VHWT 9WDJ0DUN&KDQJH  VHWT 9WDJ0DUN&KDQJH 7

B54E35B D5HD
When AutoPLANT software is installed, the lisp file PID-SUP.LSP is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID directory. This file contains Lisp functions and variable definitions that may be modified to change the drawing defaults presented in the P&ID application. P&ID default Drawing Parameters are stored as part of the PID-SUP.LSP lisp file. The redord variable controls the order in which reducer sizes are displayed when they are annotated. The default displays the smaller size first. To display the larger size first, simply remove the semi-colon from the statement below.
VHWT 6RUW5HGXFHU7H[W%\6L]H W

B54E35B D5HD 49C@<1I

When AutoPLANT software is installed, the lisp file PID-SUP.LSP is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID directory. This file contains Lisp functions and variable definitions that may be modified to change the drawing defaults presented in the P&ID application. P&ID default Drawing Parameters are stored as part of the PID-SUP.LSP lisp file. By default, the redtxt variable is set to place the reducer size as annotation text as shown below.
VHWT UHGW[W W

7-16

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> 4B1G9>7 (B565B5>35C

1>>?D1D9?> D5HD C9J5

When AutoPLANT software is installed, the lisp file PID-SUP.LSP is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID directory. This file contains Lisp functions and variable definitions that may be modified to change the drawing defaults presented in the P&ID application. P&ID default Drawing Parameters are stored as part of the PID-SUP.LSP lisp file. The definition of the DEF-AnnoSclFac variable in this file controls the annotation text size when using the P&ID-Tools/Annotation Tools menu command. The default of this variable is as follows:
VHWT '()$QQR6FO)DF 

1>>?D1D9?> 45C3B9@D9?> 1>4 F1<E5 C@139>7

When AutoPLANT software is installed, the lisp file PID-SUP.LSP is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID directory. This file contains Lisp functions and variable definitions that may be modified to change the drawing defaults presented in the P&ID application. P&ID default Drawing Parameters are stored as part of the PID-SUP.LSP lisp file. The definition of the DEF-SpaceVals variable in this file controls the distance between an annotation description and value when using the P&ID-Tools/Annotation Tools menu command. The default of this variable is as follows:
VHWT '()6SDFH9DOV 

1>>?D1D9?> D5HD C@139>7

When AutoPLANT software is installed, the lisp file PID-SUP.LSP is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID directory. This file contains Lisp functions and variable definitions that may be modified to change the drawing defaults presented in the P&ID application. P&ID default Drawing Parameters are stored as part of the PID-SUP.LSP lisp file. The definition of the DEF-AnnoGapDist variable in this file controls the distance between annotation text characters when using the P&ID-Tools/Annotation Tools menu command. The default of this variable is as follows:
VHWT '()$QQR*DS'LVW 

1>>?D1D9?> D5HD C5@5B1D?BC

When AutoPLANT software is installed, the lisp file PID-SUP.LSP is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID directory. This file contains Lisp functions and variable definitions that may be modified to change the drawing defaults presented in the P&ID application. P&ID default Drawing Parameters are stored as part of the PID-SUP.LSP lisp file.

Reference Guide

7-17

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> 4B1G9>7 (B565B5>35C

The definition of the DEF-annoDelim variable in this file controls the character used to separate annotation text values when using the P&ID-Tools/Annotation Tools menu command. The default of this variable is as follows:
VHWT '()DQQR'HOLP 

1>>?D1D9?> D5HD :ECD96931D9?>

When AutoPLANT software is installed, the lisp file PID-SUP.LSP is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID directory. This file contains Lisp functions and variable definitions that may be modified to change the drawing defaults presented in the P&ID application. P&ID default Drawing Parameters are stored as part of the PID-SUP.LSP lisp file. The definition of the DEF-JustTypeDef variable in this file controls the annotation text justification when using the P&ID-Tools/Annotation Tools menu command. The default of this variable is as follows:
VHWT '()-XVW7\SH'HI &

BE> D5B=9>1D?B 3?<?BC

When AutoPLANT software is installed, the lisp file PID-SUP.LSP is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID directory. This file contains Lisp functions and variable definitions that may be modified to change the drawing defaults presented in the P&ID application. P&ID default Drawing Parameters are stored as part of the PID-SUP.LSP lisp file. The FromColor and ToColor variables control the color of To and From Reducers. The default of these variables are as follows:
VHWT )URP&RORU    *UHHQ IRU )URP 'LUHFWLRQ VHWT 7R&RORU    5HG IRU 7R 'LUHFWLRQ

7-18

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> 4B1G9>7 (B565B5>35C

C>1@ F1<E5 613D?B

When AutoPLANT software is installed, the lisp file PID-SUP.LSP is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID directory. This file contains Lisp functions and variable definitions that may be modified to change the drawing defaults presented in the P&ID application. P&ID default Drawing Parameters are stored as part of the PID-SUP.LSP lisp file. The snap:def variable controls the snap value factor. The default of this variable is as follows:
LI VQDSODVW VHWT VQDSODVW VQDSXQ VQDSODVW VHWT VQDSGHI FDU VQDSXQ QLO S   VQDSGHI VQDSODVW VQDSXQ OLVW S S   LI  FDU VQDSODVW VQDSGHI SULQV DWBPVJ 1RZ ZRUNLQJ DW KDOI GHIDXOW VQDS 3,'B  SULQV DWBPVJ 1RZ ZRUNLQJ DW GHIDXOW VQDS 3,'B  

4561E<D D5HD ?B95>D1D9?>

When AutoPLANT software is installed, the lisp file PID-SUP.LSP is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID directory. This file contains Lisp functions and variable definitions that may be modified to change the drawing defaults presented in the P&ID application. P&ID default Drawing Parameters are stored as part of the PID-SUP.LSP lisp file. The definition of the ORIENT variable in this file controls the text orientation. All text associated with horizontal items is horizontal, but text associated with vertical items can be either left or right reading. The default of this variable is as follows:
VHWT RULHQW 7

D?6B?= 1BB?G D5HD

When AutoPLANT software is installed, the lisp file PID-SUP.LSP is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID directory. This file contains Lisp functions and variable definitions that may be modified to change the drawing defaults presented in the P&ID application. P&ID default Drawing Parameters are stored as part of the PID-SUP.LSP lisp file. The align_tofr variable controls the text alignment of To/From Arrows that do not have tails. If the variable is set to nil or commented out, the text will align. The default of this variable is as follows:
VHWT DOLJQBWRIU W

Reference Guide

7-19

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> =5>ECD??<21BC

49C@<1I ?6 F1<F5 C9J5C 1>4 6<?G 5<5=5>DC ?EDC945 9>CDBE=5>D 2E22<5

When AutoPLANT software is installed, the lisp file PID-SUP.LSP is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID directory. This file contains Lisp functions and variable definitions that may be modified to change the drawing defaults presented in the P&ID application. P&ID default Drawing Parameters are stored as part of the PID-SUP.LSP lisp file. The show_cvsize variable toggles the display of Valve sizes and flow elements. By default, the size of a control valve is not automatically placed as annotation. The following statement is provided in PID-SUP.LSP to enable you to automatically place size annotation every time you place a control valve. Simply remove the semi-colon from the front of this statement.
VHWT VKRZBFYVL]H W

=5>ECD??<21BC
AutoPLANT application menus are stored locally on each users workstation. The P&ID applications menu file, PID.MNU, is automatically loaded when the application is started from the Rebis menu. PID.MNU resides in the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID directory. The PID.MNU file controls the menu display for the P&ID program. Upon program start-up, P&ID looks in the workstation directory for a copy of PID.MNX or PID.MNU. The PID.MNU file defines selections that will be available within the toolbar, screen, pull-down, tablet, and image menus.

>_dU

P&ID enables you to set up custom directories, which contain customized versions of P&ID menu files. The P&ID/Preferences/Custom Directory command enables you to create a custom directory name, then creates the required custom directory structure.

@E<<4?G> =5>E
AutoPLANT application menus are stored locally on each users workstation. The P&ID applications menu file, PID.MNU, is automatically loaded when the application is started from the Rebis menu. PID.MNU resides in the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID directory. The pull-down section of the menu is identified by the **P string separators. The letter B is the menu group designator.
,'B9DOYHV >!9DOYHV@ ,'B&9$/9( >&RQWURO 9DOYH@A&0136(77 &9$/9( %)81& >@ ,'B*$7( >*DWH @A&0136(77 *$7( %)81& ,'B*/2%( >*OREH @A&0136(77 */2%( %)81& ,'B%$// >%DOO @A&0136(77 %$// %)81& ,'B3/8* >3OXJ @A&0136(77 3/8* %)81& ,'B6&+. >&KHFN @A&0136(77 6&+. %)81& ,'B%)/< >%XWWHUIO\ @A&0136(77 %)/< %)81& ,'B+$1' >+DQG @A&0136(77 +$1' %)81&

7-20

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> =5>ECD??<21BC

,'B$1* >,6$ $QJOH @A&0136(77 $1* %)81& ,'B:$< >,6$  :D\ @A&0136(77 :$< %)81& ,'B:$< >,6$  :D\ @A&0136(77 :$< %)81& ,'B1%*$7( >*DWH ZLWKRXW OLQH EUHDN@A&0136(77 1%*$7( %)81& >@ ,'B&OV9DO >!&ORVHG 9DOYHV@ ,'B&*$7( >&ORVHG *DWH @A&0136(77 &*$7( %)81& ,'B&%$// >&ORVHG %DOO @A&0136(77 &%$// %)81& ,'B&3/8* >&ORVHG 3OXJ @A&0136(77 &3/8* %)81& >@ >,&21@A&01,L $7B3,',% L ,'B9DOYHV >!0RUH@ ,'B86(59$ >8VHU 9DOYH @A&0136(77 86(59$ %)81& ,'B2$1* >$QJOH @A&0136(77 2$1* %)81& ,'B2:$< > :D\ @A&0136(77 2:$< %)81& ,'B2:$< > :D\ @A&0136(77 2:$< %)81& ,'B&2&. >&RFN @A&0136(77 &2&. %)81& ,'B1(('/( >1HHGOH @A&0136(77 1(('/( %)81& ,'B&+2.( >&KRNH @A&0136(77 &+2.( %)81& ,'B',$3+ >'LDSKUDP @A&0136(77 ',$3+ %)81& ,'B3,1&+ >3LQFK @A&0136(77 3,1&+ %)81& ,'B)/2$7 >)ORDW @A&0136(77 )/2$7 %)81& ,'B<9$ >< @A&0136(77 <9$ %)81& ,'B4*$7( >4XLFN 2SHQ *DWH @A&0136(77 4*$7( %)81& ,'B4*/2%( >4XLFN 2SHQ *OREH@A&0136(77 4*/2%( %)81& ,'B67$5 >6WDU @A&0136(77 67$5 %)81& ,'B583' >5XSWXUH 'LVF @A&0136(77 583' %)81& ,'B6$03/( >6DPSOH @A&0136(77 6$03/( %)81& ,'B81&/$66 >8QFODVVLILHG @A&0136(77 81&/$66 %)81& >@ ,'B96SHF0RGH >9DOYH 6SHF 0RGH@AF9DOYH6SHF0DLQ ,'B(QG&RGH >6HW (QG &RGH@AF(& >,&21@A&01,L $7B3,',% L

The beginning of the Standard and Expert Mode pull-down menu is prefixed by the **PALT string separators, as shown in the sample below.
3$/7 ,'B0DLQ >3 ,'@ ,'B(TXLS >!(TXLSPHQW@ ,'B3XPSV >!3XPSV &RPSUHVVRUV@ ,'B303&(1+ >&HQWULIXJDO +RU] 3XPS@A&0136(77 303&(1+ ()81& ,'B303&(19 >&HQWULIXJDO 9HUW 3XPS@A&0136(77 303&(19 ()81& ,'B303&(1'6 >&HQW'RXEOH 6XFWQ 3XPS@A&0136(77 303&(1'6 ()81& ,'B&303 >&HQWULIXJDO 3XPS @A&0136(77 &303 ()81& ,'B3039(57 >9HUWLFDO 3XPS @A&0136(77 3039(57 ()81& ,'B303326' >3RVLWLYH 'LVSODFH 3XPS@A&0136(77 303326' ()81& ,'B3037' >7XUELQH 'ULYHQ 3XPS @A&0136(77 3037' ()81& ,'B5303 >5RWDU\ 3XPS @A&0136(77 5303 ()81& ,'B'303 >'LDSKUDJP 3XPS @A&0136(77 '303 ()81& ,'B0303 >0HWHULQJ 3XPS @A&0136(77 0303 ()81& ,'B'5303 >'UXP 3XPS @A&0136(77 '5303 ()81& ,'B5&303 >5HFLSURFDWLQJ 3XPS @A&0136(77 5&303 ()81& ,'B9303 >9DFXXP 3XPS @A&0136(77 9303 ()81& ,'B3XPSV >!0RUH 3XPSV@ ,'B3031/1 >,QOLQH 3XPS  @A&0136(77 3031/1 ()81&

Reference Guide

7-21

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> =5>ECD??<21BC

,'B,303 >,QOLQH 3XPS  @A&0136(77 ,303 ()81& ,'B303603 >6XPS 3XPS @A&0136(77 303603 ()81& ,'B6303 >6FUHZ 3XPS @A&0136(77 6303 ()81& ,'B:303 >:HOO 3XPS @A&0136(77 :303 ()81&

>_dU

The pull-down menus operate similarly to the screen menus, except that they support cascading menus. For a thorough explanation of this feature, please refer to your AutoCAD documentation.

D??<21B =5>E
AutoPLANT application menus are stored locally on each users workstation. The P&ID applications menu file, PID.MNU, is automatically loaded when the application is started from the Rebis menu. PID.MNU resides in the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID directory. To find the toolbar section of the menu, open the PID.MNU file, then search for &Toolbars. The first match is the section of the menu that lists the toolbars available through the P&ID/Toolbars Menu commands. If you plan to add a new toolbar, be sure to add it to this list so that it can be opened from the menu. The example below shows a new entry called My Tools which may now be selected from the P&ID/Toolbars Menu.
,'BWE > 0\ 7RROV@A&A&BWRROEDU$7B3,'7%B0<7%BVKRZ

The next step is to create the new toolbar. The easiest method of doing this is to remain in P&ID and create or customize a toolbar by placing the cursor over any toolbar icon, clicking the right mouse button, then responding to AutoCAD's Toolbar dialog. From this location you can create new groups and add or replace icons through a drag-and-drop technique. After the toolbar is created, P&ID recompiles its menu and the necessary instructions are automatically included in the PID.MNU file. For more information on this process, refer to your AutoCAD documentation. As an alternative, you can directly edit the menu file to add new buttons to an existing toolbar or to create a custom toolbar. Shown below is the section of the menu which defines the Valve toolbar.
7%B9$/9( ,'B7E9DOYH >B7RROEDU9DOYHV B)ORDWLQJ B+LGH   @ ,'B7E&9DO >B%XWWRQ&RQWURO 9DOYHFYDOY FYDOY @A&PQWE6(77 &9$/9( %)81& ,'B7E*DWH >B%XWWRQ*DWH 9DOYHJDWHJDWH @A&PQWE6(77 *$7( %)81& ,'B7E*OREH >B%XWWRQ*OREH 9DOYHJOREHJOREH @A&PQWE6(77 */2%( %)81& ,'B7E%DOO >B%XWWRQ%DOO 9DOYHEDOOEDOO @A&PQWE6(77 %$// %)81& ,'B7E3OXJ >B%XWWRQ3OXJ 9DOYHSOXJSOXJ @A&PQWE6(77 3/8* %)81& ,'B7E&KHFN >B%XWWRQ&KHFN 9DOYHVFKNVFKN @A&PQWE6(77 6&+. %)81& ,'B7E%XWWHU >B%XWWRQ%XWWHUIO\ 9DOYHZEIO\ZEIO\ @A&PQWE6(77 %)/< %)81& ,'B7E+DQG9 >B%XWWRQ+DQG 9DOYHKDQGYKDQGY @A&PQWE6(77 +$1' %)81& ,'B7E$QJ9 >B%XWWRQ$QJOH 9DOYHDQJDQJ @A&PQWE6(77 $1* %)81&

The header line, **TB_VALVE, identifies the section of the menu related to that toolbar. The second line
,'B7E9DOYH >B7RROEDU9DOYHV B)ORDWLQJ B+LGH   @

7-22

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> =5>ECD??<21BC

is a toolbar definition line that defines its attributes. The remaining entries define each of the buttons in the toolbar along with the Tool Tip (the text describing the icon which appears if the cursor remains over it a while), the filename of the icon in both 16x16 and 32x32 .bmp format, and the command which each launches.

9=175 =5>E
AutoPLANT application menus are stored locally on each users workstation. The P&ID applications menu file, PID.MNU, is automatically loaded when the application is started from the Rebis menu. PID.MNU resides in the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID directory. The image section (Icon Mode vs. Expert Mode) of the menu is identified by the **I string separators. The letter B is the menu group designator.
,% >6HOHFW YDOYH@ >SLG,&9$/(6HW (QG &RGH @A&(& >SLG,&&9$/&RQWURO 9DOYH @A&6(77 &9$/9( %)81& >SLG*DWH @A&6(77 *$7( %)81& >SLG*OREH @A&6(77 */2%( %)81& >SLG%DOO @A&6(77 %$// %)81& >SLG3OXJ @A&6(77 3/8* %)81& >SLG&KHFN @A&6(77 6&+. %)81& >SLG%XWWHUIO\ @A&6(77 %)/< %)81& >SLG+DQG @A&6(77 +$1' %)81& >SLG,6$ $QJOH @A&6(77 $1* %)81& >SLG,6$  :D\ @A&6(77 :$< %)81& >SLG,6$  :D\ @A&6(77 :$< %)81& >SLGRZD\$QJOH @A&6(77 2$1* %)81& >SLGRZD\ :D\ @A&6(77 2:$< %)81& >SLGRZD\ :D\ @A&6(77 2:$< %)81& >SLG,&89$/8VHU YDOYH @A&6(77 86(59$ %)81& >SLG&RFN @A&6(77 &2&. %)81& >SLG1HHGOH @A&6(77 1(('/( %)81& >SLG&KRNH @A&6(77 &+2.( %)81& >SLG'LDSKUDP @A&6(77 ',$3+ %)81& >SLG3LQFK @A&6(77 3,1&+ %)81& >SLG)ORDW @A&6(77 )/2$7 %)81& >SLG< 9DOYH @A&6(77 <9$ %)81& >SLG4XLFN 2SHQ *DWH @A&6(77 4*$7( %)81& >SLG4XLFN 2SHQ *OREH @A&6(77 4*/2%( %)81& >SLG6WDU @A&6(77 67$5 %)81& >SLG5XSWXUH 'LVN @A&6(77 583' %)81& >SLG6DPSOH @A&6(77 6$03/( %)81& >SLG8QFODVVLILHG @A&6(77 81&/$66 %)81& >@ > 9DOYH 6SHF 0RGH@AF9DOYH6SHF0DLQ > &/26(' 9$/9(6 @PQJLFRQ %

Reference Guide

7-23

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> =5>ECD??<21BC

The text string inside the brackets [ ] is the name of the icon to be displayed on the image menu. The name is comprised of the slide library name (PID) and the specific slide name to be displayed (32500). The text after the comma is the text displayed in the left-hand scroll box of the Image menu. Once the image is selected, the image menu behaves similarly to the Screen menu.

C3B55> =5>E
AutoPLANT application menus are stored locally on each users workstation. The P&ID applications menu file, PID.MNU, is automatically loaded when the application is started from the Rebis menu. PID.MNU resides in the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID directory.

>_dU

Screen menus are still provided to maintain compatibility with previous P&ID versions. They have not been updated and may only reflect 80-percent of the total commands available.

The screen section of the menu is identified by the **S string separators. The following letter, B, is the menu group designator.
6% > $33,' @6 65227 > 9$/9(6 @6 6261$3% >&QWUO9DO@A&0116(77 &9$/9( %)81& >*DWH @A&0116(77 *$7( %)81& >*OREH @A&0116(77 */2%( %)81& >%DOO @A&0116(77 %$// %)81& >3OXJ @A&0116(77 3/8* %)81& >&KHFN @A&0116(77 6&+. %)81& >%IO\ @A&0116(77 %)/< %)81& >+DQG @A&0116(77 +$1' %)81& >,6$ $QJO@A&0116(77 $1* %)81& >,6$ ZD\@A&0116(77 :$< %)81& >,6$ ZD\@A&0116(77 :$< %)81& >6HW(QG&R@AF(& >&/26' 9$@6 6% > ,&21 @A&01,L $7B3,',% L >BB1(;7BB@6 6%

The text enclosed in the brackets [ ] is the text that appears on the screen menu. When selected, it performs the lisp functions that appear on the rest of that line. The ^C breaks whatever command is being executed and the MNN function records from which menu the selection was made. The primary function of the remaining text is to call the function SETT which retrieves data associated with the menu reference key from the SETTINGS database. The B denotes the menu group that this selection was made from so control can be returned to this menu upon completion of the command. The FUNC at the end of the line is the function which is set by the function SETT based on the function name specified in the SETTINGS database.

7-24

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> =5>ECD??<21BC

D12<5D =5>E
AutoPLANT application menus are stored locally on each users workstation. The P&ID applications menu file, PID.MNU, is automatically loaded when the application is started from the Rebis menu. PID.MNU resides in the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID directory.

>_dU

Tablet menus are still provided to maintain compatibility with previous P&ID versions. They have not been updated and may only reflect 80-percent of the total commands available.

The tablet section of the menu is identified by the region identifier TABLET1 separator. The 1 stands for the first region on the tablet which is defined on the P&ID tablet as 9 rows by 25 columns. The listing shown below represents the first row of that region.
7$%/(7 >52: $@ A&0176(77 *$7( %)81& A&0176(77 +$1' %)81& A&0176(77 &*$7( %)81& 'VSU (+ 7(;7 A&0176(77 ,6$%8% &)81& A&0176(77 ,629$ &)81& A&0176(77 385*( &$)81& A&0176(77 025,) &)81& A&0176(77 63 &$)81& A&0176(77 3/8601 &$)81& A&0176(77 (;32 &$)81& A&0176(77 62 &&)81& A&0176(77 7(50 &&)81& A&0176(77 9,16 ')81& A&0176(77 +(; ')81& A&0176(77 $5:2 ')81& A&0176(77 +22' ')81& A&0176(77 '5$,1 ')81&

The ^C breaks the current command. The behavior of the tablet menu once a item has been picked is similar to the Screen menu .

Reference Guide

7-25

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> =5>ECD??<21BC

7-26

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

381@D5B

3?=@?>5>D3ECD?=9J1D9?>

This chapter contains all you need to know to customize P&ID components. This area contains a description of P&ID component customization and creation. It is organized into seven main sections.

TAG NUMBERS NEW COMPONENT SYMBOLS INSTRUMENTS PIPE VALVES VESSELS MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT

8-2 8-8 8-13 8-14 8-16 8-17 8-19


D17 >E=25BC

!?=@?>5>D !ECD?=9J1D9?> D17 >E=25BC

When AutoPLANT P&ID software is installed, the Tag Type TAG_TYPE.DBF database file is created in the LOCAL_ROOT\\BASE\STANDARDS\SCHEMA, LOCAL_ROOT\P&ID\INTERNAL\SCHEMA, and LOCAL_ROOT\TUTORIAL\STANDARDS\SCHEMA directories. Whenever a Tag is created, the Tag type must be specified when P&ID creates the Tag. The Tag type supplied by the application is used as the key to field TAG_TYPE in the Tag Type and View tables. New Tag types can be easily created by appending one or more records to these tables through the Project Editor. The Tag Type table is where a Tag type's format, uniqueness, and other properties are defined. The View table defines the available views for a given Tag type within the application. Views are defined within the Dictionary table. This table will have one record for each field of data associated with the specified view. The ability to have multiple views allows a user to select a graphic object and be presented with a choice of design data, maintenance data, cost data, etc.

49C@<1I12<5 1DDB92ED5 4569>9D9?>C

P&ID ships with a set of attribute blocks that are intended for displaying database values within a drawing. These attribute blocks are stored along with the other symbols in the LOCAL_ROOT\P&ID\SYM local workstation directory. These attribute blocks are also stored in the third library drawing, LOCAL_ROOT\P&ID\SYM\PID3.DWG. Attributes within these blocks define their attribute Tags based on the variables that are defined within the corresponding Tag type. The definition of these attributes include those that are visible and invisible in the drawing. Invisible attributes can be toggled on after being inserted into the drawing by using the P&ID-Tools/Update/Attribute Visibility command. All attributes should be defined as preset in that all values will be updated based on data found in the database. It is recommended that any customization of the attributes be done using the respective library drawing so that a permanent and organized record is maintained. A summary of predefined attribute blocks is given below.
1DDB92ED5 2<?3; >1=5 H45O H45OC9J H45OCBF H45O@=@ H48F 45C3B9@D9?>

Equipment and Tag Number Equipment, Tag Number, Service, and Vessel Size Equipment, Tag Number, and Service Equipment, Tag Number, Service, Flow, and Nozzle Size Hand Valve, Size and Valve Text Visible, and Valve Tag Invisible

8-2

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

3?=@?>5>D 3ECD?=9J1D9?>
D17 >E=25BC

H43F H3@CF H49>O H49>OCJ H43C HD?O6B=" HD?O6B=# HD?O6B=$

Control Valve, Type, Loop Number, and Size PSV, Type, Loop Number, Size, and PSV Data Instrument, Type, Loop Number, Area, and Alarm Status Instrument, Type, Loop Number, Area, Alarm Status, and Pipe Size Pipe Size To/From Arrow and Document Name To/From Arrow, Document Name, and Note Within Arrow To/From Arrow, Document Name, and Note Below Arrow

3ECD?= D17 DI@5C

When AutoPLANT P&ID software is installed, the Tag Type TAG_TYPE.DBF database file is created in the LOCAL_ROOT\\BASE\STANDARDS\SCHEMA, LOCAL_ROOT\P&ID\INTERNAL\SCHEMA, and LOCAL_ROOT\TUTORIAL\STANDARDS\SCHEMA directories. The Tag number format used by a component can be customized to suit different standards. The translation of these codes is defined in the TAG_TYPE.DBF file. To create a custom Tag Number format, type the new Tag Number identification number (i.e., 0028), using the prefixes found below (i.e., AT_MYPUMP), and Tag Number Format (i.e., TdNdC).
D17O45C3 5AE9@=5>D 9>CDBE=5>DC 6<?G 9>CDBE=5>DC ?B96935C 3?>DB?< F1<F5C @CF 81>4 F1<F5C >?JJ<5C BE> D5B=9>1D?BC D17ODI@5 @B569H

AT_EQ AT_INST_ AT_INST_FLO AT_INST_ORF AT_CVALVE AT_PSV AT_HVALVE AT_PID_NOZZLE AT_PID_RUNTERM

Tutorial

8-3

3?=@?>5>D 3ECD?=9J1D9?> D17 >E=25BC

D?6B?= 1BB?GC B54E35BC =?D?BC C@5391<DI 9D5=C D959>C

AT_PID_TOFROM AT_PID_REDUCER AT_MOTOR AT_SPEC_ITEM AT_TEIN

D12<5C
When AutoPLANT P&ID software is installed, the Tag Type TAG_TYPE.DBF database file is created in the LOCAL_ROOT\\BASE\STANDARDS\SCHEMA, LOCAL_ROOT\P&ID\INTERNAL\SCHEMA, and LOCAL_ROOT\TUTORIAL\STANDARDS\SCHEMA directories. The Directory table defines all tables. This includes a logical and physical name of the table, the database to which the table belongs, and an index expression for the table.

4561E<D D12<5C
The following table lists the default tables used by P&ID:
45C3B9@D9?> <?7931< D12<5 >1=5 @8IC931< D12<5 >1=5 41D121C5 CICD5= D12<5

Application Register Tag Types Tag Codes Command Register Equipment Picklist Instrument Picklist Control Valve Picklist P&ID Views P&ID Dictionary Instrument Locations Instrument Types Document Register Document Links Last Keytag used in project

app_reg tag_type Tformat Command eqp_pick ins_pick cv_pick pid_view pid_dict ins_loc ins_type doc_reg doc_link last_id

app_reg tag_type Tformat Command eqp_pick ins_pick cv_pick pid_view pid_dict ins_loc ins_type doc_reg doc_link last_id

Schema Schema Schema Schema Schema Schema Schema Schema Schema Schema Schema Projdata Projdata projdata

Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

8-4

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

3?=@?>5>D 3ECD?=9J1D9?>
D17 >E=25BC

Common Links Equipment Links Instrument Links Process Links HandValve Links Misc P&ID Links To/From Links Key Link Table Tag Register Equipment data Nozzle data Instrument data Process data Pipe Run data Run Connection data Hand Valve data To/From Arrow data

com_lnk eqp_lnk inst_lnk proc_lnk val_lnk pid_lnk pid_tlnk key_link tag_reg Equip Nozzle Instr Process Pipe_run run_conn Valve pid_tofr

com_lnk eqp_lnk inst_lnk proc_lnk val_lnk pid_lnk pid_tlnk key_link tag_reg Equip Nozzle Instr Process Pipe_run run_conn Valve pid_tofr

Projdata Projdata Projdata Projdata Projdata Projdata Projdata Projdata Projdata Projdata Projdata Projdata Projdata Projdata Projdata Projdata Projdata

Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y

D17 >E=25B 6?B=1D

When AutoPLANT P&ID software is installed, the Tag Type TAG_TYPE.DBF database file is created in the LOCAL_ROOT\\BASE\STANDARDS\SCHEMA, LOCAL_ROOT\P&ID\INTERNAL\SCHEMA, and LOCAL_ROOT\TUTORIAL\STANDARDS\SCHEMA directories. The Tag number format used by a component can be customized to suit different standards. The translation of these codes is defined in the TAG_TYPE.DBF file. To change the Tag Number format, simply type the new Tag format (i.e., TdNdC) using the values found below.
3?45 3?45 DI@5 3?45 F1<E5 41D1 DI@5

D I S U A

S S S S V

/ _ AREA C

Tutorial

8-5

3?=@?>5>D 3ECD?=9J1D9?> D17 >E=25BC

C L N N S T

V V V V V V

CODE ALARM NUM LOOP SPEC TYP

C C N N C C

4561E<D D17 DI@5C

The following table lists the default Tag types included with P&ID:
D17 DI@5 45C3B9@D9?> D17 >? 6?B=1D

AT_CVALVE AT_DWG_NAME AT_EQDRM AT_EQDRV AT_EQEXC AT_EQMIX AT_EQPMP AT_EQTNK AT_EQTWR AT_EQUIP AT_EQVES AT_HVALVE AT_INST_ AT_INST_CS AT_INST_FLO AT_INST_ORF AT_PID_INLINE AT_PID_NOZZLE AT_PID_REDUCER AT_PID_RUNTERM AT_PID_TOFROM

Control Valve Drawing Number Drum Tag Driver Tag Exchanger Tag Mixer Tag Pump Tag Tank Tag Tower Tag Equipment Tag Vessel Tag Hand Valve Instrument Chem Seal Flow Meter Orifice Inline Compon Nozzle Reducer Run Terminator To/From Arrow

AdTdN N TdN TdN TdN TdN TdN TdN TdN TdN TdN C AdTdN AdTdN AdTdN AdTdN N N N N N

8-6

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

3?=@?>5>D 3ECD?=9J1D9?>

AT_PIPERUN AT_PROCESS AT_PSV

Pipe Run Process Line PSV

N N AdTdN

D17 B579CD5B
When AutoPLANT P&ID software is installed, the Tag Type TAG_TYPE.DBF database file is created in the LOCAL_ROOT\\BASE\STANDARDS\SCHEMA, LOCAL_ROOT\P&ID\INTERNAL\SCHEMA, and LOCAL_ROOT\TUTORIAL\STANDARDS\SCHEMA directories. Data tables include a Tag Register table which contains all of the Tag Numbers defined within a project. This table is integral in the uniqueness checking performed on Tag Numbers entered by the user. Also included in the Tag Register table are a Tag's alternate and previous value as well as the Tag's status. The Tag Register table contains a field for recording the status of a tagged object. This value will be a text code as follows:
3?45 45C3B9@D9?>

NEW REN DEL

Newly created Tag Tag Number has been changed Tag has been deleted

Tutorial

8-7

3?=@?>5>D 3ECD?=9J1D9?> >5G 3?=@?>5>D CI=2?<C

>5G 3?=@?>5>D CI=2?<C

When AutoPLANT software is installed, the block symbol library PID1.DWG, PID2.DWG, and PID3.DWG files are created in the LOCAL_ROOT\P&ID\SYM local workstation directory. New symbols can be created and placed in these files. Existing symbols in the library can also be edited to your specifications. All P&ID symbols are stored in the LOCAL_ROOT\P&ID\SYM directory as separate drawing files. These drawings are used by the symbol manager as a means of tracking all defined symbols and keeping them organized. Where possible, all symbols are drawn to a unit length. This allows P&ID routines that insert the symbols to correctly break the line and scale the symbol to meet global scale requirements. All symbol modifications should be performed in the library drawings using the Symbol Manager. If a custom directory is defined for a drawing, whenever a symbol is inserted into the drawing, the <CUSTOM>\ LOCAL_ROOT\P&ID\SYM directory is checked for the existence of the symbol. If it is found, it will be used instead of the standard symbol found in the default symbol directory. The lisp function (at_fi_symname <symbol>) will return the filename of the symbol with a full path to the first file symbol found with the name <SYMBOL>.

CD5@ !3B51D9>7 1>4 =?496I9>7 CI=2?<C

Before creating your own P&ID symbols or customizing an existing P&ID symbol, you should have a solid understanding of the mechanics of P&ID and have a working knowledge of AutoCAD.
!

It is recommended that block symbol library drawings PID1.DWG, PID2.DWG and PID3.DWG not be modified. Copy LOCAL_ROOT\P&ID\SYM\PID1.DWG to LOCAL_ROOT\P&ID\SYM\PIDx.DWG (where X is a number greater than three). Insert any existing symbols to be modified or create new symbols in this drawing. If large numbers of modifications need to be made, it may be easier to copy one of the existing symbol library drawings to PIDx.DWG. Modify the required symbols then delete the symbols that are left unchanged. Use the Block Manager to block out the new or modified symbols. When a new version of AutoPLANT is installed, the new versions of PID1.DWG, PID2.DWG and PID3.DWG should be used. To recover modified symbols, block out the modified symbols from the old PIDx.DWG again. This will overwrite any standard symbols which were customized and add the new symbols which have been created.
>_dU

"

#

$

It is recommended that before modifying the block symbol library, you plot the library drawings PID1.DWG, PID2.DWG and PID3.DWG and have them available for reference. It is also recommended to print the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID\R13\PID.MNU menu file. This will give you the SETTING.DBF access keys (e.g., GATE for a Gate Valve) used by each menu command.

8-8

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

3?=@?>5>D 3ECD?=9J1D9?>
>5G 3?=@?>5>D CI=2?<C

CD5@ "@<1>>9>7 1>4 @B5@1B1D9?>

Before creating a new symbol, identify how you want this symbol to be placed. You can use an existing symbol (e.g., Gate) as a template for defining the new component. Once a template component has been identified, you can recover its definition and copy its setup.
!

Open the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID\R13\PID.MNU menu file in a text editor. Search for the appropriate menu string (i.e., GATE) as shown in the example below:
>JDWH @A&0116(77 *$7( %)81&

"

The key information on this line is the SETT setting which, in this example is GATE. This is the SETTINGS database access key. Record the index key and exit the editor. To access the SETTINGS database, type SETT at the Command prompt to display the Settings Manager dialog. Select the appropriate record (i.e., GATE ) from the Current Record picklist, then press Edit to display the Settings Manager dialog. Note the Symbol Number used by P&ID. For a Gate Valve, the symbol number is 32500. Also note that the Function used to place the symbol is C:VS. Note the Symbol Name to reference the layout requirements the function C:VS assumes. Press Exit.

#

$

CD5@ #3B51D9>7 D85 >5G CI=2?<

!

Open LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID\R13\PID4.DWG. Locate the appropriate symbol (i.e., 32500). Note that the symbol is drawn in unit length with the insertion point located at mid-height on the left end. All valves have been drawn with a height-to-length ratio of 0.5:1.0. Follow these layout conventions when creating the new symbol. Zoom in on a region with a blank box (e.g., one with the default NAME in the title box above the square). The blue dots shown in the center of the 3x3 square are the default insertion points for the symbol. The text, NAME, appears in the small region above each box and indicates the symbol name. The same text is used by the Symbol Manager for the symbol name. Select Block Manager/Chg/Set Name, then select the NAME above the empty box. Type the new symbol name (i.e., 37700). To create the new symbol, use the appropriate AutoCAD drawing commands (i.e., LINE, ARC, CIRCLE, etc.). If control over the thickness of the symbol lines is required, polylines can be used; however, polylines are slow to plot so they should be used sparingly. Because the same function to place the new symbol (e.g., to break the line and prompt for topworks) will be used, structure the new symbol in a similar way. The function C:VS (which will place the new valve) assumes that the symbol is unit length and that the insertion point is at the left end. Before blocking the new symbol, enable the slide making capability by selecting Block Manager/Slides/Creation-On/Off.

"

#

$

%

&

Tutorial

8-9

3?=@?>5>D 3ECD?=9J1D9?> >5G 3?=@?>5>D CI=2?<C

'

Select Block Manager/Block, then select inside the figure box to identify the symbol to be created. Press Q to accept the default insertion point (the blue cross location). The Symbol Manager will create a symbol in the open LOCAL_ROOT\P&ID \SYM directory called 37700.DWG, and add the slide to the PID.SLB slide library. When you are finished creating the new symbols, delete all the symbols you do not wish to modify, then Exit the drawing. Test the symbol by creating a new drawing in your working directory. When the Command prompt is present, type INSERT. When prompted for the symbol name, type the name of the new symbol (i.e., 37700).
>_dU

(

)

Do not try to place the symbol into a line at this point. The ability to break the line and place topworks is part of the lisp routine, C:VS.

CD5@ $5>81>354 C<945C 6?B 1> 93?> =5>E

When AutoPLANT software is installed, the block symbol library PID1.DWG, PID2.DWG, and PID3.DWG files are created in the LOCAL_ROOT\P&ID\SYM local workstation directory. The Symbol Manager provides a method for creating slides to represent symbols without the limitations of just making a slide of the symbol. A layer called SLIDE is included in the symbol library drawings. Anything drawn on this layer will not be included in symbols created by the Symbol Manager. When a symbol is blocked, the symbol is created using the WBLOCK command. The slide is then created if it has been activated using the Block Manager/Slides/Creation-On/Off command. To create the slide, the Symbol Manager first examines the SLIDE layer for any entities. If any are found, a slide is created with only the SLIDE layer on. If no entities are found on this layer, a slide will be created using the actual symbol and the default slide annotation. There are two commands to facilitate viewing the SLIDE layer Block Manager/View/Show 1 Slide and Block Manager/View/ShowAll Slides. Both commands toggle all layers in the drawing based on the current status of the SLIDE layer. If the SLIDE layer is on, the SLIDE layer will be turned off and all other layers turned on. If the SLIDE layer is off, the SLIDE layer will be turned on and all other layers turned off. The difference between the commands is that the Block Manager/View/Show 1 Slide command will prompt for a symbol to view and then zoom in to the same position where the slide will be made. This gives you a preview of how the slide will later appear in the icon menu. The Block Manager/View/ShowAll Slides command only toggles the layers and does not change the current zoom level. To create images on the SLIDE layer, two commands have been included to augment the standard AutoCAD commands Block Manager/Slides/CopyEntities for Slide and Block Manager/ScrnCtr. The Block Manager/Slides/CopyEntities command copies all entities that currently comprise the symbol to the SLIDE layer. You can then toggle to the SLIDE layer with the Block Manager/View/Show 1 Slide or the Block Manager/View/ShowAll Slides command

8-10

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

3?=@?>5>D 3ECD?=9J1D9?>
>5G 3?=@?>5>D CI=2?<C

and modify the appearance of the entities by changing their color, scale or position within the cell. In effect, this provides a manual way to create and edit slides. Also included is the Block Manager/ScrnCtr command which will return the current coordinates to the center of the screen. This can be used as a response to any AutoCAD command requiring a point value. It is often useful to employ this command to adjust the position of entities to be centered within the slide after using the Block Manager/View/Show 1 Slide command.

CD5@ %E@41D9>7 D85 =5>E

After the symbol has been created, the next step is to add a menu command to the P&ID menu. This is achieved by editing the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID\R13\PID.MNU menu file. The following summarizes the steps necessary to include a modified Gate Valve:
!

Open LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID\R13\PID.MNU in a text editor. Search for the string, GATE. The first GATE found is in the screen menu. The valve section of the screen menu is displayed as shown below:
6% > $33,' @6 65227 > 9$/9(6 @6 6261$3% >&QWUO9DO@A&0116(77 &9$/9( %)81& >*DWH @A&0116(77 *$7( %)81& >*OREH @A&0116(77 */2%( %)81& >%DOO @A&0116(77 %$// %)81& >3OXJ @A&0116(77 3/8* %)81& >&KHFN @A&0116(77 6&+. %)81& >%IO\ @A&0116(77 %)/< %)81& >+DQG @A&0116(77 +$1' %)81& >,6$ $QJO@A&0116(77 $1* %)81& >,6$ ZD\@A&0116(77 :$< %)81& >,6$ ZD\@A&0116(77 :$< %)81& >@ >6HW(QG&R@AF(& >&/26' 9$@6 6% > ,&21 @A&01,L ,% L >BB1(;7BB@6 6%

"

#

Edit the blank line [ ] so that it reads as follows:

>PJDWH @A&0116(77 0*$7( %)81&

$

The access key is defined as MGATE, which will be used when a new record is later added to the SETTINGS database. This should be repeated as required within the pull-down menu. Continue to search PID.MNU until the Gate Valve command is located within the icon menu section shown below:
,% >6HOHFW 9DOYHV@ >3,' *DWH@A&6(77 *$7( %)81&

%

&

Copy this line and add it to the bottom of the current icon page. Modify the copied line to read:

Tutorial

8-11

3?=@?>5>D 3ECD?=9J1D9?> >5G 3?=@?>5>D CI=2?<C

>3,'0\ *DWH@A&6(77 0*$7( %)81&

>_dU

The new icon (37700.SLD) was automatically added to the P&ID slide library (PID.SLB). The creation of slides and automatic additions to the slide library is activated by the Block Manager/Slides/Creation-On/Off command being set to on during the blocking of symbols.

CD5@ &1449>7 1 B53?B4 D? D85 C5DD9>7C 41D121C5

The next step is to create a record within the SETTINGS database for the new key MGATE.
!

To access the SETTINGS database, type SETT at the Command prompt to display the Settings Manager dialog. Select GATE from the Current Record pick-list, then press Add Copy to display the Enter New Key dialog. Type MGATE in the New Key field, then press OK. There will be a short pause while the record is added to the database. When the first Settings Manager dialog displays, press Page > to display the second Settings Manager dialog. Type 37700 in the Symbol Name field within the PID group box, then press Save, then press Exit.

"

#

$

%

CD5@ 'D5CD9>7 1>4 DB?E2<5C8??D9>7

The final step in creating a new symbol is placing the symbol in a drawing. Create a new P&ID drawing, draw a process line and insert the new Gate Valve. If the program responds that it cannot locate the reference key, review the previous step where the record was added to the SETTINGS database. If P&ID cannot locate the requested symbol, the following error message displays:
8QDEOH WR ORFDWH VKDSH

To understand why the error message states shape rather than block, we need to review how P&ID program uses symbols. The insertion of any symbol by P&ID is done by a lisp function as follows:
!

P&ID tries to find and insert a predefined symbol (one that has already been inserted and exists in the drawing). P&ID tries to find and insert the symbol from the custom symbol directory (if one has been defined). P&ID tries to find and insert the symbol from the standard symbol directory. If the symbol is not found in any of these places, it tries to find and load a shape. If the above steps fail, the symbol is considered non-existent and an error prompt is presented. Because the last symbol type it looked for was a shape, the error string refers to a shape.

"

#

$

%

8-12

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

3?=@?>5>D 3ECD?=9J1D9?>
9>CDBE=5>DC

89>DC ?> 3B51D9>7 CI=2?<C

When symbols are created using the Block Manager, care should be taken to create the symbols to allow easy line connection when placed in a drawing with the AutoCAD SNAP set to ON. This is best achieved by:
  

Setting the Snap Value during symbol creation to the same ratio as exists between the Global Scale Factor and the Snap Value as defined in the Drawing Parameters dialog. Ensuring that any logical connection point lies on a snap point when constructing the symbol. This facilitates layout when items are connected to the symbol in the drawing. Ensuring symbols that will be dynamically scaled (single-point scaling about the insertion point) are created at twice the standard size. This is necessary to ensure that, when placed and scaled, the symbol will have its extents lying on snap points. Dynamic scaling is achieved by factoring the symbol size by the distance of the cursor from the insertion point. If AutoCAD SNAP is on, this is factored by one-half the symbol width which, when combined with a 2.0 original size, creates a symbol which will fit with the SNAP grid.

9>CDBE=5>DC
When AutoPLANT software is installed, the lisp file PID-SUP.LSP is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID directory. This file contains Lisp functions and variable definitions that may be modified to change the defaults presented in the P&ID application. The definition of the INSTV_LOC, INSTV_COL, and INSTV_FMODE variables control the available Instrument location selections found in the Instrument Location dialog, the available Instrument colors found in the Light Symbols dialog, and the available Instrument Fail Modes when inserting an Instrument in Annotation Level 3, respectively.

9>CDBE=5>D <?31D9?>
When AutoPLANT software is installed, the lisp file PID-SUP.LSP is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID directory. This file contains Lisp functions and variable definitions that may be modified to change the defaults presented in the P&ID application. The definition of the INSTV_LOC variable controls the available Instrument location selections found in the Instrument Location dialog. The default value of this variable is as follows:
LQVWYBORF
/ )LHOG  & &RQWURO URRP SDQHO  3 /RFDO SDQHO  5 %DFN RI FRQWURO URRP SDQHO % %DFN RI ORFDO SDQHO  

Tutorial

8-13

3?=@?>5>D 3ECD?=9J1D9?> @9@5

9>CDBE=5>D 619< =?45

When AutoPLANT software is installed, the lisp file PID-SUP.LSP is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID directory. This file contains Lisp functions and variable definitions that may be modified to change the defaults presented in the P&ID application. The definition of the INSTV_FMODE variable controls the available Instrument Fail Modes when inserting an Instrument in Annotation Level 3. The default value of this variable is as follows:
LQVWYBIPRGH )2 )DLO ), )DLO )/ )DLO 
)& )DLO &ORVHG  2SHQ  ,QGHWHUPLQDWH /RFNHG 

9>CDBE=5>D 3?<?B
When AutoPLANT software is installed, the lisp file PID-SUP.LSP is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID directory. This file contains Lisp functions and variable definitions that may be modified to change the defaults presented in the P&ID application. The definition of the INSTV_COL variable controls the available Instrument colors found in the Light Symbols dialog when inserting a light symbol. The default value of this variable is as follows:
LQVWYBFRO
: :KLWH  * *UHHQ  5 5HG  $ $PEHU  2 2UDQJH  < <HOORZ  

@9@5
When AutoPLANT software is installed, the lisp file PID-SUP.LSP is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID directory. This file contains Lisp functions and variable definitions that may be modified to change the defaults presented in the P&ID application. The definition of the setq lay list statement in this file controls the layers on which pipe is displayed. The default value of this statement is as follows:
VHWT OD\ OLVW
PFDWW  &217,18286 B/,1( QLO   $WULEXWH LQIR
ERUGHU  &217,18286 B/,1( QLO   3DSHU ERUGHU RXWOLQH
HTXLS  &217,18286 B3/,1(   (TXLSPHQW
WHPS  &217,18286 B3/,1(   :RUNLQJ OD\HU
SLG  &217,18286 B/,1( QLO   3URFHVV ,QVWUXPHQW 'ZJ
LQVW  &217,18286 B/,1( QLO   ,QVWUXPHQWDWLRQ RXWOLQH
FWZ  &217,18286 B/,1( QLO   &7: OD\HU
VWP  &217,18286 B/,1( QLO   6WHDP OD\HU

8-14

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

3?=@?>5>D 3ECD?=9J1D9?>
@9@5

QHZ  &217,18286 B/,1( QLO   1HZ OD\HU

LHQJ  &217,18286 B/,1( QLO   ,QVWUXPHQWDWLRQ GHWDLOV
PDMRU  &217,18286 B3/,1(   0DMRU SURFHVV OLQHV
PLQRU  &217,18286 B/,1( QLO   0LQRU SURFHVV OLQHV
PDMRUH[  3+$1720 B3/,1(   ([LVWLQJ PDMRU OLQHV
PLQRUH[  3+$1720 B/,1( QLO   ([LVWLQJ PLQRU OLQHV
PDMRUQZ  +,''(1 B3/,1(   1HZ PDMRU OLQHV
PLQRUQZ  +,''(1 B/,1( QLO   1HZ PLQRU OLQHV
WDEOHV  &217,18286 B/,1( QLO   3LSH YDOYH HWF OLVWV
WUDFLQJ  +,''(1 B/,1( QLO   3LSH YDOYH HWF OLVWV
LQVWO  &217,18286 B/,1( QLO   ,QVWU OLQH SULRULW\ 
LQVWO  &217,18286 B/,1( QLO   ,QVWU OLQH SULRULW\ 
LQVWO  &217,18286 B/,1( QLO   ,QVWU OLQH SULRULW\ 
BHUURU  &217,18286 B/,1( QLO   (UURU V\PERO OD\HU
BDWBGDWD  &217,18286 B/,1( QLO   7HUPLQDWLQJ %ORFNV
BDWBPOLQH  &217,18286 B/,1( QLO   0XOWLOLQH FRQWURO OLQH 

@9@5 C9J5 C5<53D9?>C

When AutoPLANT software is installed, the ASCII text file NSIZE.TXT is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID\IMPERIAL, LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID\METRIC, and LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID\MMETRIC directories. The NSIZE.TXT file controls the pipe size selections available in the Pipe Settings dialog. The default values found in this file are as follows:
                           

Tutorial

8-15


F1<F5C

3?=@?>5>D 3ECD?=9J1D9?> F1<F5C

When AutoPLANT software is installed, the lisp file PID-SUP.LSP is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID directory. This file contains Lisp functions and variable definitions that may be modified to change the defaults presented in the P&ID application. The function C:CVALVE displays the Select control valve dialog which enables you to build a Control Valve by selecting a valve body and topworks symbol. The available options for these two parameters are defined in the variables cval_body and cval_actu. The default values of these variables are as follows:
 VOGFRG GHVFULSW V\PERO FYDOBERG\
*$7 *DWH *$7(  %$/ %DOO %$//  */2 *OREH */2%(  %87 %XWWHUIO\ %)/<  $1* ,6$ $QJOH $1*  :< ,6$  :D\ :$<  :< ,6$  :D\ :$<  :2 $QJOH 2$1*  :2  :D\ 2:$<  :2  :D\ 2:$<    VOGFRG GHVFULSW V\PERO WODUJH LFRQ IRUPDW FYDOBDFWX
$&7 1RQH  QLO  635 'LDSK6SULQJ '635 QLO  635 'LDSK6SU6RO '635 W  326 'LDSK6SU3RV6R '326 W  '8% 'LDSK3UHVV %DO ''8% QLO  527 5RWDU\ 0RWRU 0527 QLO  61* &\O 6JO $FWLRQ &61* QLO  326$ &\O3RV 6JO $FW &326 W  59 3UHVVXUH 5HOLHI 59 QLO  (+ (OHFWUR+\GUDXOLF (+ QLO  62 6ROHQRLG 62/ QLO  )5 6& 5HJXO )UZG )5:' QLO  %. 6& 5HJXO %DFN %$&. QLO  ', 'LII 3 ([W 7DS ',)) QLO  9$ 39DF 5HOLHI 39$& QLO   

8-16

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

3?=@?>5>D 3ECD?=9J1D9?>
F5CC5<C

F1<F5 5>43?45 ?@D9?>C

When AutoPLANT software is installed, the lisp file PID-SUP.LSP is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID directory. This file contains Lisp functions and variable definitions that may be modified to change the defaults presented in the P&ID application. The definition of the alt_endcodes variable in this file controls the available selections when setting Valve endcodes from the Valve dialog. The default value of this variable is as follows:
VHWT DOWBHQGFRGHV  1RQH  7KG  6RFNHW ZOG  :HOG  )ODQJHG

F5CC5<C
When AutoPLANT software is installed, the lisp file PID-SUP.LSP is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID directory. This file contains Lisp functions and variable definitions that may be modified to change the defaults presented in the P&ID application. Within the Equipment Data Dialog, there are three pull-down list variables which enable you to specify the vessels top or bottom heads and internals. There are three variables in the PIDSUP.LSP file which define the available options for each of these parameters eqv_headt, eqv_headb, and eqv_intrn. The format of these list variables include an option code and the displayed description. The option code is used differently depending on the parameter. The head parameters append the code to the name head. Therefore, if Elliptical is selected, the command will insert the symbol heade from the symbol directory for the head. For the internals parameter, the code is used within the function intrn defined in PID-SUP.LSP to select the desired internals. The default value of these list variables are as follows:
VHWT HTYBKHDGW
( (OOLSWLFDO  2 1RQH  ) )ODW  / )ODQJH  $ $60(  + +HPLVSKHULFDO  )5 )ORDWLQJ 5RRI  &5 &RQH 5RRI  ' 'RPH 5RRI   HTYBKHDGE
( (OOLSWLFDO  2 1RQH  ) )ODW  / )ODQJH  $ $60(  + +HPLVSKHULFDO  &% &RQH %RWWRP  6 6ORSHG %RWWRP  :6 :DWHU 6HDO %RWWRP  HTYBWHPDW
2 1RQH  $ 7(0$ $  % 7(0$ % 

Tutorial

8-17

3?=@?>5>D 3ECD?=9J1D9?> F5CC5<C

& 7(0$ &   HTYBWHPDE
2 1RQH  1 7(0$ 1  0 7(0$ 0  / 7(0$ /  3 7(0$ 3   HTYBLQWUQ
2 1RQH  3 3DFNHG  7 7UD\HG  6 6HOHFWLYH 7UD\HG  / 3ODWH  0 'HPLVWHU  ' 'LVN 'RQXW  ) )OXLG %HG  

3B51D5 2E9<DE@ F5CC5<C

P&ID enables you to setup custom configurations, which contain customized versions of P&ID menu, symbols, SETTINGS.DBF, and PID-SUP.LSP files. If you want to customize SETTINGS.DBF, you should first create a custom directory and copy SETTINGS.DBF and its index file, SETTINGS.CDX, into the custom directory. If this custom directory is specified for a drawing, then P&ID will use the customized version of the SETTINGS.DBF file found in the custom directory instead of the standard SETTINGS database shipped with the software. This includes both the retrieval of symbol parameters and the database which is edited when selecting AutoPLANT settings (or executing the SETT command). Built-up Vessels can be constructed from combinations of basic Vessel shapes (i.e., Drum, Tank, etc.), different head types and internals. These can be constructed in the SETTINGS.DBF.

8-18

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

3?=@?>5>D 3ECD?=9J1D9?>
=9C35<<1>5?EC 5AE9@=5>D

=9C35<<1>5?EC 5AE9@=5>D
When AutoPLANT software is installed, the lisp file PID-SUP.LSP is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID directory. This file contains Lisp functions and variable definitions that may be modified to change the defaults presented in the P&ID application.

851D 5H381>75B 3?>697EB1D9?>

The definition of the EQV_TEMAT and EQV_TEMAB statements in this file controls the pull-down list variables which enable you to specify a Heat Exchanger top and bottom heads found in the Equipment Data Dialog. The default value of these variables are as follows:
HTYBWHPDW
2 1RQH  $ 7(0$ $  % 7(0$ %  & 7(0$ &   HTYBWHPDE
2 1RQH  1 7(0$ 1  0 7(0$ 0  / 7(0$ /  3 7(0$ 3 

9>CE<1D9?> DB139>7 ?@D9?>C

The definition of the alt_tracetyp variable in this file controls the available insulation selections when placing pipe insulation symbols. The default value of this variable is as follows:
VHWT DOWBWUDFHW\S 1 1RQH 6 6WHDP ( (OHFWULF

Tutorial

8-19

3?=@?>5>D 3ECD?=9J1D9?> =9C35<<1>5?EC 5AE9@=5>D

8-20

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

381@D5B

@B?7B1=3ECD?=9J1D9?>8?GD?

This chapter contains step-by-step procedures to customize the P&ID application. This area contains information on how to perform specific customization procedures.

SYSTEM CONFIGURATION DRAWING PREFERENCES MENUS/TOOLBARS TAG NUMBERS VIEWS ANNOTATION BOM/REPORTS COMPONENTS PROJECT DATABASE SPECIFICATIONS

9-2 9-6 9-20 9-26 9-30 9-35 9-40 9-41 9-54 9-55

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> 8?G D? CICD5= 3?>697EB1D9?>

CICD5= 3?>697EB1D9?> 381>75 D85 3ECD?= 49B53D?BI @1D8

P&ID enables you to set up custom configurations, which contain customized versions of P&ID menu, symbol, SETTINGS.DBF, and PID-SUP.LSP files. The P&ID-Tools/Maintenance/AP Config command may be used to set up a custom configuration. The P&ID/Preferences/Custom Directory command displays a dialog to enable you to change the custom directory used for the current drawing.

 D? 381>75 D85 3ECD?= 49B53D?BI @1D8

!

Select P&ID/Preferences/Custom Directory to display the Modify the Custom Directory dialog. Type the custom directory path in the Directory Name field (i.e., C:\REBIS2D\APPID\MYCUST, etc.), then press OK. P&ID will now use the customized versions of any files that reside in the custom directory path.

"

#

3B51D5 1 3ECD?= 49B53D?BI 6?B >5G @944B1G9>7C

When AutoPLANT software is installed, the configuration file AT.INI is created in the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\CFG local workstation directory. P&ID enables you to set up custom configurations, which contain customized versions of P&ID menu, symbol, SETTINGS.DBF, PIDSUP.LSP files, etc. The APCUSTDIR keyword in the [GENERAL] group in the AT.INI configuration file is assigned to the directory which stores new P&ID drawings, as well as custom configuration files.

 D? 3B51D5 1 3ECD?= 49B53D?BI 6?B >5G @94 9>D5B>1< 41D1 4B1G9>7C 3B51D54 6B?= G9D89> 1ED?@<1>D @94
!

Open LOCAL_ROOT\USER\CFG\AT.INI in a text editor. In the [GENERAL] group, assign the APCUSTDIR keyword to the desired custom directory drive and path. P&ID will now use the customized versions of any files that reside in the custom directory path, and store any new P&ID drawings created from within AutoPLANT P&ID in this directory.

"

#

 D? 3B51D5 1 3ECD?= 49B53D?BI 6?B >5G @94 5HD5B>1< 41D1@B?:53D 4B1G9>7C 3B51D54 6B?= G9D89> 1ED?@<1>D 4?3E=5>D =1>175B
!

Start AutoPLANT Document Manager.

9-2

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> 8?G D? CICD5= 3?>697EB1D9?>

Select File/Project Properties to display the Project Properties dialog, then select the Paths Tab. Type APCUSTDIR in the Name field, then type the appropiate path of the new custom directory (i.e., C:\CUSTDIR) in the Path field, then press Add, then press Apply. Press Close to exit the Project Properties dialog. P&ID will now use the customized versions of any files that reside in the custom directory path, and store any new P&ID drawings created from within AutoPLANT Document Manager in this directory.

"

#

$

381>75 D85 C5DD9>7C 41D121C5

P&ID enables you to set up custom configurations, which contain customized versions of P&ID menu, symbol, SETTINGS.DBF, and PID-SUP.LSP files. The P&ID-Tools/Maintenance/AP Config command may be used to set up a custom configuration. If you want to customize SETTINGS.DBF, you should first create a custom directory and copy SETTINGS.DBF and its index file, SETTINGS.CDX, into the custom directory. If this custom directory is specified for a drawing, then P&ID will use the customized version of the SETTINGS.DBF file found in the custom directory instead of the standard SETTINGS database shipped with the software. This includes both the retrieval of symbol parameters and the database which is edited when selecting AutoPLANT settings (or executing the SETT command).

 D? 381>75 D85 C5DD9>7C 41D121C5

!

Type SETT at the Command prompt to display the Settings Manager dialog. Select the appropriate item from the Index pick-list, then press Edit to display the Settings Manager dialog. Type the appropriate values in any of the fields, then press Page > to display the Settings Manager dialog. Type the appropriate values in any of the fields, then press Page > to display the Settings Manager dialog. Press Exit.

"

#

$

%

Tutorial

9-3

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> 8?G D? CICD5= 3?>697EB1D9?>

E@41D5 C5DD9>7C 6B?= 1 @B5F9?EC F5BC9?>

P&ID enables you to use customized versions of SETTINGS.DBF from previous P&ID releases. The following procedure explains how to modify your old SETTINGS.DBF files so they will contain the record attributes required to support the latest release components.

 D? E@41D5 =?D?B C5DD9>7C 6B?= 1 @B5F9?EC F5BC9?> ?6 @94

!

Start AutoPLANT and load a drawing that uses the SETTINGS.DBF that you want to update. Type SETT at the Command prompt to display the Settings Manager dialog. To update SETTINGS.DBF to support intelligent motors, select MOT from the Index pick-list, then press Edit to display the next dialog. Press Page > to display the next dialog, then press Page > to display the next Settings Manager dialog. Type AT_MOTOR in the Schema field, then type MOTOR in the Item Type field, then press Save. To update the other motor record, press Record > until MOTOR displays in the Current Record field. Type AT_MOTOR in the Schema field, then type MOTOR in the Item Type field and press Save.

"

#

 D? E@41D5 D959> C5DD9>7C 6B?= 1 @B5F9?EC F5BC9?> ?6 @94

!

To update the Tie-In records, press Record > until TIEPT displays in the Current Record field. Type AT_TIEIN in the Schema field. To specify the leader line end type, type DOT, ARROW, or NONE in the Item Type field. Press < Page then type XDTIEIN in the Attribute Blk Name field, then press Save.

 D? E@41D5 C@5391<DI 9D5= C5DD9>7C 6B?= 1 @B5F9?EC F5BC9?> ?6 @94

!

To update the Specialty Item records, press < Page to display the Settings Manager dialog, then press < Page to display the previous dialog. Ensure TIEPT displays in the Current Record field, then press Add Copy to display the Add New Key dialog. Type SPECIAL in the New Key field, then press OK to display the Settings Manager dialog. Type SP in the BOM Expression field, then press > Page to display the next Settings Manager dialog. Within the PID group box, Type IBUB in the Symbol Name field, type XDSPCITM in the Attribute Blk Name field, then press Page > to display the next Settings Manager dialog. Type C:SPEC_ITEM in the Function field, type AT_SPEC_ITEM in the Schema field, type DOT, ARROW, or NONE in the Item Type field, then press Save.

"

 D? E@41D5 2<554 B9>7 C5DD9>7C 6B?= 1 @B5F9?EC F5BC9?> ?6 @94

!

To update Bleed Ring records, press < Page to display the Settings Manager dialog, then press < Page to display the previous Settings Manager dialog, then press < Page to display the previous dialog. Select BLDR from the Index pick-list, then press Add Copy to display

9-4

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> 8?G D? CICD5= 3?>697EB1D9?>

the Add New Key dialog. Type BLDRNG in the New Key field, then press OK to display the Settings Manager dialog. Press Page > to display the next Settings Manager dialog.
"

Within the PID group box, type 0.25 in the X Scale Factor field, type NIL in the Attribute Blk Name field, then press Page > to display the Settings Manager dialog. Type C:IS in the Function field, then press Save.

 D? E@41D5 6<1>75 C5DD9>7C 6B?= 1 @B5F9?EC F5BC9?> ?6 @94

!

To update Flange records, press < Page to display the Settings Manager dialog, then press < Page to display the previous Settings Manager dialog, then press < Page to display the previous dialog. Select BLDRNG from the Index pick-list, then press Add Copy to display the Add New Key dialog. Type PFLG in the New Key field, then press OK to display the Settings Manager dialog. Type FLANG in the BOM Expression field, then press Page > to display the next Settings Manager dialog. Within the PID group box, type PFLANG in the Symbol Name field, type 0.125 in the X Scale Factor field, then press Save, then press Exit.

"

381>75 D85 C@5396931D9?> 49B53D?BI @1D8

When AutoPLANT software is installed, the configuration file AT.INI is created in the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\CFG local workstation directory. The Valve Specification Directory Path can be assigned to the SPECDIR key in the [P&ID] section of the AT.INI file. P&ID Valves are the only components that enable you to extract parametric and descriptive information from an external specification to update the valve attributes.

 D? 381>75 D85 F1<F5 C@5396931D9?> 49B53D?BI @1D8

!

Open LOCAL_ROOT\USER\CFG\AT.INI in a text editor. In the [P&ID] group, assign the SPECDIR keyword to the desired valve specification drive and path.

"

Tutorial

9-5

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> 8?G D? 4B1G9>7 @B565B5>35C

381>75 D85 D5=@?B1BI 49B53D?BI @1D8

When AutoPLANT software is installed, the configuration file AT.INI is created in the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\CFG local workstation directory. AutoPLANT software requires a temporary directory to store temporary files created during normal program execution. The APTMP keyword in the [GENERAL] group in the AT.INI configuration file is assigned to this directory.

 D? 381>75 D85 D5=@?B1BI 49B53D?BI @1D8

!

Open LOCAL_ROOT\USER\CFG\AT.INI in a text editor. Assign the APTMP keyword to the desired drive and path.

"

>_dU >_dU

The directories and files in the specified directory should be deleted periodically when you are not running an AutoPLANT application. The temporary directory path can also be changed by typing the path in the Temporary Directory field within the AutoPLANT Configuration dialog.

4B1G9>7 @B565B5>35C 381>75 49C@<1I12<5 1DDB92ED5 2<?3;C

When AutoPLANT software is installed, the lisp file PID-SUP.LSP is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID directory. This file contains Lisp functions and variable definitions that may be modified to change the defaults presented in the P&ID application. P&ID comes with a set of attribute blocks that are intended for displaying database values within a drawing. These attribute blocks begin with the letter X (i.e., XDE_.DWG) and are stored along with the other symbols in the LOCAL_ROOT\P&ID\SYM directory. They are also stored on the library drawing PID3.DWG which can also be found in the LOCAL_ROOT\P&ID\SYM directory. Attributes within these blocks define their attribute Tags based on the variables that are defined within the corresponding Tag type. The definition of these attributes include those that are visible and invisible in the drawing. Invisible attributes can be toggled on after being inserted into the drawing using the P&ID-Tools/Update/Attribute Visibility command. All attributes should be defined as preset in that all values will be updated based on data found in the database. Once again, we recommend that any customization of the attributes be done using the library drawing so that a permanent and organized record is maintained. A summary of the predefined attribute blocks is given below.

 D? 144 1 @B54569>54 41D1 695<4 D? D85 F9C92<5 1DDB92ED5C

!

Open LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID\PID-SUP.LSP in a text editor.

9-6

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> 8?G D? 4B1G9>7 @B565B5>35C

Search PID-SUP.LSP for the desired attribute block (i.e., XDE_SRV, etc.). To change the visible attribute attributes, simply change the attribute block name (using the list below) for the appropriate item (i.e., XDE_, etc.).
45C3B9@D9?>

"

#

1DDB92ED5 2<?3; >1=5 H45O H45OC9J H45OCBF H45O@=@ H48F H43F H4@CF H49>O H49>OCJ H43C HD?O6B=" HD?O6B=# HD?O6B=$

Equipment and Tag Number Equipment, Tag Number, Service, and Vessel Sizes Equipment, Tag Number, and Service Equipment, Tag Number, Service, Flow, and Nozzle Sizes Hand Valve, Size, and Valve Text Visible, Valve Tag Invisible Control Valve, Type, Loop Number, and Size PSV, Type, Loop Number, Size, and PSV Data Instrument, Type, Loop Number, Area, and Alarm Status Instrument, Type, Loop Number, Area, Alarm Status, and Pipe Size Pipe Size To/From Arrow, and Document Name To/From Arrow, Document Name, and Note Within Arrow To/From Arrow, Document Name, and Note Below Arrow

>_dU >_dU

Displayable attribute blocks should never be modified manually using the AutoCAD DDATTE command. Changes to the PID-SUP.LSP will not take affect until a new AutoPLANT session is started.

Tutorial

9-7

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> 8?G D? 4B1G9>7 @B565B5>35C

381>75 D85 1ED?<9>5 2B51; @B9?B9DI <9CD

When AutoPLANT software is installed, the lisp file PID-SUP.LSP is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USERP&ID directory. This file contains Lisp functions and variable definitions that may be modified to change the defaults presented in the P&ID application. The lbrk_prior variable controls the priority list which intelligently breaks intersecting lines based on their line type.

 D? 381>75 D85 1ED?<9>5 2B51; @B9?B9DI <9CD

!

Open LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID\PID-SUP.LSP in a text editor. Search PID-SUP.LSP for the statement:

VHWT OEUNBSULRU

"

#

To change the Autoline Break priority, simply reorganize the list to the desired priority.

>_dU

Changes to the PID-SUP.LSP will not take affect until a new AutoPLANT session is started.

381>75 D85 1ED?>?JJ<5 @<135=5>D CI=2?<

P&ID enables you to configure the default symbol to be used when using the AutoNozzle function by modifying the SETTINGS.DBF file.

 D? 381>75 D85 1ED?>?JJ<5 @<135=5>D CI=2?<

!

Type SETT at the Command prompt to display the Settings Manager dialog. Select the NOZ from the Index pick-list, then press Edit to display the Settings Manager dialog. Press Page > to display the Settings Manager dialog, then type the appropriate symbol in the Symbol Name field within the PID column. Press Save, then press Exit.

"

#

$

9-8

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> 8?G D? 4B1G9>7 @B565B5>35C

381>75 D85 4561E<D 4B1G9>7 E>9DC

When a new drawing is created, two dialogs display to give the user the opportunity to modify the initial drawing setup. The default values for these fields are either based on data found in the defaults database, PID_DEF.DBF, or the scale of the drawing. The defaults database is located in each of the units directories within the workstation directory (LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID\IMPERIAL, LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID\METRIC, or LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID\MMETRIC). Therefore, the user can maintain a different set of defaults for each type of unit. For example, the default border in imperial units may be D, while the default border in metric units is A1". Also, the database is updated with the most recent selections, so that on the next drawing created, the user will see the same values as were specified in the previously created drawing for a particular unit type. The P&ID-Tools/Maintenance/AP Config command may be used to change the default drawing units.

 D? 381>75 D85 4561E<D 4B1G9>7 E>9DC

!

Select P&ID-Tools/Maintenance/AP Config to display the AutoPLANT Configuration dialog. From the Default Units drop-down pick-list, select the appropriate unit description (Imperial, Metric, or Mixed Metric), then press OK.

"

381>75 D85 <?31D9?> ?6 213;E@ 4B1G9>7 69<5C

The P&ID-Tools/Maintenance/AP Config command may be used to create a backup directory for your drawing files. This directory is used in the creation of a backup copy of drawing files created in AutoPLANT P&ID.

 D? 381>75 D85 <?31D9?> ?6 213;E@ 4B1G9>7 69<5C

!

Select P&ID-Tools/Maintenance/AP Config to display the AutoPLANT Configuration dialog. Type the name and location of the backup directory (e.g., C:\REBIS2D\BACKUP, etc.) in the Backup Directory field, then press OK. Each time this drawing is saved, a copy of this file will be stored in the backup directory.

"

>_dU

The Backup subdirectory path can also be changed by typing the path in the Backup Subdirectory field within the Miscellaneous Settings dialog.

Tutorial

9-9

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> 8?G D? 4B1G9>7 @B565B5>35C

381>75 D85 2?B45B C5<53D9?> <9CD

When AutoPLANT software is installed, the lisp file PID-SUP.LSP is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID directory. This file contains Lisp functions and variable definitions that may be modified to change the defaults presented in the P&ID application. One of the parameters within the P&ID Settings dialog is a pull-down list of available borders. The bordlist variable controls the list of available borders.

 D? 381>75 D85 2?B45B C5<53D9?> <9CD

!

Open LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID\PID-SUP.LSP in a text editor. Search PID-SUP.LSP for the statement:

VHWT ERUGOLVW

"

#

To change the border selection list, simply add the name of the border (i.e., EXYZ, etc.) to the list within quotation marks.

>_dU

Changes to the PID-SUP.LSP will not take affect until a new AutoPLANT session is started.

381>75 2E22<5 2B51; D?<5B1>35

When AutoPLANT software is installed, the lisp file PID-SUP.LSP is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID directory. This file contains Lisp functions and variable definitions that may be modified to change the defaults presented in the P&ID application. The txtbord variable controls the margin of space around text or attributes out of which instrument symbols are trimmed. The larger the number the greater the margin.

 D? 381>75 D85 2E22<5 2B51; D?<5B1>35

!

Open LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID\PID-SUP.LSP in a text editor. Search PID-SUP.LSP for the statement:

VHWT W[WERUG

"

#

To change the bubble break tolerance, simply type the new tolerance value. For example:
VHWT W[WERUG 

>_dU

Changes to the PID-SUP.LSP will not take affect until a new AutoPLANT session is started.

9-10

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> 8?G D? 4B1G9>7 @B565B5>35C

381>75 @<1>D 1>4 1B51 45C97>1D9?>C

When AutoPLANT software is installed, the lisp file PID-SUP.LSP is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID directory. This file contains Lisp functions and variable definitions that may be modified to change the defaults presented in the P&ID application. The definition of the fpltno variable controls the default area of objects being inserted into a drawing. P&ID defaults to not prompt for input.

 D? C5D @B?=@DC 6?B @<1>D 1>4 1B51 45C97>1D9?>C

!

Open LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID\PID-SUP.LSP in a text editor. Search PID-SUP.LSP for the statement:

VHWT ISOWQR 

"

#

The semi-colon at the start of this statement indicates that it is commented out and not read by the AutoLISP compiler. To set prompts for Plant and Area designations, remove the semicolon.

>_dU

When set to a nul string (), P&ID will prompt for a plant number which will be used throughout the editing session. It may be changed by typing P-AREA at the Command prompt. If set to a particular value such as UTIL or 23, the command will use this value and not prompt for input. If this value needs to be changed, use the command P-AREA as before. This value may be reset for a selection of components using the P&IDTools/Update/Properties/Area menu command. Changes to the PID-SUP.LSP will not take affect until a new AutoPLANT session is started.

>_dU

Tutorial

9-11

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> 8?G D? 4B1G9>7 @B565B5>35C

381>75 4561E<D 6?>D 49C@<1I

When AutoPLANT software is installed, the lisp file PID-SUP.LSP is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID directory. This file contains Lisp functions and variable definitions that may be modified to change the defaults presented in the P&ID application. The definition of the setq found nil fntlst statement controls the default AutoCAD font display. The default is for text to display in the Roman font. P&ID will render the drawing using the first font in the list. If that font is not available, the second font indicated is used, and so on.

 D? 381>75 D85 4561E<D 6?>D 49C@<1I

!

Open LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID\PID-SUP.LSP in a text editor. Search PID-SUP.LSP for the statement:

VHWT IRXQG QLO IQWOVW
URPDQV VLPSOH[ W[W

"

#

To change the default font display, replace romans with the desired font (i.e., greeks, etc.).

>_dU

Changes to the PID-SUP.LSP will not take affect until a new AutoPLANT session is started.

381>75 4561E<D D5HD ?B95>D1D9?>

When AutoPLANT software is installed, the lisp file PID-SUP.LSP is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID directory. This file contains Lisp functions and variable definitions that may be modified to change the defaults presented in the P&ID application. The definition of the ORIENT variable in this file controls the text orientation. All text associated with horizontal items is horizontal, but text associated with vertical items can be either left or right reading. The default is right reading when ORIENT is set to NIL. If you want to change the default to left reading, set ORIENT to True as follows:

 D? 381>75 D85 4561E<D D5HD ?B95>D1D9?>

!

Open LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID\PID-SUP.LSP in a text editor. Search PID-SUP.LSP for the statement:

VHWT RULHQW 7

"

#

The semi-colon at the start of this statement indicates that it is commented out and not read by the AutoLISP compiler. Remove this semi-colon to set ORIENT equal to True. This will change the default text orientation to left reading.

>_dU

Changes to the PID-SUP.LSP will not take affect until a new AutoPLANT session is started.

9-12

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> 8?G D? 4B1G9>7 @B565B5>35C

3B51D5 4B1G9>7 2?B45BC

When AutoPLANT software is installed, the lisp file PID-SUP.LSP is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID directory. This file contains Lisp functions and variable definitions that may be modified to change the defaults presented in the P&ID application. P&ID defaults to freezing the BORDERTXT layer. It is recommended that you create your own border, drawing the maximum size that your plotter can support, and put any title block, proprietary notices, and revision block information on the BORDERTXT layer, so that it will be frozen during the editing session to speed up overall performance. Edit the bordins variable in the PID-SUP.LSP and modify it to suit your requirements.

 D? 3B51D5 1 4B1G9>7 2?B45B 6B?= 1> 5HCD9>7 2?B45B

!

Create a copy of the DBORD.DWG file (found in the LOCAL_ROOT\P&ID\SYM directory), and name it EXYZBORD.DWG. Start AutoCAD then open EXYZBORD.DWG. Use the STRETCH command to drag the top right-hand corner of the drawing border to the E border size limits (36x48). Modify the Rebis logo as necessary. Select File/Save to save the changes, then select File/Quit.

"

#

$

%

>_dU >_dU

The new border may be accessed when starting a new drawing and typing EXYZ in the Drawing Size field of the P&ID Settings dialog. Border drawing files must have BORD as the last four characters (i.e., EXYZBORD.DWG).

Tutorial

9-13

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> 8?G D? 4B1G9>7 @B565B5>35C

381>75 D85 7<?21< C31<5 613D?B

When AutoPLANT software is installed, the lisp file PID-SUP.LSP is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID directory. This file contains Lisp functions and variable definitions that may be modified to change the defaults presented in the P&ID application. Typing SF at the Command prompt changes the global scale factor to half its normal size (the P&ID default). When SF is entered again, the global scale factor returns to normal size as set in the Drawing Parameters dialog. The definition of the sf variable controls the global scale factor.

 D? 381>75 D85 4561E<D 7<?21< C31<5 613D?B

!

Open LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID\PID-SUP.LSP in a text editor. Search PID-SUP.LSP for the statement:

VHWT VI  VI 

"

#

To change the multiplying factor, simply enter the desired numeric value, then start P&ID and type SF at the Command line.

>_dU

Changes to the PID-SUP.LSP will not take affect until a new AutoPLANT session is started.

381>75 3?>DB?< ?6 9>CDBE=5>D 2E22<5 3<51> E@

When AutoPLANT software is installed, the lisp file PID-SUP.LSP is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID directory. This file contains Lisp functions and variable definitions that may be modified to change the defaults presented in the P&ID application. The cattbubchk variable controls whether an instrument bubble is cleaned up after using the P&ID-Tools/CATT command rather than using the P&ID-Tools/Maintenance/Clean Up Bubble menu command.

 D? 381>75 D85 3?>DB?< ?6 9>CDBE=5>D 2E22<5 3<51> E@

!

Open LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID\PID-SUP.LSP in a text editor. Search PID-SUP.LSP for the variable:

FDWWEXEFKN

"

#

To enable the cleanup of Instrument bubbles after selecting the P&ID-Tools/CATT command, simply remove the semi-colon before the statement. For example:
VHWT FDWWEXEFKN W

>_dU

Changes to the PID-SUP.LSP will not take affect until a new AutoPLANT session is started.

9-14

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> 8?G D? 4B1G9>7 @B565B5>35C

381>75 <1I5B C5DD9>7C

When AutoPLANT software is installed, the lisp file PID-SUP.LSP is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID directory. This file contains Lisp functions and variable definitions that may be modified to change the defaults presented in the P&ID application. The definition of the txt variable in this file controls text to display on the specified layer. The default is for text to display on the same layer as a symbol; however, Equipment Tags remain on the same layer as the Equipment but change color to that of the TXT layer.

 D? 381>75 D85 <1I5B C5DD9>7C

!

Open LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID\PID-SUP.LSP in a text editor. Search PID-SUP.LSP for the statement:

VHWT W[W WH[W

"

#

The semi-colon at the start of this statement indicates that it is commented out and not read by the AutoLISP compiler. Remove this semi-colon to change the default text to display on a separate layer than the symbol.

>_dU

Changes to the PID-SUP.LSP will not take affect until a new AutoPLANT session is started.

381>75 D85 4561E<D <9>5 C@5396931D9?>

When AutoPLANT software is installed, the lisp file PID-SUP.LSP is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID directory. This file contains Lisp functions and variable definitions that may be modified to change the defaults presented in the P&ID application. The DefLineSpec variable controls the default line specification when working in Annotation Level 3. If the variable is set to nil or commented out, you will be prompted for the line specification.

 D? 381>75 D85 4561E<D <9>5 C@5396931D9?>

!

Open LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID\PID-SUP.LSP in a text editor. Search PID-SUP.LSP for the variable:

'HI/LQH6SHF

"

#

To change the default line specification, simply remove the semi-colon, then enter the desired line specification text between the quotation marks. For example:
VHWT 'HI/LQH6SHF $$

>_dU

Changes to the PID-SUP.LSP will not take affect until a new AutoPLANT session is started.

Tutorial

9-15

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> 8?G D? 4B1G9>7 @B565B5>35C

381>75 D85 ?B45B ?6 B54E35B D5HD

When AutoPLANT software is installed, the lisp file PID-SUP.LSP is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID directory. This file contains Lisp functions and variable definitions that may be modified to change the defaults presented in the P&ID application. The SortReducerTextBySize variable controls the order of the text on a reducer. If the variable is set to T, the larger size is listed first followed by the smaller size. If the variable is set to nil or commented out, the order will reflect the reducing direction.

 D? 381>75 D85 ?B45B ?6 B54E35B D5HD

!

Open LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID\PID-SUP.LSP in a text editor. Search PID-SUP.LSP for the variable:

VHWT 6RUW5HGXFHU7H[W%\6L]H W

"

#

To change the order of Reducer text to list the larger size first, simply remove the semi-colon from the ;(setq SortReducerTextBySize t) statement, then restart P&ID.

>_dU

Changes to the PID-SUP.LSP will not take affect until a new AutoPLANT session is started.

381>75 BE> D5B=9>1D?B 3?<?BC

When AutoPLANT software is installed, the lisp file PID-SUP.LSP is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID directory. This file contains Lisp functions and variable definitions that may be modified to change the defaults presented in the P&ID application. The ToColor and FromColor variables control the color of To and From Reducers, respectively.

 D? 381>75 D85 3?<?B ?6 BE> D5B=9>1D?BC

!

Open LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID\PID-SUP.LSP in a text editor. Search PID-SUP.LSP for the variable:

)URP&RORU

"

#

To change the color of From Run Terminators, simply type the desired AutoCAD color number in the last parameter. For example:
VHWT )URP&RORU    *UHHQ IRU )URP 'LUHFWLRQ

$

To change the color of To Run Terminators, simply type the desired AutoCAD color number in the last parameter. For example:
VHWT 7R&RORU    5HG IRU 7R 'LUHFWLRQ

9-16

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> 8?G D? 4B1G9>7 @B565B5>35C >_dU

Changes to the PID-SUP.LSP will not take affect until a new AutoPLANT session is started.

C5D 1DDB92ED5 G94D8C

When AutoPLANT software is installed, the lisp file PID-SUP.LSP is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID directory. This file contains Lisp functions and variable definitions that may be modified to change the defaults presented in the P&ID application. The definition of the attwidth variable controls the width factor of all attributes when inserted into a drawing. P&ID defaults to use the STANDARD width factor.

 D? C5D 4561E<D 1DDB92ED5 G94D8C

!

Open LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID\PID-SUP.LSP in a text editor. Search PID-SUP.LSP for the statement:

VHWT DWWZLGWK 

"

#

The semi-colon at the start of this statement indicates that it is commented out and not read by the AutoLISP compiler. To change the default attribute width, remove the semi-colon and enter the appropriate numeric value for the attribute width.

>_dU

Changes to the PID-SUP.LSP will not take affect until a new AutoPLANT session is started.

381>75 D85 4561E<D C>1@ F1<E5

When AutoPLANT software is installed, the lisp file PID-SUP.LSP is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID directory. This file contains Lisp functions and variable definitions that may be modified to change the defaults presented in the P&ID application. Typing SN at the Command prompt changes the snap value to half its normal size (the P&ID default). When SN is entered again, the snap value returns to normal size as set in the Drawing Parameters dialog. The definition of the sn variable controls the snap value factor.

 D? 381>75 D85 4561E<D C>1@ F1<E5 613D?B

!

Open LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID\PID-SUP.LSP in a text editor. Search PID-SUP.LSP for the statement:

VQDSGHI

"

#

To change the snap value factor, simply enter the desired numeric value (i.e., (* 0.5 snap:def)), then restart P&ID and type SF at the Command line to apply the new snap factor.

Tutorial

9-17

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> 8?G D? 4B1G9>7 @B565B5>35C >_dU

Changes to the PID-SUP.LSP will not take affect until a new AutoPLANT session is started.

381>75 1<97>=5>D ?6 D?6B?= 1BB?G D5HD

When AutoPLANT software is installed, the lisp file PID-SUP.LSP is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID directory. This file contains Lisp functions and variable definitions that may be modified to change the defaults presented in the P&ID application. The align_tofr variable controls the text alignment of To/From Arrows that do not have tails. If the variable is set to nil or commented out, the text will align.

 D? 381>75 D85 1<97>=5>D ?6 D?6B?= 1BB?G D5HD

!

Open LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID\PID-SUP.LSP in a text editor. Search PID-SUP.LSP for the variable:

DOLJQBWRIU

"

#

To disable the alignment of To/From Arrow text, simply remove the semi-colon.

>_dU

Changes to the PID-SUP.LSP will not take affect until a new AutoPLANT session is started.

D?77<5 D85 49C@<1I ?6 B54E35B D5HD

When AutoPLANT software is installed, the lisp file PID-SUP.LSP is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID directory. This file contains Lisp functions and variable definitions that may be modified to change the defaults presented in the P&ID application. The redtxt variable toggles the display of Reducer Text

 D? D?77<5 D85 49C@<1I ?6 B54E35B D5HD

!

Open LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID\PID-SUP.LSP in a text editor. Search PID-SUP.LSP for the variable:

UHGW[W

"

#

To disable the display of Reducer Text, simply place a semi-colon before the statement. For example:
VHWT UHGW[W W

>_dU

Changes to the PID-SUP.LSP will not take affect until a new AutoPLANT session is started.

9-18

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> 8?G D? 4B1G9>7 @B565B5>35C

381>75 49C@<1I ?6 F1<F5 C9J5C 1>4 6<?G 5<5=5>DC ?EDC945 9>CDBE=5>D 2E22<5
When AutoPLANT software is installed, the lisp file PID-SUP.LSP is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID directory. This file contains Lisp functions and variable definitions that may be modified to change the defaults presented in the P&ID application. The show_cvsize variable toggles the display of Valve sizes and flow elements.

 D? D?77<5 D85 49C@<1I ?6 3?>DB?< F1<F5 C9J5C 1>4 6<?G 5<5=5>DC ?EDC945 9>CDBE=5>D 2E22<5C
!

Open LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID\PID-SUP.LSP in a text editor. Search PID-SUP.LSP for the variable:

VKRZBFYVL]H

"

#

To enable the display of Control Valve sizes and flow elements outside an Instrument bubble, simply remove the semi-colon before the statement. For example:
VHWT VKRZBFYVL]H W

>_dU

Changes to the PID-SUP.LSP will not take affect until a new AutoPLANT session is started.

381>75 F1<F5 =1B;9>7 E@41D54 2I 1ED?D17 6E>3D9?>

When AutoPLANT software is installed, the lisp file PID-SUP.LSP is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID directory. This file contains Lisp functions and variable definitions that may be modified to change the defaults presented in the P&ID application. The VtagMarkChange variable controls the marking of Valves updated by the AutoTag function.

 D? 381>75 D85 =1B;9>7 ?6 F1<F5C E@41D54 2I D85 1ED?D17 6E>3D9?>

!

Open LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID\PID-SUP.LSP in a text editor. Search PID-SUP.LSP for the variable:

9WDJ0DUN&KDQJH

"

#

To disable the marking of Valves updated by the AutoTag function, simply place a semi-colon before the (setq VtagMarkChange ()) statement. For example:
VHWT 9WDJ0DUN&KDQJH 

$

To mark updated Valves, add a semi-colon to the first statement and remove it from the second statement as shown below:
VHWT 9WDJ0DUN&KDQJH  VHWT 9WDJ0DUN&KDQJH 7

>_dU

Changes to the PID-SUP.LSP will not take affect until a new AutoPLANT session is started.
Tutorial 9-19

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> 8?G D? =5>ECD??<21BC

=5>ECD??<21BC =?496I 49B53D =5>E 3?==1>4C

When AutoPLANT software is installed, the menu file PID.MNU is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID\R13 directory. This file contains the P&ID Base Menu that may be modified to your specifications. A direct command appears in the PID.MNU file as follows:
>0HQG /LQH@A&PHQG

The ^C cancels any active command and mend executes the MEND command. There should be no spaces or punctuation between the ^C and mend.

 D? 144 1 49B53D 3?==1>4

!

Open LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID\R13\PID.MNU in a text editor. Search for the desired function (i.e., ^Casiregen). To change the direct menu command, simply type the new direct menu command (i.e., ^Casiregenall).

"

#

>_dU

After editing the PID.MNU menu file, erase the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID\R13\PID.MNC, LOCAL_ROOT\USET\P&ID\R13\PID.MNS, and LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID\R13\PID.MNR menu files or the menu changes will not be re-compiled.

144 1 C<945 EC9>7 C<945 <92B1BI =1>175B

When AutoPLANT P&ID software is installed, the Slide Library Manager file AT_PID.SLB is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\P&ID directory. This file enables you to manage icon libraries and can be used if manual modification is required for any of the slide libraries.

 D? 144 1 C<945 D? D85 <92B1BI

!

Open a DOS window. Type LOCAL_ROOT\BIN\AP-SLB.EXE Type AP-SLB A <SLIDE LIBRARY> <SLIDE FILE>.

"

#

When using the Slide Library Manager, the following options are supported:
?@D9?> 45C3B9@D9?> 5H1=@<5

Add a slide

ap-slb a slidelib slide_file_to_add

9-20

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> 8?G D? =5>ECD??<21BC

4


Delete a slide Add all slides in a directory Extract a slide Combine libraries into one library List slides in a library

ap-slb d slidelib slide_to_delete ap-slb * slidelib [directory_name] ap-slb e slidelib slide_to_extract ap-slb c slidelib slidelib_to_comb ap-slb l slidelib

5 3 <

>_dU

All icons created by the Symbol Manager are automatically added to the application slide library. For example, if the Symbol Manager is operating on library drawing PID1.DWG, the slides created will automatically be added to the slides in LOCAL_ROOT\SUPPORT\PID.SLB.

381>75 D85 21C5 =5>E

When AutoPLANT software is installed, the menu file PID.MNU is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID\R13 directory. This file contains the P&ID Base Menu that may be modified to your specifications. Customized AutoCAD menu files (*.MNU) can be loaded by using the P&IDTools/Maintenance/AP Config menu command. Refer to your AutoCAD documentation for instructions on modifying your AutoCAD menu.

 D? <?14 1 3ECD?=9J54 1ED?314 =5>E 69<5

!

Select P&ID-Tools/Maintenance/AP Config to display the AutoPLANT Configuration dialog. Press Config to display the AutoPLANT dialog. Enable the AutoPLANT P&ID radio button, then press OK to display the Configure AutoPLANT P&ID Menu dialog. Type the name and location of the desired AutoCAD menu file in the Base Menu Name field or press Browse to locate the file, then press OK to return to the AutoPLANT dialog. Press Done to return to the AutoPLANT Configuration dialog, then press OK.

"

#

$

%

381>75 D85 21C5 =5>E @?C9D9?>

When AutoPLANT software is installed, the menu file PID.MNU is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID\R13 directory. This file contains the P&ID Base Menu that may be modified to your specifications.

Tutorial

9-21

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> 8?G D? =5>ECD??<21BC

The position of the P&ID menu (nested within the AutoCAD menu) can be modified by using the P&ID-Tools/Maintenance/AP Config menu command.

 D? 381>75 D85 @94 =5>E @?C9D9?>

!

Select P&ID-Tools/Maintenance/AP Config to display the AutoPLANT Configuration dialog. Press Config to display the AutoPLANT dialog. Enable the AutoPLANT P&ID radio button, then press OK to display the Configure AutoPLANT P&ID Menu dialog. Select the appropriate numeric position of the P&ID menu from the Application Menu Position drop-down pick list, then press OK to return to the AutoPLANT dialog. Press Done to return to the AutoPLANT Configuration dialog, then press OK.

"

#

$

%

EC5 5>81>354 C<945C 6?B 1> 93?> =5>E

The Symbol Manager provides a method for creating slides to represent symbols without the limitations of just making a slide of the symbol. A layer called SLIDE is included in the symbol library drawings (found in the LOCAL_ROOT\P&ID\SYM directory). Anything drawn on this layer will not be included in symbols created by the Symbol Manager.

 D? EC5 5>81>354 C<945C 6?B 1> 93?> =5>E

!

Create a copy of the PID1.DWG file (found in the LOCAL_ROOT\P&ID\SYM directory), and name it PID4.DWG. Launch P&ID and open LOCAL_ROOT\P&ID\SYM\PID4.DWG. Locate an empty symbol box (NAME will appear as the title for an empty symbol box). The blue dots that are shown in the center of the symbol box indicate the default insertion points for the symbols. The white text inside the top of the symbol box is for annotation of the icon (slide). Select Block Manager\Slides\Creation-On/Off. To create the slide, the Symbol Manager will first look at the SLIDE layer for any entities. If any are found, a slide is created with only the SLIDE layer on. If no entities are found on this layer, a slide will be created using the actual symbol and the default slide annotation. There are two commands to facilitate viewing the SLIDE layer: Block Manager\View\Show1 Slide and Block Manager\View\ShowAll Slides. Both commands will toggle all of the layers in the drawing based on the current status of the SLIDE layer. If it is on, the SLIDE layer will be turned off and all other layers turned on. If it is off, the SLIDE layer will be turned on and all other layers turned off. The difference between the commands is that the Block Manager\View\Show1 Slide command will prompt for a symbol to view and then zoom in to the same position where the slide will be made. This gives the user a better idea of how the

"

#

$

%

9-22

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> 8?G D? =5>ECD??<21BC

slide will later appear in the icon menu. The Block Manager\View\ShowAll Slides command will only toggle the layers and not change the current zoom level.
&

To create images on the SLIDE layer, two commands have been included to augment the standard AutoCAD commands: Block Manager\SlidesCopyEntities and Block Manager\Scrn Ctr. The Block Manager\SlidesCopyEntities command will copy all of the entities that currently comprise the symbol on to the SLIDE layer. The user can then toggle to the SLIDE layer with the Block Manager\View\Show1 Slide or the Block Manager\View\ShowAll Slides command and modify the appearance of the entities by changing their color, scale or position (not the layer) within the cell. In effect, this provides a manual way to create and edit slides. Also included is the Block Manager\Scrn Ctr command, which will return the current coordinates to the center of the screen. This can be used as a response to any AutoCAD command requiring a point value. It is often useful to employ this command to adjust the position of entities to be centered within the slide after using the Block Manager\View\Show1 Slide command.

144 1 B53?B4 D? D85 C5DD9>7C 41D121C5

P&ID enables you to setup custom configurations, which contain customized versions of P&ID menu, symbols, SETTINGS.DBF, and PID-SUP.LSP files. If you want to customize SETTINGS.DBF, you should first create a custom directory and copy SETTINGS.DBF and its index file, SETTINGS.CDX, into the custom directory. If this custom directory is specified for a drawing, then P&ID will use the customized version of the SETTINGS.DBF file found in the custom directory instead of the standard SETTINGS database shipped with the software. This includes both the retrieval of symbol parameters and the database which is edited when selecting AutoPLANT settings (or executing the SETT command). After creating a new symbol, and updating the menu file, the symbols database settings should be set. The following procedures summarizes the steps necessary to link a new Gate Valve symbol to the database.

 D? 144 1 B53?B4 D? D85 C5DD9>7C 41D121C5

!

Type SETT at the Command prompt to display the Settings Manager dialog. Select GATE from the Index pick-list, then press Add Copy to display the Enter New Key dialog. Type MGATE in the New Key field, then press OK to display the Settings Manager dialog. Press Page > to display the Settings Manager dialog. Type 37700 in the Symbol Name field within the PID group box, then press Save, then press Exit.

"

#

$

%

Tutorial

9-23

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> 8?G D? =5>ECD??<21BC

=?496I =5>E 3?>DB?< 6E>3D9?>C

When AutoPLANT software is installed, the menu file PID.MNU is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID\R13 directory. This file contains the P&ID Base Menu that may be modified to your specifications. In addition to functions which add or modify objects within the drawing, there are two functions used in P&ID which manipulate the Expert and Icon menus. The first, chkicon, is used to specify which menu type to access for the current menu group (i.e., valve options). For example:
>9DOYHV@A&013FKNLFRQ %

This menu command displays the menu group B which happens to be the Valve group. Once the group is defined, the chkicon function selects the menu type to display. If Icon mode is active, an icon menu displays. If Expert mode is active, a cascading pull-down menu displays. The mngicon function changes the icon menu to the selected menu and records the last menu used within a particular group. For example, if you just used the Pumps-Compressors-Blowers menu within the Equipment Menu group, the next time the Equipment group is selected, the Pump Menu will display. This function might appear in the menu as follows:
>SLG,&3&3XPSV DQG &PSUV@PQJLFRQ($

>_dU

The first letter of a menu section name is dictated by the type of menu: (S) screen, and (I) icon. Pull-down and icon menus do not have individual sections. The second letter in the menu section name defines the menu group. For Example, SB indicates it is a screen menu for group B.

 D? =?496I =5>E 3?>DB?< 6E>3D9?>C

!

Open LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID\R13\PID.MNU in a text editor. Search for the desired menu type to access for the current menu group (i.e., [Filters ]^CMNN;(chkicon "ED"). To change the menu group, simply type the new value (i.e., [Filters ]^CMNN;(chkicon "EC"). Search for the desired menu control function (i.e., [pid(IC-FIL,Filters)](mngicon "ED")). To change the icon menu to the selected menu and record the last menu used within a particular group, simply type the new menu section name (i.e., EC).

"

#

$

%

=?496I D85 D12<5D

When AutoPLANT software is installed, the menu file PID.MNU is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID\R13 directory. This file contains the P&ID Base Menu that may be

9-24

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> 8?G D? =5>ECD??<21BC

modified to your specifications. The tablet menu provided can be customized. Any open square may be used for a new component and the PID.MNU file modified accordingly. The following procedure details how to change A-1 from a GATE Valve to an XYZ Valve:

 D? =?496I D85 D12<5D

!

Open LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID\R13\PID.MNU in a text editor. Search for the string

>52: $@ A&0176(77 *$7(%)81&

"

#

Change the string to:

>52: $@ A&0176(77 ;<=%)81&

E@41D5 D85 =5>E 6?B 1 >5G CI=2?<

When AutoPLANT software is installed, the menu file PID.MNU is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID\R13 directory. This file contains the P&ID Base Menu that may be modified to your specifications. After creating a new symbol, they may be added to the P&ID menu from the PID.MNU file. The following procedure summarizes the steps necessary to include a modified Gate Valve to the menu.

 D? E@41D5 D85 =5>E 6?B 1 >5G CI=2?<

!

Open LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID\R13\PID.MNU in a text editor. Search for the string Gate". Edit the blank line ([ ]) so that it reads as follows:
>PJDWH @A&0116(770*$7(%)81&

"

#

$

The access key is defined as MGATE which will be used when a new record is later added to the SETTINGS.DBF. This should be repeated as required within the pull-down menus. Search PID.MNU to locate the Gate Valve command within the icon menu section shown below:
>SLG*DWH@A&6(77*$7(%)81&

%

&

Copy this line and add it to the bottom of the current icon page. Modify the copied line to read:
>SLG0\ *DWH@A&6(770*$7(%)81&

'

Add a Record to the Settings Database.

Tutorial

9-25


D17 >E=25BC

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> 8?G D? D17 >E=25BC

3B51D5 1 3ECD?= D17 DI@5

When AutoPLANT P&ID software is installed, the Tag Type TAG_TYPE.DBF database file is created in the LOCAL_ROOT\BASE\STANDARDS\SCHEMA, LOCAL_ROOT\P&ID\INTERNAL\SCHEMA, and LOCAL_ROOT\TUTORIAL\STANDARDS\SCHEMA directories. The Tag number format used by a component can be customized to suit different standards. The translation of these codes is defined in the TAG_TYPE.DBF file.

 D? 3B51D5 1 3ECD?= D17 >E=25B 6?B=1D

!

Locate the schema directory associated with the project whose Tag Number format you want to create. Open TAG_TYPE.DBF file in any application which supports *.DBF files. To create a custom Tag Number format, type the new Tag Number identification number (i.e., 0028), Tag Type using the prefixes found below (i.e., AT_MYPUMP), and Tag Number Format (i.e., TdNdC).
D17ODI@5 @B569H

"

#

D17O45C3 5AE9@=5>D 9>CDBE=5>DC 6<?G 9>CDBE=5>DC ?B96935C 3?>DB?< F1<F5C @CF 81>4 F1<F5C >?JJ<5C BE> D5B=9>1D?BC D?6B?= 1BB?GC B54E35BC =?D?BC

AT_EQ AT_INST_ AT_INST_FLO AT_INST_ORF AT_CVALVE AT_PSV AT_HVALVE AT_PID_NOZZLE AT_PID_RUNTERM AT_PID_TOFROM AT_PID_REDUCER AT_MOTOR

9-26

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> 8?G D? D17 >E=25BC

C@5391<DI 9D5=C D959>C

AT_SPEC_ITEM AT_TEIN

381>75 D85 D17 >E=25B 6?B=1D

When AutoPLANT P&ID software is installed, the Tag Type TAG_TYPE.DBF database file is created in the LOCAL_ROOT\BASE\STANDARDS\SCHEMA, LOCAL_ROOT\P&ID\INTERNAL\SCHEMA, and LOCAL_ROOT\TUTORIAL\STANDARDS\SCHEMA directories. The Tag number format used by a component can be customized to suit different standards. The translation of these codes is defined in the TAG_TYPE.DBF file.

 D? 381>75 D85 D17 >E=25B 6?B=1D

!

Locate the schema directory associated with the project to which the drawing whose Tag Number format you want to change belongs. Open TAG_TYPE.DBF file in any application which supports *.DBF files. Locate the component whose Tag number format you want to change (i.e., Drum Tag). To change the Tag Number format, simply type the new Tag format (i.e., TdNdC) using the values found below.
3?45 3?45 DI@5 C C C C F F F F F F F 3?45 F1<E5   O 1B51 3?45 1<1B= >E= <??@ C@53 DI@ 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 41D1 DI@5

"

#

$

4 9 C E
1 3 < > > C D

Tutorial

9-27

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> 8?G D? D17 >E=25BC

5>12<5 5AE9@=5>D D17 E>45B<9>9>7

When AutoPLANT software is installed, the lisp file PID-SUP.LSP is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID directory. This file contains Lisp functions and variable definitions that may be modified to change the defaults presented in the P&ID application. The definition of the EQ:UND statement in this file controls the underlining that is automatically drawn under primary and secondary Equipment Tag Numbers to reflect possible changes to the Tag Number or Location.

 D? 381>75 5AE9@=5>D D17 E>45B<9>9>7 3?>F5>D9?>C

!

Open LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID\PID-SUP.LSP in a text editor. Search PID-SUP.LSP for the statement:

VHWT HTXQG OLVW
7$*B12  

"

#

To disable underlining, comment out the statement by adding a semi-colon at the start of this statement or set the variable eq:und to nil. This data can be modified to change which attributes get underlined and the appearance of those underlines. The first parameter in the list is a list of attribute Tags. By default, only the attributes with TAG_NO as a Tag will be underlined. The second parameter is how far below the text the underline will be drawn. The value given is a percentage of text height. The third parameter is the length that the underlines will extend beyond the ends of the text. This value is also given as a percentage of text height. For example, if the attribute Tag ESERV also needed to be underlined and the underline needed to be drawn slightly lower, eq:und could be set as follows:
VHWT HTXQG OLVW
7$*B12 (6(59  

$

%

>_dU

Changes to the PID-SUP.LSP will not take affect until a new AutoPLANT session is started.

9-28

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> 8?G D? D17 >E=25BC

381>75 D85 D17 >E=25B 9>3B5=5>D F1<E5

When AutoPLANT software is installed, the configuration file AT.INI is created in the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\CFG local workstation directory. The TAGNUMINCREMENT keyword in the [GENERAL] group in the AT.INI configuration file specifies the increment value used in assigning subsequent Tag numbers.

 D? 381>75 D85 D17 >E=25B 9>3B5=5>D F1<E5

!

Open LOCAL_ROOT\USER\CFG\AT.INI in a text editor. Assign the TAGNUMINCREMENT keyword to the appropriate increment value.

"

381>75 D17 4E@<931D9?> >?D96931D9?>

When AutoPLANT software is installed, the lisp file PID-SUP.LSP is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID directory. This file contains Lisp functions and variable definitions that may be modified to change the defaults presented in the P&ID application. The CheckTagForDup variable controls the notification of duplicate Tag Numbers.

 D? 381>75 D85 D17 >E=25B 4E@<931D9?> >?D96931D9?>

!

Open LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID\PID-SUP.LSP in a text editor. Search PID-SUP.LSP for the variable:

&KHFN7DJ)RU'XS

"

#

To enable notification of duplicate Tag Numbers, simply remove the semi-colon from the ;(setq CheckTagForDup T) statement.

>_dU

Changes to the PID-SUP.LSP will not take affect until a new AutoPLANT session is started.

Tutorial

9-29


F95GC

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> 8?G D? F95GC

144 1 695<4 D? 1 49C@<1I12<5 1DDB92ED5

If a new field needs to be displayed on the drawing along with a symbol, the attribute block associated with the symbol must be modified. For this example case, the Hand Valve attribute block is XDHV. If the field is to be included with all Hand Valves, it is better to modify the original attribute block; however, if the new field is only required for some of the Hand Valves, it would be better to create a new attribute block. In either case, use the Symbol Manager to create or modify the attribute block. An additional attribute should be created and positioned relative to the insert point as desired. Note the size, style, and layer of other attributes to ensure consistency among all attributes. The position of the attribute is only the default position and can be moved after the Hand Valve has been inserted. Also, the visibility of the attribute is only the default visibility and can be changed after the Hand Valve has been inserted. If a new block is created, ensure that the appropriate records in the SETTINGS database are updated to the new attribute block name.

>_dU

If the attribute block is redefined, the block will have to be redefined within any drawings that have already used the block. This can be done by using the INSERT command then entering the block name in question with the complete path and appended with an =. For example, type <BLOCKNAME>=C:\REBIS2D\PID\SYM\<BLOCK NAME>.

 D? =?496I 1> 1DDB92ED5 2<?3; 2I 1449>7 1 >5G 695<4

!

While in the current drawing, type LIST at the Command prompt, then select the symbol whose attribute block you want to modify. Take note of the block name (there are different attribute blocks associated with different types of equipment and instruments), then exit AutoPLANT P&ID. If you want to modify an equipment block (Vessel in this example), use AutoPLANT Project Editor to edit the EQUIP table. The fields listed in this table are available to be added to the block and will display on the drawing after the block is modified; however, you must edit the CATT Dialog in order to enter information for the new attributes. Launch AutoCAD without running Rebis. Edit the Attribute definition drawing (in this case, XDE_SIZ.DWG located in ..\REBIS\P&ID\SYM\) and add the operating pressure and operating temperature. The field names are EOPP and EOPT. Add the new attributes (EOPP and EOPT) using the AutoCAD ATTDEF command. When this command is started, reset the "Preset" to "Y". Entering "P" will complete this task. It will toggle to "Y". Add EOPP and EOPT using Standard .05" text or the text height of your choice. Save and exit AutoCAD.

"

#

$

9-30

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> 8?G D? F95GC

Launch AutoPLANT P&ID and open your drawing. Insert a vessel symbol and assign it a tag number. Select P&ID-Tools/Update/Block Refresh/Interactive/Blocks with Attributes Only, then select the Vessel symbol attribute block. When you CATT on the block, the Operating Pressure and Operating Temperature you entered will be shown.

%

&

>_dU

It may take some refining of the XDE_SIZ.DWG to get the placement of the text and the text size like you want it.

144 1 695<4 D? 1 F95G

For the sake of example, this procedure explains how to add a field to the default view of a Hand Valve for storing its catalog number. This will require the Dictionary table to be modified along with the structure of the data table which contains the data concerning Hand Valves. Also, the appropriate dialog box will have to be edited to include this field with the other data displayed for editing when using the CATT command. Before modifying any Dictionary tables, the SETTINGS.DBF database file should be checked to determine the exact Tag type of the object to be changed. In this example, the field CAT_NO will be added. It will be a character field with a width of 12, located in the table with other Hand Valve data. This will require adding only one record to the dictionary.

 D? 144 1 695<4 D? 1 F95G

!

Modify the view dictionary. Modify the Tables structure. If the data table is an xBase file, use the AutoPLANT Data Manager to modify the structure of the file. Add the following fields to the projects value table: Field Name = CAT_NO, Type = Character, Width = 12, Precision = not used. If the data table for Valves has been relocated to another Database Management System (DBMS) such as Oracle, use the appropriate program and/or commands with that DBMS for modifying a tables structure. Modify the View Dialog Box.

"

#

144 1 F95G
A View is defined in P&ID as a collection of data fields that may span several tables and even different Database Management Systems. A particular Tag type will have one or more views associated with it. One of these views is designated as the default view. The default view is used during the creation, import and export of tagged objects within the P&ID drawing. Views are application-specific; therefore, P&ID will have its own view definitions that are separate and independent of any other application working within the Project environment. The application's views can be modified or created in the AutoPLANT Data Manager.

Tutorial

9-31

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> 8?G D? F95GC

=?496I D85 F95G 491<?7

All dialogs used to display object data are defined in the REBISCOMPONENTDIALOGS.VBP file. This file can be located in the \AP98_2D\PROPDLGS directory on your CD. Since the dialog used must correspond directly with an applications' views, each application will have its own REBISCOMPONENTDIALOGS.VBP file for each project; therefore, the REBISCOMPONENTDIALOGS.VBP file used in a typical project might be *\PROJ1\SCHEMA\REBISCOMPONENTDIALOGS.VBP. The procedure below explains how to modify the Pump Data dialog.

>_dU

You will need Visual Basic Version 5.0 Professional Edition or higher to customize the dialog. If you use Visual Basic Version 6.0 Professional Edition to customize the dialogs, you will need to install the VBC.EXE file. This can be downloaded from the Microsoft web site at http://support.microsoft.com/download/support/mslfiles/VBC.EXE.

 D? =?496I 1 491<?7
!

Create a temporary directory called PROPDLGS, and place a copy of the *\AP98_2D\PROPDLGS\REBISCOMPONENTDIALOGS.VBP file (located on your CD) in the directory. Create a copy of the *\AP98_2D\PROPDLGS\REBISCOMPONENTDIALOGS.VBP file, and place it in your current project SCHEMA directory (i.e., *\PROJ1\SCHEMA). Start Visual Basic v5.0 (or later) and open the REBISCOMPONENTDIALOGS.VBP file located in your temporary directory (i.e., *\PROPDLGS). Expand the RebisComponentDialogs folder, then expand the Forms folder. After the Forms folder is expanded, double-click on the AT_EQPMP icon to display the form in the design environment. To add space to the dialog, click on the top of the form to display the grip points, then drag down to allow the appropriate space (allow enough space to add two new fields near the bottom of the dialog). Move the OK, Cancel, and Help buttons to the bottom of the dialog. Click on the Pump Data tab to display the grip points, then drag down to a point just above the OK, Cancel, and Help buttons. To add a new field to the dialog, press the Text Box icon on the toolbar, then place a text box under the Model No. field by clicking and dragging your mouse the appropriate length and width. Repeat this procedure to create a second text box under the first. To add names to the fields, press the Label icon on the toolbar, then click and drag your mouse the appropriate length and width to the left of the first text field. Repeat this procedure to place a name with the second text field.

"

#

$

%

&

'

(

9-32

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> 8?G D? F95GC

Select the first label, then type Design Press. in the Caption field within the Properties window. Select the second label, then type Design Temp. in the Caption field within the Properties window.


)

Select the first text box, then type EDP in the Name field within the Properties window. Scroll down to the Text field and erase any characters placed in this field. Select the second text box, then type EDT in the Name field within the Properties window. Scroll down to the Text field, and erase any characters placed in this field. Press Save to save your changes, then select File/Make RebCompDlgs.dll. Save the new REBISCOMPONENTDIALOGS.VBP file to your temporary PROPDLGS directory (overwrite the older version). Exit Visual Basic, then copy the *\PROPDLGS\REBISCOMPONENTDIALOGS.VBP file to your current project SCHEMA directory (overwrite the older version). Verify that the new fields have been added and that the fields are displayed during the CATT command.

!!

!"

!#

>_dU

These modifications should NOT be performed while P&ID is running.

=?496I D85 F95G 493D9?>1BI

By looking up the Schema for a Gate Valve (access key GATE) in the SETTINGS.DBF database file, the Tag type is found to be AT_HVALVE. Next, the View table should be examined to select the most appropriate view for the new field. In this case, Hand Valves only have one view AT_HVALVE. This happens to be the same as the Tag type. This is only for convenience. The View table can specify any defined view. Using the AutoPLANT Data Manager, the AT_HVALVE view for P&ID can be modified to include the new field. Refer to the AutoPLANT Data Manager documentation for a detailed description of this procedure. If the data field that needs to be examined is located in another table, the view and the associated Join should first be examined to determine of the other table is already being accessed. If it is not, use the AutoPLANT Data Manager to create the required Join.

Tutorial

9-33

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> 8?G D? F95GC

<9>;9>7 1> 5HD5B>1< 41D121C5 D12<5 D? 5>D5B @9@5 BE> 6<?G 41D1
For this exercise you will create an external database from scratch and populate it with data; however, if you have an existing database, the procedure is the same from Step 5 onwards.

 D? <9>; 1> 5HD5B>1< 41D121C5 D12<5 D? 5>D5B @9@5 BE> 6<?G 41D1
!

In Microsoft Access, create a database called FLOWS and place it in the project PROJDATA directory. In the FLOWS database, create a table called FlowRate and add 2 fields to it:
)ORZ1XP 7H[W  )ORZ'HVF 7H[W 

"

#

Set FlowNum as the Primary Key. Add information into the FlowRate table. For example:
  JSP   JSP   JSP

$

%

Launch AutoPLANT Data Manager, then open the project with the FLOWS database in the PROJDATA directory. Select File/Project Editor to launch the AutoPLANT Project Editor module. Select Tools/Edit Database Configuration to display the Edit Database Configuration dialog, then select PROJDATA from the Project Databases pick-list and press Edit Tables to display the Tables in PROJDATA dialog. Press Add to display the Available Database Tables dialog, then select Microsoft Access, then press OK. From the Open Access Database form, select the Projdata folder, then highlight the FLOWS database, and press Open.


&

'

(

)

Press OK within the Database Properties form to accept the name FLOWS. Ensure FLOWS is highlighted, then press Edit Tables. From the Tables in FLOWS form, press Add, then select FlowRate and press OK. Edit the FLOWS table, then press the Browse button and register P&ID and Data Manager, then press OK. Press Close to shut down the Tables in FLOWS form, then press Close again to exit the Edit Database Configuration dialog. Select File/Exit to close the AutoPLANT Project Editor module. Within AutoPLANT Data Manager, select View/Project Window to display the Project Window, then select the Views tab.

!!

!"

!#

!$

!%

!&

9-34

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> 8?G D? 1>>?D1D9?>

Select the AT_PIPERUN view, then press Edit to display the Edit View dialog. Press Design, then select the Joins tab. Select Pipe_run in the Table list, then select the FlowRate table in the Project Tables section, then press Add. In the Join Expression section, select Pflow in the Pipe_run Field, then select FlowNum in the FlowRate field. Select the Fields tab, then highlight the FlowRate table. In the FlowRate fields section, check the FlowDesc field, then press Save.

!'

!(

!)

"

"!

>_dU

If you have existing pipe runs in the project, you will be able to input a value (for example 1, 2, or 3 in the low field), then press Refresh View see that the FlowRate field is populated.

1>>?D1D9?> =?496I @9@5 BE> 1>>?D1D9?>

The Settings Manager dialog enables you to modify the format for Line Number annotations. For example, using this procedure enables you to change Line Number annotation from '6"-1000-A1A' to '1000-A1A-6".

 D? =?496I @9@5 BE> 1>>?D1D9?>

!

Type SETT in the Command prompt to display the Settings Manager dialog. Type LINE-ID in the Current Record field, then press Edit to display the Settings Manager dialog. Type the new Line Number annotation format (i.e., STRCAT ltag "-" pspec "-" psz) in the Item Description field, then press Save to display the Settings Manager dialog. Press Exit.

"

#

$

>_dU

Subsequent Line Number annotations display using the new format. To update existing Line Number annotations, erase the existing annotation and display the new Line Number format by selecting P&ID/Miscellaneous/Annotate/Line ID.

Tutorial

9-35

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> 8?G D? 1>>?D1D9?>

381>75 1>>?D1D9?> D5HD C9J5

When AutoPLANT software is installed, the lisp file PID-SUP.LSP is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID directory. This file contains Lisp functions and variable definitions that may be modified to change the defaults presented in the P&ID application. The definition of the DEF-AnnoSclFac variable in this file controls the annotation text size when using the P&ID-Tools/Annotation Tools menu command. The default uses a text scale factor of 2.0.

 D? 381>75 1>>?D1D9?> D5HD C9J5

!

Open LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID\PID-SUP.LSP in a text editor. Add the following statement to PID-SUP.LSP:

VHWT '()$QQR6FO)DF 

"

#

The semi-colon at the start of this statement indicates that it is commented out and not read by the AutoLISP compiler. Remove this semi-colon and insert a semi-colon in front of the (setq DEF-AnnoSclFac 2.0) variable. This will change the default annotation text size using a scale factor of 1.0.

>_dU

Changes to the PID-SUP.LSP will not take affect until a new AutoPLANT session is started.

=?496I 1>>?D1D9?> 45C3B9@D9?> 1>4 F1<E5 C@139>7

When AutoPLANT software is installed, the lisp file PID-SUP.LSP is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID directory. This file contains Lisp functions and variable definitions that may be modified to change the defaults presented in the P&ID application. The definition of the DEF-SpaceVals variable in this file controls the distance between an annotation description and value when using the P&ID-Tools/Annotation Tools menu command. The default uses a spacing value of 10.

 D? 381>75 1>>?D1D9?> 45C3B9@D9?> 1>4 F1<E5 C@139>7

!

Open LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID\PID-SUP.LSP in a text editor. Search PID-SUP.LSP for the statement:

VHWT '()6SDFH9DOV 

"

#

The semi-colon at the start of this statement indicates that it is commented out and not read by the AutoLISP compiler. Remove this semi-colon and insert a semi-colon in front of the (setq DEF-SpaceVals 10) variable. This will change the default annotation text spacing between a description and value to 15.

9-36

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> 8?G D? 1>>?D1D9?> >_dU

Changes to the PID-SUP.LSP will not take affect until a new AutoPLANT session is started.

381>75 1>>?D1D9?> D5HD C@139>7

When AutoPLANT software is installed, the lisp file PID-SUP.LSP is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID directory. This file contains Lisp functions and variable definitions that may be modified to change the defaults presented in the P&ID application. The definition of the DEF-AnnoGapDist variable in this file controls the distance between annotation text characters when using the P&ID-Tools/Annotation Tools menu command. The default uses a gap distance of 0.25.

 D? 381>75 1>>?D1D9?> D5HD C@139>7

!

Open LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID\PID-SUP.LSP in a text editor. Search PID-SUP.LSP for the statement:

VHWT '()$QQR*DS'LVW  VHWT '()$QQR*DS'LVW 

"

#

The semi-colons at the start of these statements indicates that they are commented out and not read by the AutoLISP compiler. Remove the semi-colon in front of the (setq DEFAnnoGapDist 0.35) variable, or the (setq DEF-AnnoGapDist 0.45) variable, then insert a semi-colon in front of the other two variables. This will change the default annotation text spacing between a description and value to the appropriate value.

>_dU

Changes to the PID-SUP.LSP will not take affect until a new AutoPLANT session is started.

C5D 1>>?D1D9?> D5HD C5@5B1D?BC

When AutoPLANT software is installed, the lisp file PID-SUP.LSP is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID directory. This file contains Lisp functions and variable definitions that may be modified to change the defaults presented in the P&ID application. The definition of the DEF-annoDelim variable in this file controls the character used to separate annotation text values when using the P&ID-Tools/Annotation Tools menu command. The default uses a delimeter value of ..

 D? 381>75 1>>?D1D9?> D5HD C5@5B1D?BC

!

Open LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID\PID-SUP.LSP in a text editor. Search PID-SUP.LSP for the statement:

VHWT '()DQQR'HOLP 

"

Tutorial

9-37

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> 8?G D? 1>>?D1D9?>

VHWT '()DQQR'HOLP O
#

The semi-colons at the start of these statements indicates that they are commented out and not read by the AutoLISP compiler. Remove the semi-colon in front of the (setq DEFannoDelim -) variable, or the (setq DEF-annoDelim l) variable, then insert a semi-colon in front of the other two variables. This will change the default annotation text value seperator to the appropriate character.

>_dU

Changes to the PID-SUP.LSP will not take affect until a new AutoPLANT session is started.

381>75 1>>?D1D9?> D5HD :ECD96931D9?>

When AutoPLANT software is installed, the lisp file PID-SUP.LSP is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID directory. This file contains Lisp functions and variable definitions that may be modified to change the defaults presented in the P&ID application. The definition of the DEF-JustTypeDef variable in this file controls the annotation text justification when using the P&ID-Tools/Annotation Tools menu command. The default uses left justification.

 D? 381>75 1>>?D1D9?> D5HD :ECD96931D9?>

!

Open LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID\PID-SUP.LSP in a text editor. Search PID-SUP.LSP for the statement:

VHWT '()-XVW7\SH'HI &&HQWHU VHWT '()-XVW7\SH'HI 00LGGOH VHWT '()-XVW7\SH'HI 55LJKW

"

#

The semi-colons at the start of these statements indicates that they are commented out and not read by the AutoLISP compiler. Remove the semi-colon in front of the (setq DEFJustTypeDef C);Center variable, or the (setq DEF-JustTypeDef M);Middle variable, or the (setq DEF-JustTypeDef R);Right variable, then insert a semi-colon in front of the other three variables. This will change the default annotation text to the appropriate justification.

>_dU

Changes to the PID-SUP.LSP will not take affect until a new AutoPLANT session is started.

9-38

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> 8?G D? 1>>?D1D9?>

144 D? D85 E@41D5 6E>3D9?>1<9DI

When AutoPLANT software is installed, the menu file PID.MNU is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID\R13 directory. This file contains the P&ID Base Menu that may be modified to your specifications. When working in Annotation Level 1, P&ID allows for the quick layout of schematics without displaying data prompts. At a later stage, the default values should be updated using the commands in the Update Menu. These commands may be modified, or new ones added to expand the update functionality available. The Update Menu commands are provided to facilitate this as shown below. All of the Update commands use the same function to perform the update. For example, the P&ID-Tools/Update/Properties/Pipe Spec command appears in PID.MNU as shown below.
>3,3(@ >6SHF @A&011352*1 6(74 PQO ) W\SI
63(& 63(&B120 SUPSW DWBPVJ VSHF 3,'B 35,1&83'$7(

In this example, typf is the list of data fields that you want to update, and prmpt is the prompt that will display to the user on the Command line to prompt the user to enter the value for each of these fields. The following procedure explains how to add a new update function that will prompt the user to enter a new insulation data value for the selected components.

 D? 144 D? D85 E@41D5 6E>3D9?>1<9DI

!

Open LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID\R13\PID.MNU in a text editor. Search for the string [*UPDATE*]$S=SOSNAPB. Copy the Update/Spec command shown above on a new line below that command. Modify the command as shown below: To add the ability to update other data fields, simply extend the appropriate list. For example, the following could be added to PID.MNU to allow insulation to be updated:
>,QVXO @A&011352*1 6(74 PQO ) W\SI
,16 SUPSW ,QVXODWLRQ 35,1&83'$7(

"

#

$

%

&

Typf indicates that this function will update the INS data field, while prmpt indicates that Insulation will appear as the Command line prompt.

Tutorial

9-39


2?=B5@?BDC

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> 8?G D? 2?=B5@?BDC

E@41D5 1 29<< ?6 =1D5B91<C <9CD

When AutoPLANT software is installed, the text files EOUT.TXT, IOUT.TXT, POUT.TXT, and VOUT.TXT files are copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID directory. The format of these *.TXT files provides a flexible means for customizing lists to suit your requirements. For example, the following is the VOUT.TXT file from P&ID.
,7(0 & &,WHP 47< &   &4W\ 7$*B12 & /9DOYH 7DJ 97<3 & /9DOYH 7\SH 36= & /6L]H /7$* & //LQH 1R 90$7/ & /0DWHULDO 363(& & /3LSH 6SHF 9233 & /2S 3UHVV 9237 & /2S 7HPS 9':*3,3( & /3LSH 'ZJ

The entries in the first column refers to fields in the external database file which store data about P&ID symbols. The second column determines the field data type where N = numeric, and C = character. The last column specifies the report header column and contents where C = center justified text, R = right justified text, L = left justified text, and blank = default to left justified text. The following procedure details how to change the format of a Valve Bill of Materials (VOUT.TXT), but also applies to changing the format of an Equipment Bill of Materials (EOUT.TXT), Instrument Bill of Materials (IOUT.TXT), as well as a Line Bill of Materials (POUT.TXT).

 D? 381>75 D85 6?B=1D ?6 1 F1<F5 29<< ?6 =1D5B91<C

!

Open LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID\VOUT.TXT in a text editor. To change the format of an item, simply type the new text justification for the appropriate item (i.e., C:Valve Tag, C:Valve Type, etc.).

"

9-40

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> 8?G D? 3?=@?>5>DC

3?=@?>5>DC 9>CDBE=5>DC
1TT 9^cdbe]U^d <Y^Udi`Uc

There are three supported types of Instrument lines those defined using a linetype definition (i.e., Electric), those made from inserting a symbol on top of a given linetype (i.e., Sonic), and those made by linking symbols back-to-back (i.e., Software). In all cases, a new menu entry will need to be made and a corresponding SETTINGS.DBF record created.

 D? 3B51D5 1> 9>CDBE=5>D <9>5DI@5 4569>54 EC9>7 1 <9>5DI@5 4569>9D9?> DI@5 !

!

A new SETTINGS record must be created using the Add Copy option on the ELEC record. It is only necessary to change the BOM Expression field to the desired linetype. Optionally, the layer index can be changed if the line is drawn on a different layer. Do not change the Function or Item Type parameters, as they control the behavior of the command. If a new linetype is required, it can be added by including the definition in the \REBIS2D\SUPPORT\ACAD.LIN file.

"

 D? 3B51D5 1> 9>CDBE=5>D <9>5DI@5 6B?= 9>C5BD9>7 1 CI=2?< ?> D?@ ?6 1 79F5> <9>5DI@5 DI@5 "
!

The line should be defined similar to Type 1. The symbol must then be created using the Symbol Manager. This symbol should be of unit length and have its insertion point at the center of the symbol. A new SETTINGS record must be created using the Add Copy option on the LRAD record. It is only necessary to change the Symbol Name field to the name of the new symbol created. Also, the size of the symbol is controlled by the X Scale Factor field. Do not change the Function or Item Type parameters, as they control the behavior of the command. Symbols that are not symmetric behave differently when placed in a horizontal versus a vertical line. These type of lines should use the existing PNEU (pneumatic) line template in the SETTINGS.DBF. Two symbols need to be created called h??????? and v???????, where h?????? is the horizontal form of the symbol and v?????? is the vertical form. The symbol name specified in the setting record does not include the h or v, as these are added by the function ISAR.

"

#

 D? 3B51D5 1> 9>CDBE=5>D <9>5DI@5 6B?= <9>;9>7 CI=2?<C 213;D?213; DI@5 #

!

This method is similar to Type 2, except the soft SETTINGS record should be used as the template and there is no base line drawn.

Tutorial

9-41

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> 8?G D? 3?=@?>5>DC

=_TYVi 9^cdbe]U^d 3_\_b

When AutoPLANT software is installed, the lisp file PID-SUP.LSP is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID directory. This file contains Lisp functions and variable definitions that may be modified to change the defaults presented in the P&ID application. The definition of the INSTV_COL variable controls the available Instrument colors found in the Light Symbols dialog when inserting a light symbol.

 D? =?496I D85 9>CDBE=5>D 3?<?B C5<53D9?>C

!

Open LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID\PID-SUP.LSP in a text editor. Search PID-SUP.LSP for the variable:

LQVWYBFRO

"

#

To modify the Instrument color descriptions, simply change the desired value description (i.e., ("R" "RD")) within the double quotation marks. To create a new Instrument color, simply add a unique option code and description (i.e., ("B" "Blue")).

$

>_dU

Changes to the PID-SUP.LSP will not take affect until a new AutoPLANT session is started.

=_TYVi 9^cdbe]U^d 6QY\ =_TU

When AutoPLANT software is installed, the lisp file PID-SUP.LSP is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID directory. This file contains Lisp functions and variable definitions that may be modified to change the defaults presented in the P&ID application. The definition of the INSTV_FMODE variable controls the available Instrument Fail Modes when inserting an Instrument in Annotation Level 3 .

 D? =?496I D85 9>CDBE=5>D 619< =?45

!

Open LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID\PID-SUP.LSP in a text editor. Search PID-SUP.LSP for the variable:

LQVWYBIPRGH

"

#

To modify the Instrument Fail Mode descriptions, simply change the desired value description (i.e., ("FC" "Closed")) within the double quotation marks. To create a new Instrument Fail Mode, simply add a unique option code and description (i.e., ("FD" "Fail Unlocked")).

$

9-42

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> 8?G D? 3?=@?>5>DC >_dU

Changes to the PID-SUP.LSP will not take affect until a new AutoPLANT session is started.

=_TYVi 9^cdbe]U^d <_SQdY_^

When AutoPLANT software is installed, the lisp file PID-SUP.LSP is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID directory. This file contains Lisp functions and variable definitions that may be modified to change the defaults presented in the P&ID application. The definition of the INSTV_LOC variable controls the available Instrument location selections found in the Instrument Location dialog.

 D? =?496I D85 9>CDBE=5>D <?31D9?> C5<53D9?>C

!

Open LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID\PID-SUP.LSP in a text editor. Search PID-SUP.LSP for the variable:

LQVWYBORF

"

#

To modify the Instrument location descriptions, simply change the desired value description (i.e., ("C" "Other")) within the double quotation marks. To Create a new Instrument location, simply add a unique option code and description (i.e., ("C" "Control room panel")).

$

>_dU

Changes to the PID-SUP.LSP will not take affect until a new AutoPLANT session is started.

3XQ^WU 9^cdbe]U^d 2eRR\Uc d_ Q #<Y^U 2eRR\U

P&ID enables you to configure Instrument bubble symbols to use a 3-line Instrument bubble rather than the default 2-line bubble, by modifying the SETTINGS.DBF file.

 D? 381>75 9>CDBE=5>D 2E22<5C D? 1 #<9>5 2E22<5

!

Type SETT at the Command prompt to display the Settings Manager dialog. Select the appropriate item from the Index pick-list (ISABUB, ISAHEX, ISADCD, ISADCA, ISAPAT, ISAPAT, ISALT, ISAELIP, or ISAOVAL), then press Edit to display the Settings Manager dialog. Press Page > to display the Settings Manager dialog, then type XDIN_3 in the Attribute Blk Name field within the PID column. Press Save, then press Exit.

"

#

$

Tutorial

9-43

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> 8?G D? 3?=@?>5>DC

>5G 3?=@?>5>D CI=2?<C

3bUQdU Q >Ug Ci]R_\

When AutoPLANT software is installed, the block symbol library PID1.DWG, PID2.DWG, and PID3.DWG files are created in the LOCAL_ROOT\P&ID\SYM local workstation directory. New symbols can be created and placed in these files. Existing symbols in the library can also be edited to your specifications.

 D? 3B51D5 1 >5G CI=2?<

!

Create a copy of the PID1.DWG file (found in the LOCAL_ROOT\P&ID\SYM directory), and name it PID4.DWG. Launch P&ID then open LOCAL_ROOT\P&ID\SYM\PID4.DWG. Locate an empty symbol box (NAME will appear as the title for an empty symbol box). The blue dots that are shown in the center of the symbol box indicate the default insertion points for the symbols. The white text inside the top of the symbol box is for annotation of the icon (slide). Select Block Manager\Chg/Set Name. The prompt
Pick name to change, return when done:

"

#

$

%

displays. Type the name of the new symbol (i.e., 37700, etc.). The prompt
Enter new slide text: <*>:

&

'

displays. Type the name of the new slide text. To create the new symbol, use the AutoCAD drawing commands (i.e., LINE, ARC, CIRCLE, etc.). Select Block Manager\Slides\Creation-On/Off, then select Block Manager\Block. The prompt
Pick inside symbol box, return when done:

(

)

! 

displays. Select a point inside the new symbol box to indicate the symbol to be created. The prompt
Pick insertion point <Return for default>:

!!

!"

displays. Select the new insertion point for the symbol, or press Enter to keep the insertion point at the blue cross location. The Symbol Manager creates the symbol in the LOCAL_ROOT\P&ID\SYM directory (i.e., 37700.DWG), and adds the slide to the LOCAL_ROOT\SUPPORT\PID.SLB slide library. Delete all the symbols you do not wish to modify.

9-44

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> 8?G D? 3?=@?>5>DC

Update the Menu for the new symbol. Add a Record to the Settings Database.

!#

!$

3bUQdU Q >Ug Ci]R_\ 6b_] Q^ 5hYcdY^W Ci]R_\

When AutoPLANT software is installed, the block symbol library PID1.DWG, PID2.DWG, and PID3.DWG files are created in the LOCAL_ROOT\P&ID\SYM local workstation directory. New symbols can be created and placed in these files. Existing symbols in the library can also be edited to your specifications.

 D? 3B51D5 1 >5G CI=2?< 6B?= 1> 5H9CD9>7 CI=2?<

!

Create a copy of the PID1.DWG file (found in the LOCAL_ROOT\P&ID\SYM directory), and name it PID4.DWG. Launch P&ID then open LOCAL_ROOT\P&ID\SYM\PID4.DWG. Locate and copy the existing symbol from which you want to create the new symbol. Locate an empty symbol box (NAME will appear as the title for an empty symbol box) and paste the copied symbol inside the symbol box. The blue dots that are shown in the center of the symbol box indicate the default insertion points for the symbols. The white text inside the top of the symbol box is for annotation of the icon (slide). Select Block Manager\Chg/Set Name. The prompt
Pick name to change, return when done:

"

#

$

%

&

displays. Type the name of the new symbol (i.e., 37700, etc.). The prompt
Enter new slide text: <*>:

'

(

displays. Type the name of the new slide text. To create the new symbol, use the AutoCAD drawing commands (i.e., LINE, ARC, CIRCLE, etc.).


)

Select Block Manager\Slides\Creation-On/Off, then select Block Manager\Block. The prompt

Pick inside symbol box, return when done:

!!

displays. Select a point inside the new symbol box to indicate the symbol to be created. The prompt
Pick insertion point <Return for default>:

!"

!#

displays. Select the new insertion point for the symbol, or press Enter to keep the insertion point at the blue cross location. The Symbol Manager creates the symbol in the

Tutorial

9-45

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> 8?G D? 3?=@?>5>DC

LOCAL_ROOT\P&ID\SYM directory (i.e., 37700.DWG), and adds the slide to the LOCAL_ROOT\SUPPORT\PID.SLB slide library. Delete all the symbols you do not wish to modify.
!$

Update the Menu for the new symbol. Add a Record to the Settings Database.

!%

=_TYVi 4i^Q]YSQ\\i CSQ\UT Ci]R_\c

The lisp function that places equipment, C:EQ, will automatically allow you to rubber band the size of Equipment symbols if the SETTINGS field X-scale factor is set to 0.0.

 D? =?496I D85 C31<9>7 613D?B 6?B 4I>1=931<<IC31<54 5AE9@=5>D CI=2?<C

!

Type SETT at the Command prompt to display the Settings Manager dialog. Select the appropriate Equipment item from the Index pick-list (i.e., TURB), then press Edit to display the Settings Manager dialog. Press Page > to display the Settings Manager dialog. Within the PID group box, type the new x-scale factor in the X Scale Factor field, then press Save. Press Exit.

"

#

$

%

@9@5
1TT =e\dY<Y^U <Y^Udi`Uc 49>

P&ID enables you to set up custom configurations, which contain customized versions of P&ID menu, symbols, SETTINGS.DBF, and PID-SUP.LSP files. If you want to customize SETTINGS.DBF, you should first create a custom directory and copy SETTINGS.DBF and its index file, SETTINGS.CDX, into the custom directory. If this custom directory is specified for a drawing, then P&ID will use the customized version of the SETTINGS.DBF file found in the custom directory instead of the standard SETTINGS database shipped with the software. This includes both the retrieval of symbol parameters and the database which is edited when selecting AutoPLANT settings (or executing the SETT command).

9-46

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> 8?G D? 3?=@?>5>DC

Multi-line linetypes can be quickly created by copying an existing line command to create a new SETTINGS.DBF record.

 D? 144 =E<D9<9>5 <9>5DI@5C 49>

!

Type SETT at the Command prompt to display the Settings Manager dialog. Select DIN-SF from the Index pick-list, then press Add Copy to display the Enter New Key dialog. Type the name of the new Multi-Line Linetype in the New Key field, then press OK to display the Settings Manager dialog. Press Page > to display the Settings Manager dialog, then press Page > to display the Settings Manager dialog. Type the new Item Type (DIN=2 lines, no symbols, DIN1=2 lines, symmetrical symbols, DIN2=2 lines, non-symmetrical symbols, or DIN3=3 lines, no symbols) in the Item Type field. Press Save, then press Exit.

"

#

$

%

&

>_dU

For 2-line linetypes, the control line is located on its own layer which should be toggled off prior to plotting. For 3-line linetypes, the control line is included on the same layer as the other two lines.

=_TYVi @Y`U CYjU CU\USdY_^c

When AutoPLANT software is installed, the ASCII text file NSIZE.TXT is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID\IMPERIAL, LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID\METRUC, and LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID\MMETRIC directories. The NSIZE.TXT file controls the pipe size selections available in the Pipe Settings dialog.

 D? =?496I @9@5 C9J5 C5<53D9?>C

!

Open LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID\IMPERIAL\NSIZE.TXT in a text editor. Notice the existing pipe sizes are listed from smallest to largest. To add a pipe size selection, simply type the new pipe size value (i.e., 5/8) where the numeric value falls within the list. To remove a pipe size, simply delete the appropriate value.

"

#

Tutorial

9-47

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> 8?G D? 3?=@?>5>DC

F1<F5C
=_TYVi 3_^db_\ FQ\fU 3_^VYWebQdY_^

When AutoPLANT software is installed, the lisp file PID-SUP.LSP is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID directory. This file contains Lisp functions and variable definitions that may be modified to change the defaults presented in the P&ID application. The definition of the cval_body and cval_actu variables in this file controls the options available in the Select control valve dialog which enables you to build a Control Valve by selecting a Valve Body and Topworks symbol.

 D? 381>75 D85 3?>DB?< F1<F5 2?4I 1>4 D?@G?B;C C5<53D9?>C

!

Open LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID\PID-SUP.LSP in a text editor. Search PID-SUP.LSP for the variable:

FYDOBERG\

"

#

To add items to the Control Valve Body drop-down pick-list, simply type the name of the new item (i.e., ("GLO" "Globe" "GLOBE")) Search PID-SUP.LSP for the variable:
FYDOBDFWX

$

%

To add items to the Topworks drop-down pick-list, simply type the name of the new item (i.e., ("RV" "Pressure Relief" "RV" nil)).

>_dU

Changes to the PID-SUP.LSP will not take affect until a new AutoPLANT session is started.

3XQ^WU FQ\fU 5^TS_TU ?`dY_^c

When AutoPLANT software is installed, the lisp file PID-SUP.LSP is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID directory. This file contains Lisp functions and variable definitions that may be modified to change the defaults presented in the P&ID application. The definition of the alt_endcodes variable in this file controls the available selections when setting Valve endcodes from the Valve dialog.

 D? 381>75 F1<F5 5>43?45 ?@D9?>C

!

Open LOCAL_ROOT\P&ID\PID-SUP.LSP in a text editor. Search PID-SUP.LSP for the statement:

DOWBHQGFRGHV

"

9-48

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> 8?G D? 3?=@?>5>DC

The semi-colon at the start of this statement indicates that it is commented out and not read by the AutoLISP compiler. Remove this semi-colon to enable the alt_endcodes selections. To add Valve endcode options, simply type the new option. For example:
VHWT DOWBHQGFRGHV  1RQH  7KG  6RFNHW ZOG  :HOG  )ODQJHG

#

$

>_dU

The numeric code (character preceding the equals sign) will be the value entered by the user during the Set Endcode command. The selected code will be appended to the string 10" to determine the name of the symbol to be inserted at each port of subsequent Valve insertions. If the first digit of this code is 1", 2" or 3", there will be no offset from the end of the Valve when the symbol is inserted. For example, if 3" is selected, the symbol 103" will be inserted at all ports of any Valve inserted from that point forward. Additional end type symbols can be created using the Symbol Manager. Changes to the PID-SUP.LSP will not take affect until a new AutoPLANT session is started.

>_dU

3bUQdU 3_^db_\ FQ\fU 4YQ\_W C\YTUc

When AutoPLANT software is installed, the Control Valve drawing file PID-SLDS.DWG is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\P&ID\SYM directory. This file enables you to create additional Control Valve slides.

 D? 3B51D5 1 3?>DB?< F1<F5 491<?7 C<945

!

Open LOCAL_ROOT\P&ID\SYM\PID-SLDS.DWG. The two 2x2 viewports in the lower lefthand corner of the drawing are the viewports used to create the slides for the Select control valve dialog. This drawing utilizes the TILEMODE=0 mode that enables you to create viewports with a great deal of control over the viewport size and aspect ratios. To create additional slides, you must be familiar with the use of paper space and model space. Switch to model space by typing MSPACE in the Command prompt. Insert the desired Valve body or Actuator into the 2x2 grid with a 0.5 scale factor to facilitate consistent slide positioning. Switch to standard format (left) view port or large format (right) viewport while still in model space. Use the PAN command to move your new symbol into the appropriate viewport. By using PAN with relative coordinates (i.e., @-2,0, etc.), you can move accurately from one symbol to the another. Once you position the symbol, type MSLIDE at the Command prompt to display the Create Slide File dialog. Indicate the name and location of the new slide file, then press OK. Add the slide to the library using the LOCAL_ROOT\P&ID\AT_PID.SLB slide library.

"

#

$

%

&

'

Tutorial

9-49

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> 8?G D? 3?=@?>5>DC

F5CC5<C
3bUQdU 2eY\dE` FUccU\c

P&ID enables you to set up custom configurations, which contain customized versions of P&ID menu, symbols, SETTINGS.DBF, and PID-SUP.LSP files. If you want to customize SETTINGS.DBF, you should first create a custom directory and copy SETTINGS.DBF and its index file, SETTINGS.CDX, into the custom directory. If this custom directory is specified for a drawing, then P&ID will use the customized version of the SETTINGS.DBF file found in the custom directory instead of the standard SETTINGS database shipped with the software. This includes both the retrieval of symbol parameters and the database which is edited when selecting AutoPLANT settings (or executing the SETT command). Built-up Vessels of different types can be constructed from combinations of basic Vessel shapes (i.e., Drum, Tank, etc.), different head types and internals. These can be constructed in the SETTINGS.DBF.

 D? 3B51D5 1 2E9<DE@ F5CC5<

!

Type SETT at the Command prompt to display the Settings Manager dialog. Select the appropriate item from the Index pick-list (i.e., DEMIST), then press Edit to display the Settings Manager dialog. Press Page > to display the Settings Manager dialog. Type the desired Internal type (i.e., M, etc.) in the Vessel Internals field within the PID group box, then press Page > to display the Settings Manager dialog. Type the desired Head types (i.e., E,E, etc.) in the End Type field, then press Save, then press Exit.

"

#

$

%

=_TYVi FUccU\ 3_^VYWebQdY_^

When AutoPLANT software is installed, the lisp file PID-SUP.LSP is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID directory. This file contains Lisp functions and variable definitions that may be modified to change the defaults presented in the P&ID application. The definition of the EQV_HEADT, EQV_HEADB, and EQV_INTRN statements in this file controls the three pull-down list variables which enable you to specify a vessels top or bottom heads and internals found in the Equipment Data Dialog.

 D? 381>75 D85 F5CC5< D?@ 2?DD?= 1>4 9>D5B>1<C C5<53D9?> <9CD

!

Open LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID\PID-SUP.LSP in a text editor. Search PID-SUP.LSP for the statement:

"

9-50

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> 8?G D? 3?=@?>5>DC

VHWT HTYBKHDGW
#

To remove items from the Top/Left Head drop-down pick-list, simply comment out the desired item by placing a semi-colon at the beginning of the item (i.e., ;("D" "Dome Roof")). To add items to the Top/Left Head drop-down pick-list, simply type the name of the new item (i.e., ("C" "Screen")). Search PID-SUP.LSP for the statement:
VHWT HTYBKHDGE

$

%

To remove items from the Bottom/Right Head drop-down pick-list, simply comment out the desired item by placing a semi-colon at the beginning of the item (i.e., ;("L" "Flange")). To add items to the Top/Left Head drop-down pick-list, simply type the name of the new item (i.e., ("C" "Screen")). Search PID-SUP.LSP for the statement:
VHWT HTYBLQWUQ

&

'

To remove items from the Internals drop-down pick-list, simply comment out the desired item by placing a semi-colon at the beginning of the item (i.e., ;("L" "Plate")). To add items to the Top/Left Head drop-down pick-list, simply type the name of the new item (i.e., ("C" "Screen")).

>_dU

Changes to the PID-SUP.LSP will not take affect until a new AutoPLANT session is started.

=_TYVi 5aeY`]U^d 9^dUb^Q\c

When AutoPLANT software is installed, the lisp file PID-SUP.LSP is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID directory. This file contains Lisp functions and variable definitions that may be modified to change the defaults presented in the P&ID application. The definition of the EQV_INTRN statement in this file controls the Internal variables found in the Equipment Data Dialog. The following procedure shows how to change the internals selections for a Demister.

 D? 3B51D5 >5G 5AE9@=5>D 9>D5B>1<C

!

Open LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID\PID-SUP.LSP in a text editor. Search PID-SUP.LSP for the statement:

VHWT HTYBLQWUQ

"

#

Add the new internal component with a unique option code to the list of available internals (i.e., ("C" "Screen")). Search PID-SUP.LSP for the statement:
 LQW 0

$

Tutorial

9-51

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> 8?G D? 3?=@?>5>DC

Locate the last line of the Demister internals definition, then create the new internals values after the Demister internals definition. For example:
 LQW & 6FUHHQ LQWHUQDOV  VHW YDULDEOH WR WKH ODVW HQWLW\ GUDZQ VHWT HQ HQWODVW      GUDZLQJ OLQHV QRWH XVH QRQ UHGHILQHG B/,1( 7KH OLQH EHJLQV DW D SRLQW GHILQHG WR EH RIIVHW IURP S VHH '580  LQ SRODU FRRUGLQDWHV GLVWDQFH VI\  DQJOH  GHJUHHV  UDGLDQV

%

FRPPDQG B/,1( SRODU S   VI\   GUDZ OLQH DFURVV WR HTXLY  SRLQW EHORZ S VHH '580 SRODU S   VI\   GUDZ OLQH GRZQ WR SRLQW   VI\ EHORZ S SRODU S   VI\   GUDZ OLQH DFURVV WR SRLQW   VI\ EHORZ S SRODU S   VI\   BFO FORVHV OLQH WR  VWDUWLQJ SRLQW EHORZ S BFO 

>_dU

Changes to the PID-SUP.LSP will not take affect until a new AutoPLANT session is started.

=9C35<<1>5?EC 5AE9@=5>D
3XQ^WU 9^ce\QdY_^ DbQSY^W ?`dY_^c

When AutoPLANT software is installed, the lisp file PID-SUP.LSP is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID directory. This file contains Lisp functions and variable definitions that may be modified to change the defaults presented in the P&ID application. The definition of the alt_tracetyp variable in this file controls the available insulation selections when placing pipe insulation symbols.

 D? 381>75 D85 9>CE<1D9?> DB139>7 ?@D9?>C

!

Open LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID\PID-SUP.LSP in a text editor. Search PID-SUP.LSP for the statement:

DOWBWUDFHW\S

"

9-52

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> 8?G D? 3?=@?>5>DC

The semi-colon at the start of this statement indicates that it is commented out and not read by the AutoLISP compiler. Remove this semi-colon to enable the alt_tracetyp selections. To add insulation tracing options, simply type the new option. For example:
VHWT DOWBWUDFHW\S 1 1RQH 6 6WHDP ( (OHFWULF

#

>_dU

The alphabetic code (character preceding the equals sign) will be the value entered by the user. The selected code will be appended to the name PINS to determine the symbol to be inserted for the insulation symbol. For example, if E is selected, the symbol PINSE will be inserted. Additional symbols required due to extending this list of options can be created using the Symbol Manager. Changes to the PID-SUP.LSP will not take affect until a new AutoPLANT session is started.

>_dU

=_TYVi 8UQd 5hSXQ^WUb 3_^VYWebQdY_^

When AutoPLANT software is installed, the lisp file PID-SUP.LSP is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID directory. This file contains Lisp functions and variable definitions that may be modified to change the defaults presented in the P&ID application. The definition of the EQV_TEMAT and EQV_TEMAB statements in this file controls the pull-down list variables which enable you to specify Heat Exchanger top and bottom heads found in the Equipment Data Dialog.

 D? 381>75 D85 D5=1 851D 5H381>75B D?@ 1>4 2?DD?= C5<53D9?> <9CD
!

Open LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID\PID-SUP.LSP in a text editor. Search PID-SUP.LSP for the statement:

HTYBWHPDW

"

#

To remove items from the Top/Left Head drop-down pick-list, simply comment out the desired item by placing a semi-colon at the beginning of the item (i.e., ;("A" "TEMA A")). To add items to the Top/Left Head drop-down pick-list, simply type the name of the new item (i.e., ("D" "Screen")). Search PID-SUP.LSP for the statement:
HTYBWHPDE

$

%

&

To remove items from the Bottom/Right Head drop-down pick-list, simply comment out the desired item by placing a semi-colon at the beginning of the item (i.e., ;("N" "TEMA N")). To add items to the Top/Left Head drop-down pick-list, simply type the name of the new item (i.e., ("D" "Screen")).

>_dU

Changes to the PID-SUP.LSP will not take affect until a new AutoPLANT session is started.

Tutorial

9-53

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> 8?G D? @B?:53D 41D121C5

@B?:53D 41D121C5 381>75 D85 4561E<D @B?:53D CD1DEC

When AutoPLANT software is installed, the lisp file PID-SUP.LSP is copied into the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID directory. This file contains Lisp functions and variable definitions that may be modified to change the defaults presented in the P&ID application. The definition of the fpjcat variable in this file controls the status (or project category) for objects being inserted into a drawing. The default project status is set to NEW. If you do not want P&ID to prompt you for the project status, simply comment out the setq fpjcat statement by adding a semi-colon in front of the statement.
>_dU

If the default project status has been changed (i.e, NEW, etc.), that value will be used until changed by entering P-STATUS at the Command prompt.


!

,? !81>75 D85 "561E<D (B?:53D +D1DEC

Open LOCAL_ROOT\USER\P&ID\PID-SUP.LSP in a text editor. Search PID-SUP.LSP for the statement:

VHWT ISMFDW 1(:

"

#

To change the default project status, simply type the new value (i.e., NEW, REN, or DEL).
>_dU

Changes to the PID-SUP.LSP will not take affect until a new AutoPLANT session is started.

381>75 D85 @B?:53D 41D121C5 @1D8

When AutoPLANT software is installed, the configuration file AT.INI is created in the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\CFG local workstation directory. The Project Database Path is assigned to the APPROJDB key in the [GENERAL] section of the AT.INI file.


!

,? !81>75 D85 (B?:53D "1D121C5 (1D8

Open LOCAL_ROOT\USER\CFG\AT.INI in a text editor. In the [GENERAL] group, assign the APPROJDB keyword to the desired project drive and path. For example:
$3352-'% &?3,'352-6

"

9-54

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> 8?G D? C@5396931D9?>C

C@5396931D9?>C 381>75 D85 C@5396931D9?> 49B53D?BI @1D8

When AutoPLANT software is installed, the configuration file AT.INI is created in the LOCAL_ROOT\USER\CFG local workstation directory. The Valve Specification Directory Path can be assigned to the SPECDIR key in the [P&ID] section of the AT.INI file. P&ID Valves are the only components that enable you to extract parametric and descriptive information from an external specification to update the valve attributes.


!

,? !81>75 D85 .1<F5 +@5396931D9?> "9B53D?BI (1D8

Open LOCAL_ROOT\USER\CFG\AT.INI in a text editor. In the [P&ID] group, assign the SPECDIR keyword to the desired valve specification drive and path.

"

Tutorial

9-55

@B?7B1= 3ECD?=9J1D9?> 8?G D? C@5396931D9?>C

9-56

AutoPLANT P&ID Version 16.0